Project Proponent: M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. EIA Consultant:

Transcription

1 Project Proponent: M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. EIA Consultant: (An ISO 9001:008 Certified Organization, NABET Accredited consultancy organization) G-8/6, Ground Floor, Sector 11, Rohini Delhi Tel: , Fax: November, 015 Q M 0

2 RAPID ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF MODIFICATION/ EXPANSION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT AT SECTOR 4, SOHNA, GURGAON, HARYANA Project Proponent: FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. This report has been prepared by with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our general terms and conditions of business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client. We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope of the above. The document has been prepared for the titled project or named part thereof and should not be relied upon or used for any other project without an independent check being carried out as to its suitability and prior written authority of being obtained. accepts no responsibility or liability for the consequences of this document being used for a purpose other than the purpose for which it was commissioned. Any person using or relying on the document for such other purpose agrees, and will by such use or reliance be taken to confirm his agreement to indemnify Ind Tech House Consult for all loss or damage resulting there from. accepts no responsibility or liability for this document to any party other than the person by whom it was commissioned.

3 Team of Experts associated for the Project Sl. No. Name of Expert EIA Coordinator 1. Mrs. Supriti Guha Functional Area Experts 1. Mr. Suman Banerjee Area Signature EIA Coordinator. Mrs. Supriti Guha Mr. Supriti Guha Dr. Manoj Kumar Mishra 5. Dr. Manoj Kumar Mishra Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction Noise and Vibration 6. Mr. Sameer V. Deshpande Ecology and Biodiversity 7. Mr. Rajveer Singh Land Use 8. Mr. Soumya Dwivedi Risk Assessment & Hazard Management Associate Experts 1. Mr. A.N. Devikar Associate Staff 1. Mr. Soumya Dwivedi. Mr. Santosh Kumar Thakur 3. Mr. Indra sahrma Monitoring Laboratory Involved Ind Research and Development House ( NABL Approved Lab) Signature For Signature For Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd.

4 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 Application for Prior Environmental Clearance (EC) FORM 1 (See Paragraph 6 Notification dated14 th September 006) as amended to EIA Notification, 006 issued vide S.O. 3067(E) on dt Basic Information SN Item Details 1. Name of the project/s Construction Of Group Housing Project ( Acres) At Sector-4, Village Khaika, Tehsil- Sohna, Distt- Gurgaon,. S. No. in the schedule 8(b) - Township and Area Development Project as per MoEF Notification dated 14/09/ Proposed capacity/area/length /tonnage to be handled/ command area/lease area/ number of wells to be drilled 4. New/Expansion/Modernization Revision/Expansion 5. Existing capacity/area etc. Nil 6. Category of the project i.e. A or B B Plot area : sq m Total Built up area: sq m Construction of Residential Towers, EWS Blocks, Club & Commercial (Retail) Blocks including basement for parking. 7. Does it attract the general condition? If No yes, please specify. 8. Does it attract the specific condition? If No yes, please specify. 9. Location Project is located in sector 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil- Sohna, Distt- Gurgaon,. Plot/Survey/Khasra No. Set of land documents, Khasra map attached as Annexure Village Khaika Tehsil Sohna District Gurgaon State 10. Nearest railway station/airport along with distance in kms. Gurgaon Railway Station, 6 KM, (NW) Indira Gandhi International Airport: 3 KM, North HUDA City Centre Metro station : KM, North 11. Nearest town, city, district Headquarters along with distance in Km 1. Village Panchayats, Zilla Parishad, Municipal Corporation, Local body (complete postal address with telephone nos. to be given) Sohna- Km SW Urban Development Authority, Sector 14 Gurgaon Approx 4 KM NNW Khaika Urban Development Authority, Sector 14 Gurgaon Approx 4 KM NNW 13. Name of the applicant Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. 14. Registered Address C-4, Ist floor, Malviya Nagar, New Delhi Address for correspondence: C/o Ireo Pvt. Ltd. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 1 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

5 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 Name 5th Floor, Orchid Center, Golf Course Road, Sector 53, Gurgaon Vikas Chand Sharma Designation (Owner/Partner/CEO) Authorized Signatory (Authorization letter Address enclosed) C/o IREO Pvt Ltd. 5th Floor, Orchid Centre, Sector-53, Golf Course Road, Gurgaon Pin Code 100 Telephone No Fax No Details of Alternative Sites examined, if Not applicable. any. Location of these sites should be shown on a topo sheet. 17. Interlinked Projects Not Applicable 18. Whether separate application of Not Applicable interlinked project has been submitted? 19. If yes, date of submission Not Applicable 0. If no, reason. Not Applicable 1. Whether the proposal involves approval/ clearance under: if yes, details of the same and their status to be given. (a)the forest (Conservation) Act, 1980? (b)the wildlife (Protection) Act, 197? (c)the C.R.Z. Notification, 1991?. Whether there is any Government order/policy relevant/ relating to the site? No, Project proposal does not involves approval/clearance under subhead a, b & c. However NOC obtained from Forest Department & non - applicability of aravali notification obtained from DC. No 3. Forest land involved (hectares) No 4. Whether there is any litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed to be set up? (a) Name of the Court (b) Case No. (c) Orders/directions of the Court, if any and its relevance with the proposed project. No ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

6 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. (I) Activity Form-1 1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.) SN Information/Checklist confirmation 1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or topography including increase in intensity of land use (with respect to local land use plan) 1. Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings? Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data No The land of Proposed project is open without any structure. Vegetation is sparse. The landuse of site as per Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) 031 is Residential. The proposed development is in conformity with final Development plan of Sohna. No Since the project site is vacant with sparse vegetation clearance of vegetation & buildings is not significant. 1.3 Creation of new land uses? No. No new land use is proposed. The site is located in Residential Sector & licence for development of Gr Housing project on this site is issued in accordance with the prescribed landuse as per Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) Pre-construction investigations Yes e.g. bore houses, soil testing? Geotechnical Soil investigation has been carried out by NABL approved laboratory. Copy of Soil Investigation Report attached as Annexure Construction works? Yes The major construction works are given below: & 1.6 A. Excavation for foundation & Construction of Basement for parking & Services. B. Residential Towers EWS Housing, community hall/club, Commercial/Retail Buildldgs C. Site Development, Landscaping & Horticulture Development works D. Development of Services & Utilities. Demolition works? No Demolition work is not involved in the project, as the site has no existing building or constructed area. 1.7 Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of construction workers? 1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including linear structures, cut and fill or excavations Yes Yes Apx 1400 laborers are required for the project during construction stage. 00 laborers will be residing in the labor camp proposed to be established at site. Remaining laborers will be employed locally. Storage of raw materials, testing laboratory will be confined to the spaces earmarked for the purpose on project site only. Above ground building structures will include Residential Towers, EWS Housing Blocks, Club & Retail buildings. The excavation of earth is involved for foundation, basements, and laying of underground services ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 3 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

7 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data etc. Excavated soil will be used for back filling in trenches, sides of basements, site leveling & raising the level of site, and construction of road. 1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling? 1.10 Reclamation works? No Not involved Dredging? No Not involved. 1.1 Offshore structures? No Not involved Production and manufacturing processes? 1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? 1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid or liquid effluents? Top 00 mm layer of soil will be separately stored and used for landscaping/horticulture development work. Extra earth will not be required for the project. Yes Underground works includes construction of basements & Underground storage tanks, STP No Yes This is a construction of residential group housing project, hence, no production or manufacturing activities will be involved. Temporary storage facilities will be created during construction phase for storage of construction materials which would be demolished on completion of construction. Yes Construction Stage : Solid Waste During construction stage construction waste & waste from labor camp will be generated. The construction waste will be reused for site filling road works depending on its suitability for the purpose. There will be generation of small quantity of municipal waste (40 Kg/Day) from approx. 100 floating labors & 00 labors residing in the labor camp at site. It will be ensured that the generated waste will be sent to nearest designated waste storage bins. Liquid Effluent During the construction stage apx 39 KLD domestic liquid effluent will be generated from labor camp for which septic tank will be provided. The generated waste water shall be disposed through mobile STP tankers. Wastewater generated from construction site contains suspended materials, and washings from various areas. Construction wastewater shall be collected in a separate sedimentation basin and shall be reused after primary treatment for sprinkling on roads to reduce air pollution. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 4 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

8 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Operation Stage: Municipal solid waste Solid waste generation from the facility will be approximately 3.98 TPD including.39 TPD biodegradable waste. Solid waste generated from the residential blocks will be segregated at source. & conveyed through refuge chute provided in each tower to the basement. The organic waste shall be treated in the OWC proposed to be installed in the basement. Recyclable waste shall be handed over to authorized vendor & Inert waste shall be disposed of through authorized agency as per the Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 003. Sewage sludge from STP 435 kg/day of sewage sludge shall be generated from proposed STP of 1060 KLD capacity, which will be used as manure for horticulture development Liquid Effluent During operation phase approximately 884 KLD of domestic waste water will be generated from the proposed facility. This effluent will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant of 1060 KLD capacity based on. Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) Technique with tertiary unit based on ultrafiltration (UF) module. The design brief of STP (700 KLD) Hazardous waste: 9 liters/ day waste oil will be generated and sold to authorized recyclers Facilities for long term housing of operational workers? 1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or operation? 1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or other transport infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc? No No No E Waste : The e-waste, about 18.5 kg/day, generated from the proposed project, will be stored at a designated place. Waste will be disposed as per E waste management and handling rules, 011. Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 5 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

9 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation 1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements? 1.0 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines? 1.1 Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers? Yes/ No No No No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable. 1. Stream crossings? No Not applicable 1.3 Abstraction or transfers of water form ground or surface waters? 1.4 Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run-off. 1.5 Transport of personnel or materials for construction, operation or decommissioning. 1.6 Long-term dismantling or decommissioning or restoration works? 1.7 Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have an impact on the environment? No Yes Yes No No Ground water will not be extracted during the construction of the project. Water will be sourced through tanker supplies and treated water will be used after testing and confirmation of fitness for construction. During operation phase, water will be supplied by HUDA. Surface drainage may affect due to construction of the project. By considering run off prior to development & run off after development there is some increment in storm water runoff. However runoff generated from the project site during monsoon season will be used to recharge ground aquifer. Network of drainage system developed in the site will be used to collect roof as well as surface runoff. Potential Quantity of runoff will be cu. m. on annual basis which will be recharged to ground. During construction phase transport of personnel as well as construction materials would be required. The personnel would preferably be engaged from nearby areas. Precaution will be taken to reduce the impact of vehicular movement by trying to avoid the vehicular trips during peak hours. Parking on Surface, stilt and basement in operation phase. Not applicable Not applicable provided ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 6 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

10 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation 1.8 Influx of people to an area in either temporarily or permanently? Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Yes Construction phase Temporary influx of 1400 people from the nearby areas is expected. Operation phase 6769 persons residential, 1345 persons non residential and 74 visitors. 1.9 Introduction of alien species? No Not applicable 1.30 Loss of native species or genetic No Not applicable diversity? 1.31 Any other actions? No None. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are nonrenewable or in short supply): SN Information/checklist confirmation.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha). Water (expected source & competing users) unit: Yes/ No Yes Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data The proposed project site is vacant with sparse vegetation (Area Acres) Construction Phase Source: This will be met through treated waste water supply through tanker from nearby STP. This will be treated in onsite STP to make it fit for construction purposes as per IS: 456. Domestic Water Requirement During Construction Stage domestic water requirement is 44 KLD for labourers & supervisory staff posted on site Source: Potable water tanker supply Operation Phase During operation phase total water demand is 1179 KLD out of which fresh water demand is 693 KLD Source: Fresh water demand will be met from Urban Development Authority (HUDA) water supply. ( Assurance for supply of fresh water from HUDA during operational phase has been obtained.) Treated water demand for flushing, gardening and DG Set cooling etc. shall be met from treated water generated from 1060 KLD STP installed at Site. Permission from CGWA shall be obtained for digging of Tube well & abstraction of ground water during emergency only. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 7 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

11 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/checklist confirmation Yes/ No information data.3 Minerals (MT) No Not applicable.4 Construction material stone, aggregates, sand / soil (expected source MT) Yes.5 Forests and timber (source MT) No - Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of Construction materials such as Cement, Steel, Bricks, Stone aggregates, and Sand would be required for the project. These will be preferably procured from local reputed licensed vendors..6 Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW).7 Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard units) Yes No Construction Phase: Power requirement during construction phase shall be met through 3 Nos sets of 1700 KVA and 1 No. X 500 KVA DG sets of 750 KVA (5600 KVA) capacity. Operation Phase: Maximum power Demand during operation stage for the proposed project is 7787 KW. Power for the proposed project will be supplied by Dakshin Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL) Back Up Back up during power failure in operation phase shall through DG sets of total 6000 KVA capacity. (8X750 KVA). HSD (low sulphur variety as per availability) fuel will be used for DG sets. 3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health. SN Information/Checklist confirmation 3.1 Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment (flora, fauna, and water supplies) 3. Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne diseases) Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Yes During construction & operation stage hazardous materials such as Paints, oils & lubricants will be used. Waste generated from these materials will be managed in accordance with The Hazardous Waste Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement (Amendment) Rules, 009". No Storm water drainage network will be developed for collection of rain water to recharge ground water aquifer. The drainage network will prevent stagnation & accumulation of rain water on surfaces. Measures for health & hygiene & restrict growth & reproduction of water borne disease vectors will be taken in accordance with Building & Other Construction Workers Laws (HBOCWL). ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 8 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

12 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living conditions? 3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc., Yes 3.5 Any other causes No Not applicable No Proposed project and development activities in accordance with Sohna Development Plan 031 will enhance employment opportunities & living standard of local people. Not applicable. 4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month) SN Information/Checklist confirmation 4.1 Spoil, overburden or mine wastes Yes/ No No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data The excavated soil will be used for site leveling, back filling/filling in raft and road construction. There would not be surplus earth. 4. Municipal wastes (domestic and or commercial wastes) 4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules) Yes Yes Construction Phase: Municipal solid waste 40 kg/day Operation Phase: Municipal solid wastes 3.98 TPD The solid waste includes paper, card board, plastic cans etc. and kitchen wastes from houses. Recyclable wastes like card boards and plastic cans will be sold to vendors. There will not be any commercial waste, as this is a residential complex. Commercial/Retail activity will be of minor nature. Construction & Operation phase From DG sets Spent/used oil 9 Lts on daily basis will be generated during operation phase. This waste oil will be carefully stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered space earmarked for this purpose and sold to recyclers authorized by CPCB/SPCB. Suitable care will be taken so as to prevent spills/ leaks of used oil from storage. 4.4 Other industrial process No Industrial activity is not involved as this is Group wastes Housing Project. 4.5 Surplus product No Not applicable 4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment Yes 435 KG/DAY dried sludge shall be generated from the 1060 KLD STP which will be used as manure for horticulture development. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 9 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

13 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation 4.7 Construction or demolition wastes Yes/ No Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Construction Work: Excavated soil will be used for back filling. Other construction waste like bricks, concrete etc will be used in pavement & road works/manholes, cinder filling etc. Gunny bags if any, cardboards will be sent to authorize recycler. The inert waste will be sent to land fill site. Demolition work is not involved in the project. 4.8 Redundant machinery or No Not applicable equipment 4.9 Contaminated soils or other No Not applicable materials 4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not applicable 4.11 Other solid wastes No Apx 18.5 KG/day e-waste will be generated which will be handled as per E waste & Management Handling rules Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr) SN Information/Checklist confirmation 5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or mobile sources 5. Emissions from production processes 5.3 Emissions from materials handling including storage or transport 5.4 Emissions from construction activities including plant and equipment 5.5 Dust or odours from handling of materials including construction materials, sewage and waste Yes/ No Yes No No Yes Margin al Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Emission will be from Stationary Sources: DG sets of 6000 KVA (8X750 KVA) SO kg/hr/dg NOx- 5.5 kg/hr/dg CO-.1 kg/hr/dg PM kg/hr/dg PM kg/hr/dg Mobile Sources: Vehicular emissions CPCB approved DG sets with acoustic canopy will be used only during power failure. Not applicable as this is residential development project. It does not involve any production process. Fugitive dust emission due to material handling and loading - unloading activities is envisaged during construction. Frequent water sprinkling will be done to minimize the fugitive emissions. During the construction phase, major emission will be from construction machineries & equipments like batching plant & transportation of construction materials. However regular sprinkling of water, restriction on speed of vehicles measures will be taken to mitigate impact. The project may cause rise in dust levels during construction phase. Precautions would be taken to reduce dust generation during construction phase: RMC use will reduce the handling of cement, sand and concrete thus dust emission will be ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 10 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

14 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data minimized. Tarpaulins will be used to cover trucks carrying debris. Water sprinkling will be practiced at regular intervals to reduce dust emissions. 5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste 5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash materials, construction debris) 5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not applicable as incineration is not proposed in project premises. No Burning of waste and any other substances including biomass, slash materials and/ or construction debris is strictly prohibited No Emission from DG during construction & operation stage is expected. 6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat: SN Information/Checklist confirmation 6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation plant, crushers Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Yes Noise is expected to be generated during construction phase mainly from operation of heavy machinery, DG sets, and traffic. The indicated noise levels from certain construction plants/equipment are indicated below: Concrete Mixer 85 dba Generator Pumps Trucks 95 dba dba dba For control of noise adopted: following measures shall be Properly maintained equipment with mufflers will be used. High noise generating construction activities would be carried out only during day time. In order to reduce impact workers working near high noise construction machinery would be issued ear muffs/ear plugs. Duration of operation & time of exposure in high noise area will be reduced. During operation stage - noise from operation of DG sets & vehicular movement is envisaged. However, the generator sets installed will operate at noise level less than 75 db (A) as the generators will be placed either in acoustic chambers or a canopy. Traffic management plan to include adequate road width, two way traffic, separate entry/exit features. Green belt along periphery of boundary to reduce ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 11 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

15 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data vehicular noise and improved quality of air. 6. From industrial or similar processes No Not applicable as this is residential development project. 6.3 From construction or Yes Construction activities generate noise but these will demolition be limited to construction site only As site is vacant no major demolition work is involved. 6.4 From blasting or piling No Blasting operations are not involved in the project. 6.5 From construction or operational traffic Yes Construction Phase Noise will be generated due to vehicular movement for supply of building materials and other construction activities. But duration & intensity will be less. Construction activity will not be carried out during night time as far as possible Operation Phase Noise will be generated due to vehicular movement Traffic management plan is targeted to regulate speed & ensure smooth movement of vehicles within the project site to reduce noise levels. Vegetated surfaces & plantation along streets will also help in reduction in noise levels. 6.6 From lighting or cooling No - systems 6.7 From any other sources No - 7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea: SN Information/Checklist confirmation 7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous materials 7. From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land (expected mode and Yes/ No Yes No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data During construction & operation stage hazardous materials such as Paints, oils & lubricants will be used. In order to prevent contamination of land water due to use of these materials proper measures will be taken in accordance with The Hazardous Waste Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement (Amendment) Rules, 009". The waste oil generated during operation phase from the DG sets will be collected and separately stored in HDPE drums over concrete platform Spillage if any will be collected in a pit through a garland drain built for this purpose. The pit will have a provision of oil & grease separator. Apx 884 KLD Sewage will be generated from the project which will be treated in the 1060 KLD STP proposed onsite. Treated water from STP shall be ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 1 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

16 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation place of discharge) Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data and recycled for reuse for gardening, flushing & DG cooling, etc. Surplus treated water will be discharged into public sewer with prior permission from the authority. 7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or into water No Pollutants will be emitted by DG sets. Adequate stack height will be provided as per CPCB norms to disperse pollutants effectively. DG sets will be used only in case of power failure. Dust generation during construction phase from earthworks and movement of vehicles is a temporary phenomenon and will have short term impact during construction phase. Appropriate fugitive dust control measures, including water sprinkling of exposed areas and dust covers for trucks, will be provided to minimize impacts. 7.4 From any other sources No Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the environment from these sources? No No long term built up of pollutants envisaged as project activities are of temporary nature. 8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human health or the environment SN Information/Checklist confirmation 8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling, use or production of hazardous substances Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data No Housing construction does not involve major hazardous activities. Hence chances of explosion, spillage, fires are minimal..however, the contractors shall comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines applicable as per National Building Code 005 & other relevant codes of Bureau of Indian Standards. No major hazardous waste will be stored at site Fire fighting measures shall be taken as per part IV of NBC 005 & Local Building & Fire Bye laws and in consultation with local fire department. 8. From any other causes No No 8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage (e.g. Floods, earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc)? Yes Project site & surround areas are flat hence occurrence of land slide & project affecting due to it is rare. Sohna has not reported of natural disasters such as Floods, cloudburst etc. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 13 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

17 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data The site lies in Seismic Zone IV.as per Seismic zoning map of India. (IS 1893, Part-I, 00). The structural Designer shall incorporate seismic factors as per relevant codes to safeguard the structure against earthquake risks. 9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality SN Information/Checklist confirmation 9.1 Lead to development of supporting. facilities, ancillary development or development stimulated by the project, which could have impact on the environment e.g.: Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply, waste or waste water treatment, etc.) Yes/ No Yes Yes Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data The project will be equipped with dedicated internal road, parking, internal water distribution system, fire fighting system, internal sewage collection network, lighting facilities, solar lighting, and power backup facility. Increase in water and power demand Appropriate infrastructure like, roads, power supply and waste management facility will be developed within the site so that chances of occurrence of any adverse impacts are minimized. extractive industries No No supply industries Yes Construction materials other No No 9. Lead to after-use of the site, which could have an impact on the environment 9.3 Set a precedent for later developments 9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing or planned projects with similar effects No No Yes This is residential development; there will be generation of employment during construction & operation phase. Yes Impacts on water availability, storm water drainage, availability of electricity, traffic congestion etc. (II) Environmental Sensitivity SN Areas Name/ Identity 1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, Raipur RF Sadain PF Rahna PF Aerial distance (within 15 km) of proposed project location boundary 4 km, SW 1 Km SW 13.8 KM SW ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 14 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

18 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Areas Name/ Identity landscape, cultural or other related value Aerial distance (within 15 km) of proposed project location boundary Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests. 3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration Aravali Range No 5 Km NE 4.5 km W 3.1 km SW Does not fall within 15 Km radius. 4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters Mehandwari Nadi Damdama Lake 5 State, National boundaries District Mewat Delhi 6 Routes or facilities used by the Damdama Lake public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas 1.4 KM SE 6 KM NE 3km S 8.7 km NE. 6KM NE 7 Defense installations No No defense installation within 15 km. 8 Densely populated or built-up area Yes Density of surrounding development is as per master plan Sohna 9 Areas occupied by sensitive manmade land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities) 10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources(ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) 1 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (earthquakes, subsidence, Yes Yes No Yes Manmade community facilities such as, schools, places of worship are planned. Schools are at 1. km NE and 1.16 km E from the project site. These installations will not have any impact due to construction of proposed project. Ground water resource in Gurgaon is depleting at very fast rate. The region is declared as a region of scarce ground water resource region. Nothing specific The project is located at Seismic Zone-IV according to Indian Standard Seismic Zoning Map. Structural design will be done for this ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 15 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

19 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1 SN Areas Name/ Identity landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions) Aerial distance (within 15 km) of proposed project location boundary seismic zone as per code. There are no possibilities of the proposed project site getting flooded and landslides as per available records. I hereby undertake that the data and information given in the application and enclosures are true to the best of my knowledge and belief and I am aware that if any part of the data and information submitted is found to be false or misleading at any stage, the project will be rejected and clearance give, if any to the project will be revoked at our risk and cost. Date: Place: Gurgaon Vikas Chand Sharma

20 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 1.0 LAND ENVIRONMENT FORM-1 A 1.1. Will the existing land use get significantly altered from the project that is not consistent with the surroundings? (Proposed land use must conform to the approved Master Plan / Development Plan of the area. Change of land use, if any and the statutory approval from the competent authority be submitted). Attach Maps of (i) site location, (ii) surrounding features of the proposed site (within 500 meters) and (iii) the site (indicating levels & contours) to appropriate scales. If not available attach only conceptual plans. The proposed, is located at Sector- 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil- Sohna, Distt- Gurgaon,. Project activity will not change existing land use since the site is located in residential zone as per HUDA land use Plan. The following maps are attached. (i) (ii) (iii) Site location, Layout ( Conceptual ) plan, Surrounding features of the proposed site (within 500 meters and 10 Km, Ref. Annexure 1. List out all the major project requirements in terms of the land area, built up area, water consumption, power requirement, connectivity, community facilities, parking needs etc. The proposed project is construction of group housing in Sector-4, Village Khaika, Tehsil- Sohna, Distt- Gurgaon,. The brief description of the proposed project is given below in Table-1: Table-1: Brief description of the Project for Group housing POST Description SN EXPANSION Unit GENERAL 1 Plot Area SQM Proposed Built Up Area SQM 3 Number of Building Blocks (Residential) 14 NOS 4 Total no of Saleable DU's 111 NOS 5 Total no of EWS DU's Servt Units (Attached to Main DU) 11 7 Max Height of Building M 8 Max No of Floors (Residential Tower) G+14 NOS 9 Cost of Project 399 CR 10 Expected Population (6753 Residential +50 Floating) 955 PERSONS 11 Permissible Ground Coverage Area (35%) 50 SQM 1 Proposed Ground Coverage Area ( 16.4%) SQM 13 Permissible FAR Area (175) SQM 14 Proposed FAR Area (170.65) 1968 SQM 15 Total Basement Area SQM 16 Non FAR areas 1750 SQM 17 Proposed Built Up Area SQM ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 16 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

21 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A WATER 18 Total Water Requirement KLD 19 Fresh water requirement (58.65% of total water req) KLD 0 Waste water Generation KLD 1 Proposed STP Capacity 1060 KLD Treated Water Available for Reuse KLD 3 Recycled Water (41.35% of total water requirement) KLD 4 Surplus treated water KLD RAIN WATER HARVESTING 5 Rain Water Harvesting Potential CUM 6 No of RWH of Pits Proposed 18 NOS PARKING 7 Total Parking Required as / Building Bye Laws 1668 ECS 8 Proposed Total Parking 1683 ECS 9 Proposed Parking on Surface 383 ECS 30 Proposed Parking in Stilt Proposed Parking in Basement 130 ECS GREEN AREAS 3 Required Green Area (15% of Plot Area) SQM 33 Proposed Green Area (5.4% of Plot Area) SQM WASTE GENERATION 34 Municipal Solid Waste Generation 3.83 TPD 35 Quantity of E-Waste Generation- Kg/Day 19 KG/DAY 36 Quantity of Hazardous waste Generation 9 LTS/DAY 37 Quantity of Sludge Generated from STP 47.1 KG/DAY POWER 38 Total Power Requirement 7787 KW 39 DG set backup 6000 KVA Connectivity: The site is connected with network of roads and is situated at the distance of.8 km, SE from SH-8. Community facilities: The proposed project will provide construction of saleable DU's 111, total no of EWS DU's 197 and servant unit (attached to main DU's) 11 (including attached servant units). Community hall and Parking Provisions have also been made. 1.3 What are the likely impacts of the proposed activity on the existing facilities adjacent to the proposed site? (Such as open spaces, community facilities, details of the existing land use, disturbance to the local ecology). The proposed project will be developed in accordance with zoning regulation, HUDA bye laws and NBC norms. Proposed project will provide all the basic amenities such as proper drainage system, RWH system to recharge ground water aquifer and adequate measures to minimize impact on the surroundings. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 17 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

22 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A The proposed development will not have negative impact as the project site and surrounding is vacant and will be developed for residential development purposes. 1.4 Will there be any significant land disturbance resulting in erosion, subsidence & instability? (Details of soil type, slope analysis, vulnerability to subsidence, seismicity etc may be given). The main reasons for erosion are overexploitation of groundwater, unstable slopes, landslides etc. The proposed site area is primarily a flat land and is not prone to erosion. The proposed construction will involve excavation for foundation. Excavated soil will be used for backfilling, play fields and parking area. The project would involve construction of paved areas which would reduce the chances of erosion subsidence. Subsidence is not anticipated, as ground water will not be used. Structural design will be vetted by the Govt agency nominated by local body & structural stability certificate will be submitted to local body as per rules. Soil investigation has been done. Seismo-Tectonic Appraisal of the Area: Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) has prepared a seismic zoning map of India based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes. The project site falls under Zone-IV as per the Seismic Zoning map of India (IS 1893, Part I, 00.) Necessary seismic factors as per codes shall be incorporated suitably while designing the structures to safeguard against earthquake risks. 1.5 Will the proposal involve alteration of natural drainage systems? (Give details on a contour map showing the natural drainage near the proposed project site) No, proposal will not involve alteration of natural drainage system. 1.6 What are the quantities of earthwork involved in the construction activity-cutting, filling, reclamation etc. (Give details of the quantities of earthwork involved, transport of fill materials from outside the site etc.) During construction phase, excavation is envisaged for construction of foundation. The excavated top soil will be preserved separately for reusing it for horticulture development. The remaining soil will be properly stored under cover & will be used for site leveling, back filling and road construction. There will be no requirement to bring materials for filling from outside. 1.7 Give details regarding water supply, waste handling etc. during the construction period. Water Supply: During construction stage, Treated waste water from the tanker will be taken for construction works. This water will be tested for fitness for construction purpose. Waste Generation and Handling: Excavated soil will be stored and covered at site and it will be reused for site leveling, back filling and road construction. The fertile top soil will be reused for ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 18 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

23 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A landscaping purpose. Spillage of oil from the machinery will be properly collected in drums and disposed off. For construction labors, proper sanitary facilities &wash areas will be provided and good hygienic conditions will be maintained. Handling of generated waste will be done by agency approved by SPCB/CPCB. 1.8 Will the low lying areas and wetlands get altered? (Provide details of how low lying and wetlands are getting modified from the proposed activity) No, there is no low lying area observed within and in the vicinity of the project site. 1.9 Whether construction debris and waste during construction cause health hazard? (Give quantities of various types of wastes generated during construction including the construction labor and the means of disposal) The waste generated during construction phase can broadly be classified as construction waste and domestic waste. About 538 MT of construction waste (Calculated using TIFAC (Technology Information, Forecasting, and Assessment Council 40 Kg / sq m) and negligible quantity of domestic waste would be generated from labours employed at site. Most of the construction waste generated will be used on the site as filler material for insite development, internal roads and pavements. Construction waste if any remaining will be sent to an approved dumping site/landfill site through authorized agency. Approx.1400 labors per day will be employed during the construction stage of the project. Required sanitary, drinking water and other requisite facilities will be provided. Wash areas will be constructed and good hygienic conditions will be maintained for labour camp..0 WATER ENVIRONMENT.1 Give the total quantity of water requirement for the proposed project with the breakup of requirements for various uses. How will the water requirement met? State the sources & quantities and furnish a water balance statement. For Group Housing: Total water requirement for this project is 1179 KLD, out of which approx. KLD treated waste water from STP will be reused. The fresh water demand of 693 KLD will be obtained from Urban Development Authority. Breakup of water requirements for various uses is given below. Efficient dual plumbing system will be provided for conservation of fresh water. Details of water requirement are given in Table below: Table : Total Water Requirement Details of the Project SN Particulars Water Demand (KLD) 1 Total Water Demand 1179 Fresh Water Requirement Total Waste water Generation Total treated water Treated water Recycled 486 Flushing 339 ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 19 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

24 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A Gardening D G Air wash & Kitchen scrubbers Surplus Treated water 1 7 STP Proposed 1060 (Source: Manual on norms and standards for Environmental Clearance of large construction projects, MoEF). Water requirement for horticult ture, D.G. cooling, street washing and flushing purpose will be fulfilled by recycling the treated waste water from onsite STP. Water Balance Diagram is given below for Group Housing:. What is the capacity (depend dable flow or yield) of the proposed source of water? During operation stage fresh water will be supplied by Urban Development Authority. Any shortfall in supply will be met from tanker supplies/extraction of potable water from tube well in the permission of CGWA..3 What is the quality of water required, in case, the supply is not from a municipal source? (Provide physical, chemical, biological characteristics with class of water quality) During operation phase, fresh water will be supplied by Urban Development Authority. The quality of water would conform to the desirable drinking water standards as per IS:

25 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A.4 How much of the water requirement can be met from the recycling of treated wastewater? (Give the details of quantities, sources and usage) Approx. 486 KLD of treated waste water from onsite STP will be used to meet water required for gardening, DG cooling and other purpose..5 Will there be diversion of water from other users? (Please assess the impacts of the project on other existing uses and quantities of consumption) Fresh water conforming to the drinking water standard will be supplied by Urban Development Authority. Therefore, no diversion of water from other user is expected and no impact on the existing users is anticipated..6 What is the incremental pollution load from wastewater generated from the proposed activity? (Give details of the quantities and composition of wastewater generated from the proposed activity) As estimated, 884 KLD of waste water will be generated from the group housing project, which will be treated onsite STP. The characteristics of the wastewater and of the effluent after treatment are as follows: Parameters Conc. Value Expected in Wastewater Reclaimed Water Quality mg/l mg/l ph to 8.5 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) < 5 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) < 30 Suspended Solids <5 Oil & Grease <50 <5.7 Give details of the water requirements met from water harvesting? Furnish details of the facilities created. It is proposed to provide Rain Water Harvesting structures. The rain water collected from the roof top, paved area will be collected through the network of storm water drainage lines & conveyed to RWH system. RWH system shall consist of de-silting cum filter chamber, oil and grease separator and pits are designed to store 15 minutes peak hour rainfall, for recharge into ground aquifer& to prevent flooding in the complex..8 What would be the impact of the land use changes occurring due to the proposed project on the runoff characteristics (quantitative as well as qualitative) of the area in the post construction phase on a long term basis? Would it aggravate the problems of flooding or water logging in any way? Due to construction of the project on vacant land there would be change in the runoff characteristics quantitative and qualitative as well The quantitative change: Runoff coefficient from the project site prior to development of project = 0. Runoff coefficient from the project site after development of project = 0.51 (Considering different coefficients for paved area, soft area, terrace etc) Hence incremental runoff = = 0.31 ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 1 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

26 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A Qualitative change: Runoff from parking areas Storm water drainage & Rain water harvesting system as described in item no:.7 above meet quantitative, qualitative &prevention of over flooding/water logging requirements..9 What are the impacts of the proposal on the ground water? (Will there be tapping of ground water; give the details of ground water table, recharging capacity, and approvals obtained from competent authority, if any) There will be no tapping of ground water. This will be strictly prohibited during construction and operation phases of the project. Only in case of emergency, water from tube well will be used with permission of CGWA. It is proposed to provide 18 Nos. of RWH pits to recharge ground water aquifers..10 What precautions/measures are taken to prevent the run-off from construction activities polluting land and aquifers? (Give details of quantities and the measures taken to avoid the adverse impacts) The major underground construction activity will not be taken during monsoon period. During the construction stage construction water will be channelized to sedimentation basin with silt trap. The water will be reused after testing for construction...11 How is the storm water from within the site managed? (State the provisions made to avoid flooding of the area, details of the drainage facilities provided along with a site layout indication contour levels) There will be a network of storm water drainage lines to collect runoffs, which will be channelized to rain water harvesting system. Water so collected will pass through desilting-cum-filter chamber, oil and grease separators.rwh pits are designed to store 15 minutes peak hour rainfall, for recharge into ground aquifer & to prevent flooding in the complex..1 Will the deployment of construction laborers particularly in the peak period lead to unsanitary conditions around the project site (Justify with proper explanation) Labour camp for 00 labors is proposed at the site. However, temporary rest rooms, office and first aid/ safety office, drinking water proper sanitation facility will also be made available on site..13 What on-site facilities are provided for the collection, treatment & safe disposal of sewage? (Give details of the quantities of wastewater generation, treatment capacities with technology and facilities for recycling and disposal) During operation phase, the estimated quantity of sewage generation from project is 884 KLD for group housing, which will be treated in onsite STP of 1060 KLD. Approx. 707 KLD of treated water from STP will be recycled..14 Give details of dual plumbing system if treated waste water is used for flushing of toilets or any other use. Treated waste water will be reused for Flushing, Horticulture, Street Washing, DG Cooling etc. Treated waste water will be collected in tank from where it will be pumped to flushing tank provided on terrace for distribution to toilets by gravity. Garden hydrants are also proposed for use of treated water for horticulture development. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

27 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 3.0 VEGETATION 3.1 Is there any threat of the project to the biodiversity? (Give a description of the local ecosystem with its unique features, if any) No, there is no threat to biodiversity. The land is vacant & without any vegetation. 3. Will the construction involve extensive clearing or modification of vegetation? (Provide a detailed account of the trees & vegetation affected by the project) The project site is a vacant and devoid of any trees or constructions. Therefore, there is no requirement for extensive clearing or modification of vegetation. 3.3 What are the measures proposed to be taken to minimize the likely impacts on important site features (Give details of proposal for tree plantation, landscaping, creation of water bodies etc along with a layout plan to an appropriate scale) Landscape development plan prepared for the project includes peripheral & avenue plantation with local species, ornamental as well as thick foliage plants especially on the periphery. Trees and plant species for plantation in the project will be selected from the list given below. Table 3: List of Plant Species that are likely to be planted S. No. Botanical Name Common Name Type 1 Acacia auriculiformis Dalmoth Evergreen/Flowering Alstonia scholaris Scholar Tree Evergreen 3 Anthocephalaus cadamba Kadamb Deciduous/ Flowering 4 Azadirachta indica Neem Deciduous 5 Bassia latifolia Mahua Deciduous/ Flowering 6 Bauhinia variegated Kachnar Deciduous/ Flowering 7 Bauhnia purpurea Orchid Tree Deciduous/ Flowering 8 Bombax malabaricum Semul Deciduous/ Flowering 9 Caryota urens Fish Tail Palm Evergreen 10 Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush Evergreen/ Flowering 11 Cassia fistula Amaltas Deciduous/ Flowering 1 Casurina equisetifolia Evergreen 13 Chorisia speciosa Deciduous/ Flowering 14 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Deciduous 15 Delonix regia Gulmohar Deciduous/ Flowering 16 Erythrina indica Deciduous/ Flowering 17 Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Evergreen 18 Ficus infectoria Pilkhan, White Fig Evergreen 19 Gravellia robusta silver oak Evergreen 0 Jacaranda mimosifolia Neeli Gulmohar Deciduous/ Flowering 1 Neodypsis decaryi Triangle Palm Evergreen Peltophorum ferrugineum Copper Pod Deciduous/ Flowering 3 Pheonix dactylifera Date Palm Evergreen 4 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Evergreen 5 Roystonea regia Royal Palm Evergreen 6 Schleichera trijuga Kusum Deciduous/ Flowering 7 Sterculia alata Buddha Coconut Deciduous/ Flowering 8 Tamirindus indica Imly Deciduous 9 Terminalia arjuna Arjun Deciduous ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 3 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

28 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A List of Shrubs 1 Caesalpinnae pulcherrima Dwarf Gulmohur Evergreen/ Flowering Cassia biflora Deciduous/ Flowering 3 Cassia angustifolia Deciduous/ Flowering 4 Cassia glauca Deciduous/ Flowering 5 Clerodendraon inerne Evergreen 6 Ficus daniele Evergreen 7 Ficus panda Evergreen 8 Gardenia jasminoides Evergreen/ Flowering 9 Hamelia patens Evergreen/ Flowering 10 Hibiscus hirsute Deciduous/ Flowering 11 Lantana camara depressa Evergreen/ Flowering 1 Lantana sellowiana Evergreen/ Flowering 13 Lagerstoremia indica Deciduous/ Flowering 14 Murraya exotica Evergreen/ Flowering 15 Nerium indicum Evergreen/ Flowering 16 Nyctantes- arbor tritis Har singar Deciduous/ Flowering 17 Plumeria alba Champa Evergreen/ Flowering 18 Tabernaemontana coronaria Evergreen/ Flowering 19 Tecomaria capensis Evergreen/ Flowering 0 Tecoma gaudichaudi Evergreen/ Flowering 1 Thevtia nerifolia Evergreen/ Flowering List of Climbers 1 Bougainvillea sp. Evergreen/ Flowering Clerodendrum thompsonae Evergreen/ Flowering 3 Chlerodendrum splendens Evergreen/ Flowering 4 Ficus pumila Indian ivy Evergreen 5 Pyrostgia venustata Deciduous/ Flowering 6 Quisqualis indica Madhumalti Evergreen/ Flowering List of Groundcovers 1 Asparagus sprengerii Evergreen Chlorophytum Evergreen 3 Dianella tasmanica Evergreen 4 Iresine herbistii Lal Saag Evergreen 5 Ophiopogaon Japonicus Evergreen 6 Pedilanthus tithymaloides Evergreen 7 Rhoeo discolor Evergreen 8 Setcreasea purpurea Evergreen/ Flowering 9 Syngonium podophyllum Evergreen 10 Wedelia tilobata Evergreen/ Flowering 4.0 FAUNA 4.1 Is there likely to be any displacement of fauna-both terrestrial and aquatic or creation of barriers for their movement? Provide the details. No fauna has been recorded from the project influenced area. This site is not a natural host to any sensitive creature. Therefore, no animal habitat is likely to be effected due to construction of the proposed building. 4. Any direct or indirect impacts on the avifauna of the area? Provide details. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 4 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

29 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A No direct or indirect impact on the fauna of the area is envisaged. 4.3 Prescribe measures such as corridors, fish ladders etc. to mitigate adverse impacts on fauna. Not applicable for this project. 5.0 AIR ENVIRONMENT 5.1 Will the project increase atmospheric concentration of gases and result in heat islands? (Give details of background air quality levels with predicted values based on dispersion models taking into account the increased traffic generation as a result of the proposed constructions) The proposed group housing project will not increase heat island effect significantly. The effect will be negligible due to reduction in hard area and more plantation to shade of hard area along roads and parking lots. Construction Phase The important activities during the construction phase that produce particulate matter and affect the air quality are material storage, transportation and handling of excavated earth and construction materials like cement, sand and aggregates. Gaseous pollutants like SO, NO x, CO emitted from the various machineries and vehicles used in construction activities. Appropriate mitigation measure will be employed during this stage of the project to reduce the pollution level to the acceptable limit. Operational Phase During this stage, there will be no major impact on air environment. Low sulpher diesel for DG Set will be used as a fuel which will causes air pollution. But APMC will minimize the pollution load into environment. 5. What are the impacts on generation of dust, smoke, odorous fumes or other hazardous gases? Give details in relation to all the meteorological parameters. During construction phase, generation of dust, Particulate Matter is the main pollutant. Other emission sources are intermittent and include emissions of SO NO x and CO from materials transport of heavy vehicles on site & periodic operation of DG sets etc. Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles, DG sets, sprinkling of water on roads and construction site are some of the measures that would reduce the impact during construction phase. Sources of Air pollution during operational phase The gaseous emission from vehicles. Emissions from DG set while in operation only during power failure. Mitigation measures: The traffic congestion will be avoided by proper parking arrangement and maintaining smooth traffic flow. Regular PUC check up for vehicles. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 5 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

30 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A CPCB approved DG sets only will be used. Regular maintenance of DG sets shall be done & low sulphur diesel shall be used. 5.3 Will the proposal create shortage of parking space for vehicles? Furnish details of the present level of transport infrastructure and measures proposed for improvement including the traffic management at the entry & exit to the project site. No, proposal does not create shortage of parking space; for vehicles parking provisions exceed bye law requirements, well organized parking arrangement has been designed for the project. 5.4 Provide details of the movement patterns with internal roads, bicycle tracks, Pedestrian pathways, footpaths etc with area under each category. Movement pattern is given in parking and circulation plan. 5.5 Will there be significant increase in traffic noise & vibrations? Give details of the sources and the measures proposed for mitigation of the above. Visitors car parking is provided on Surface. The source of noise is mainly vehicular noise. Well organized parking arrangement is designed to maintain smooth traffic flow which would help in reducing traffic congestion and noise levels. Trees planned along road &periphery and soft areas would act as noise barrier and will reduce the noise level. 5.6 What will be the impact of DG sets & other equipment on noise levels & vibration in & ambient air quality around the project site? Provide details. D.G. Sets will be operated only in case of power failures during construction and operational phase in case of group housing. The Pollutants like SPM, SO that may arise from emissions from D.G. sets will be discharged through vent of proper height. D.G. sets will be installed with inbuilt acoustic enclosures to reduce the noise of D.G. sets while in construction or operation. Plantation of trees would act as noise barrier and will reduce noise level. DG sets with a capacity of 6000 KVA have been proposed during operation phase as power backup for group housing during failure of power supply. 6.0 AESTHETICS 6.1 Will the proposed constructions in any way result in the obstruction of a view, scenic amenity or landscapes? Are these considerations taken into account by the proponents? No, the use of proposed site is in conformity with the planned land use. There is no scenic amenity or landscape in its surrounding. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 6 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

31 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 6. Will there be any adverse impacts from new constructions on the existing structures? What are the considerations taken into account? Since the design development of the project is done on the basis of development control norms & as per approved master plan of the local body the construction of the proposed project will not have any adverse impact on the existing structures. 6.3 Whether there are any local considerations of urban form & urban design influencing the design criteria? They may be explicitly spelt out. There are no mandatory guidelines issued by local body for development of urban form; however architect has designed the project keeping in mind principles of urban design & urban form. 6.4 Are there any anthropological or archaeological sites or artifacts nearby? State if any other significant features in the vicinity of the proposed site have been considered. No, anthropological or archeological sites of significance do not exist in the vicinity of the project site. However all possible measures will be taken to reduce the impact on air and noise pollution during construction and operation phase. 7.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS 7.1 Will the proposal result in any changes to the demographic structure of local population? Provide the details. As per census 011, Gurgaon has a population of 1,514,43 of which male and female were 816,690 and 697,74 respectively. In 001 census, Gurgaon had a population of 870,539 of which males were 470,504 and remaining 400,035 were females. Post occupancy changes to demographic structure may be negligible as most of the occupants will be from NCR region. 7. Give details of the existing social infrastructure around the proposed project. The proposed group housing project site is located at at sector-4, village khaika, tehsilsohna, distt- Gurgaon,, is easily accessible through public transport. Apart from this community facilities like school, hospital as per master plan shall be available at located at convenient distance from the site. 7.3 Will the project cause adverse effects on local communities, disturbance to sacred sites or other cultural values? What are the safeguards proposed? The proposed construction will not have any adverse effects on local communities. 8.0 BUILDING MATERIALS 8.1 May involve the use of building materials with high-embodied energy. Are the construction materials produced with energy efficient processes? (Give details of energy conservation measures in the selection of building materials and their energy efficiency) ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 7 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

32 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A ISI marked building materials of reputed brands to be procured from 400 km range as far as possible. Preference will be given to locally available building materials. Following building materials and alternative technologies will be used: Some of them are given below: Ready mix concrete with 15-0% fly ash. Fly ash bricks will be used for walls. Use of Steel of smaller diameter from recycled steel Aluminium with recycled content Use of particles board for door panels Use of ceramic tiles for wall cladding/flooring Use of reflective paint. The use of the above alternatives for building materials will help in reducing use of nonrenewable resources and impact on natural resources. 8. Transport and handling of materials during construction may result in pollution, noise & public nuisance. What measures are taken to minimize the impacts? Mitigation Measures for Air Pollution during Construction Stage The impact on ambient air quality during construction stage around the project site will be assessed. Various construction activities especially related to handling of loose material likely to cause generation of fugitive dust will affect the air quality of the surrounding area of the project site. To minimize such impact following measures shall be taken: The construction material will be carried in properly covered vehicles. Construction material will be stored at identified site/ temporary godowns at site. All the loose material either stacked earth or transported shall be provided with suitable covering such as tarpaulin, etc. Internalroadswillbemaintainedingoodconditionswithregularsprinklingofwater(WB) to curb the dust nuisance to the surrounding Water sprinkling shall be done at the location where dust generation is anticipated. Tin sheets will barricade the periphery of the plot. Mitigation Measures for Noise Pollution during Construction Stage During the construction stage, expected noise levels shall be in the range of db(a) which will decrease with increase in distance as per the Inverse Square Law. Administrative as well as engineering control of noise will be implemented. Isolation of noise generation sources and temporal differentiation of noise generating activities will ensure minimum noise at receiver s end. To prevent any occupational hazard, ear muff / ear plug shall be given to the workers working around or operating plant and machinery emitting high noise levels. Use of such plant or machinery shall not be allowed during night hour. Careful planning of machinery operation and scheduling of operations shall be done to minimize such impact. 8.3 Are recycled materials used in roads and structures? State the extent of savings achieved? Locally available recyclable &recycle content materials would be given preference. However, bricks made from the fly-ash will be used for construction of pavements, side walls, boundaries for parks etc. Readymade concrete (RMC) will be used in construction. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 8 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

33 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A This will result in significant saving in the project cost and reduce pollution. 8.4 Give details of the methods of collection, segregation & disposal of the garbage generated during the operation phases of the project. As estimated, approx. project TPD of solid waste will be generated from group housing Waste Management during operation phase: Municipal Solid Waste Sweepers will be engaged for door to door collection and handling municipal waste. Different colored bins/ containers will be provided at designated places for collection of waste. Adequate number of collection bins separately for biodegradable and nonbiodegradable waste shall be provided as per the Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rule, 000. Wastes from such bins shall be collected on daily basis handed over to authorized agency for disposal Appropriate site for storage and segregation will be identified in the project. All waste collection bins shall be properly maintained on regular basis. Arrangement will be made with local civic authority, for providing garbage station or transfer point (preferably near the entry/ exit point of the site), for collection and disposal of inert waste. It will be assured that there is no spillage of waste along the internal roads during collection of wastes. The garbage storage/transfer point will be covered and cleaned every day to as to avoid any nuisance, vectors and unhygienic conditions. Landscape waste comprises of fallen leaves and other vegetative material which shall be collected and treated along with other biodegradable waste. 9.0 ENERGY CONSERVATION 9.1 Give details of the power requirements, source of supply, backup source etc. What is the energy consumption assumed per square foot of built-up area? How have you tried to minimize energy consumption? Power will be sourced from: Dakshin Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL). The maximum power demand for the project is estimated to be as around 7787 KW. The power shall be supplied by Dakshin Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL). DG sets of 6000 KVA are proposed to meet essential requirement of power back up during power failure. Energy Conservation Measures & Management Plan: During operation phase, appropriate energy conservation measures & management plan will be adopted in order to minimize the consumptions of conventional energy. The following measures are suggested to be adopted. Details of energy saving measure:- o o Day light provision to all habitable room. Energy efficient lighting fixture LED lamps to reduce energy consumption at selected locations. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 9 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

34 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A o o o o o Incorporate solar passive techniques in a building design to minimize load on conventional systems. Use of local building material ( 400 Km range) to reduce pollution & transportation energy. Use of Fly Ash Bricks The DG sets shall be automatically controlled to optimize the usage based on the actual load requirement at any given time. These measures will effectively cut down fuel & energy consumption. The D G sets are equipped with acoustic enclosure and DG stack height is 6 m above terrace of nearest tower. Variable frequency drive with Motors, Pumps and Lifts. 9. What type of, and capacity of, power back-up do you plan to provide? I)Type: Diesel Generator Set II) Capacity: 6000 KVA (8x750 KVA) only to run essential services during power failure. 9.3 What are the characteristics of the glass you plan to use? Provide specifications of its characteristics related to both short wave and long wave radiation? The Group housing project is not centrally air conditioned. It is proposed to use single plain glass of appropriate thickness U value of glass shall be 5.5 to 6 W / M o K. Project is planned with appropriate and adequate shading devices such as balconies, chajjas to provide shades to windows and external walls. Buffer spaces such as cupboards, toilets planned on external façade will reduce heat gain. 9.4 What passive solar architectural features are being used in the building? Illustrate the applications made in the proposed project. Passive solar technique:- Building design and envelope has been optimized through selection of appropriate wall and roof construction and through adoption of solar passive measures after studying the sun path analysis to design shading devices. Predominantly N/S orientation, opening in favorable wind direction. Optimizing building envelope& window design to reduce cooling load (selection of energy efficient low U vale materials for envelop is application of high reflecting white china mosaic tiles to terraces). Day light integrated to reduce artificial lighting demand. Shading devices provide shade to windows & external façade. Planned buffer spaces, like balconies, cupboards on external façade of building - to reduce heat gain & there by cooling load. Adopting low energy passive cooling strategies: Landscaping to alter micro climate for better condition Peripheral plantation and avenue plantation is provided to shed the hard areas & reduce heat island effect, reduction of noise & air pollution & provide buffer to sun heat. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 30 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

35 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 9.5 Does the layout of streets & buildings maximize the potential for solar energy devices? Have you considered the use of street lighting, emergency lighting and solar hot water systems for use in the building complex? Substantiate with details. Yes, the layout of streets & buildings have been designed to maximize the potential for solar energy devices. Further, solar energy will also be used for street lighting, emergency lighting and water heating etc. 9.6 Is shading effectively used to reduce cooling/heating loads? What principles have been used to maximize the shading of Walls on the East and the West and the Roof? How much energy saving has been effected? Plantation in and around the housing complex would be also act as shield which will reduce the cooling load. Passive solar architectural measures have been adopted to provide shades to windows and roof which would effectively reduce heating of building envelope. Sunshades, balconies & buffer space designed on external façade will protect external façade from heat gain & reduce heat gain/energy consumption. 9.7 Do the structures use energy-efficient space conditioning, lighting and mechanical systems? Provide technical details. Provide details of the transformers and motor efficiencies, lighting intensity and air-conditioning load assumptions? Are you using CFC and HCFC free chillers? Provide specifications. o o o o o o o Building is not centrally air conditioned. Energy Efficient Materials are proposed for the building envelope. Conventional GSL/florescent lamps have been replaced with energy efficient T5, CFL lamps. This reduces lighting power density or higher power factor shall be maintained This will reduce electrical power distribution losses in the installation. Pumps & Motors: shall be of BEE 4 star rating. Chillers are not used as building is not centrally air-conditioned. All cables shall be de-rated to avoid heating during use. This also indirectly reduces losses and improves reliability. 9.8 What are the likely effects of the building activity in altering the micro-climates? Provide a self assessment on the likely impacts of the proposed construction on creation of heat island & inversion effects? The ground coverage has been deliberately kept minimum to increase open area. Alteration in microclimate will be negligible. 9.9 What are the thermal characteristics of the building envelope? (a) roof; (b) external walls; and (c) fenestration? Give details of the material used and the U-values or the R values of the individual components. Thermal characteristics of building envelope. Walls-RCC framed structure with Fly ash brick external walls U- Value of Fly ash brick W/m 0 k Roof/ terrace shall be finished with broken china glazed tiles/high SRI paints. Balconies/ sun shade to windows reduction of heat gain. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 31 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

36 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 9.10 What precautions & safety measures are proposed against fire hazards? Furnish details of emergency plans. Adequate measures for fire protection have been taken as per the provisions of National Building Code, Local fire bylaws and building bylaws. The 6 m internal road will have sufficient load bearing capacity to withstand fire engines The building materials shall be of appropriate fire resistance standard. Fire suppression system shall have fire extinguishers, Fire hose cabinet, internal and external hydrants and sprinkler system shall be provided in basement as per applicable codes If you are using glass as wall material provides details and specifications including emissive and thermal characteristics. Not applicable, as this is group housing project without any glass wall. 9.1 What is the rate of air infiltration into the building? Provide details of how you are mitigating the effects of infiltration. This is not centrally air conditioned building project, this is group housing project which rely more on natural ventilation. However during extreme weather (Summer/Winter) it is essential to have control on air filtration. With use of modern building Materials & technology it is possible to make air tight construction and control air infiltration rate. Application of sealants/weather-strips proposed shall take care of this aspect. Air infiltration rate is controlled within the limit prescribed in ECBC norms, for main Entrance door it is less than 5 l/s-m and for other fenestration it is less than l/s-m To what extent the non-conventional energy technologies are utilizedin the overall energy consumption? Provide details of the renewable energy technologies used. Solar energy will be used for solar street lighting and water heating as per HAREDA / Govt. norms Environment Management Plan The Environment Management Plan would consist of all mitigation measures for each item wise activity to be undertaken during the construction, operation and the entire life cycle to minimize adverse environmental impacts as a result of the activities of the project. It would also delineate the environmental monitoring plan for compliance of various environmental regulations. It will state the steps to be taken in case of emergency such as accidents at the site including fire. SN Potential Impact Action I. Construction Phase 1. Air Emission Table4: Environment Management Plan All equipments will be operated within specified design parameters. Parameters for Monitoring Random checks of equipment logs/ manuals Timing Construction activities ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 3 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

37 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A. Noise 3. Wastewater Discharge Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible Any dry, dusty materials stored in sealed containers or prevented from blowing. Compaction of soil during various construction activities Ambient air quality within the premises of the proposed unit to be monitored. List of all onsite noise generating machinery with age to be prepared. Equipment to be maintained in good working order. Working during night to be minimized. Generation of vehicular noise Implement good working practices (equipment selection and sitting) to minimize noise and also reduce its impacts on human health (ear muffs, safe distances, and enclosures). No machinery running when not required. Acoustic mufflers/enclosures to be provided in large engines Noise to be monitored in ambient air within the plant premises. The Noise level will not exceed the permissible limit both during day and night. All equipment operated within specified design parameters. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible No untreated discharge to be made to surface water, groundwater or soil. Waste water will be discharged to outside drainage. Vehicle logs Site clearance and construction activities Absence of stockpiles or open containers of dusty materials. Construction logs PM 10, PM.5, SO, NO x and CO Equipment logs, noise reading Working hour records Maintenance records of vehicles Site working practices records, noise reading Mufflers/enclosures place. Noise reading in Random checks of Equipment logs/ manuals Vehicle logs No discharge hoses in vicinity of watercourses. Discharge norms for effluents as given by SPCB. Take care in disposal of Discharge norms for Construction activities Construction activities As per SPCB requirement. During construction phase. Construction activities During construction phase. During construction Phase. Prior to use of equipment. As per SPCB requirement or quarterly whichever is lesser. During construction phase. During construction Phase. During construction phase. During construction Phase. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 33 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

38 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A 4. Soil Erosion Drainage and effluent Management Waste Management Non-routine events accidental releases Environmental Management Cell/Unit II. Operational Phase 9. Air Emission 10. Noise and wastewater generated such that soil and groundwater resources are protected. Minimize area extent of site clearance, by staying within the defined boundaries Protect topsoil stockpile where possible at edge of site. Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively. The design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same. Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising. Plan to be drawn up, considering likely emergencies and steps required to prevent/limit consequences. The Environmental Management Cell/Unit is to be set up to ensure implementation and monitoring of environmental safeguards. Stack emissions from DG set to be monitored Ambient air quality within the premises of the proposed unit to be monitored. Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate. Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible Noise generated from operation of DG set to be optimized and effluents as given by PCB. Site boundaries not extended / breached as per plan document. Effective cover in place. Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof Comprehensive Waste Management Plan in place and available for inspection on-site. Compliance with MSW Rules, 1and Hazardous Wastes (Managemen t, Handling and Trans Boundary Movement Rules), 008 Mock drills and records of the same A formal letter from the management indicating formation of Environment Management Cell PM, SO, NOx, CO PM 10, PM.5, SO, NOx, and CO as given by SPCB. Vehicle logs to be maintained Vehicle logs Maintain records of vehicles During construction Phase. During construction Phase. During construction phase Prior to site Clearance. During construction phase During construction phase During operation phase During operation Phase ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 34 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

39 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. Form-1A Wastewater Discharge Drainage and Effluent Management 13. Energy Usage Emergency preparedness, as fire fighting Environment Management Cell/Unit such monitored. DG sets are to be provided with acoustic enclosures with appropriate height of chimney above roof level or as specified by PCB Generation of vehicular noise No untreated discharge to be made to surface water, groundwater or soil. Take care in disposal of wastewater generated such that soil and groundwater resources are protected Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively. Design to incorporate existing drainage pattern and avoid disturbing the same. Replacement of conventional luminaries to energy efficient luminary fittings Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for prevention. The Environment Management Cell/Unit to be set up to ensure implementation and monitoring of environmental safeguards. Maintain records of vehicles No discharge hoses in vicinity of watercourses. Discharge norms for effluents as given by SPCB Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof Luminary parameters Mock drill records, on site emergency plan, evacuation plan A formal letter from the management indicating formation of Environment Management Cell During operation phase. During operation phase During operation phase During operation phase During operation phase Table 5: Environment Monitoring Plan (Construction Phase) S. No. Particulars Parameters Frequency 1. Ambient Air Monitoring PM 10, PM.5, SO, NO x, CO Half Yearly. Water Quality Monitoring Drinking Water Standard Half yearly 3. Noise Level Monitoring 4 Hrs. Noise Level Once in a month Table 6: Environment Monitoring Plan (Operation Phase) S. No. Particulars Parameters Frequency 1. Ambient Air Monitoring PM.5, PM 10, SO, NOx, CO Half yearly. Stack Emission Monitoring PM, SO, NO x Half yearly 3. Treated Effluent Monitoring ph, BOD, COD, O& G, Total Suspended Solids Monthly 4. Noise Level Monitoring 4 Hrs. Noise Level Quarterly` ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 35 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

40 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. 1.0 CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTTGURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan INTRODUCTION M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt Ltd. is one of the leading real estate developers executing various projects under various stages of development and execution. They have rich experience in the field of real estate and with their creative, innovative ideas and world class technologies; they have completed many residential, and education complex. In continuation of the same and considering the emerging demand of residential facilities in district Gurgaon, M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt Ltd. has proposed group housing project ( acres) at sector-4, village khaika, tehsil- sohna, disttgurgaon, haryana. Fig 1:Sohna Development Plan.0 PROJECT DETAILS The proposed project is planned on a total Plot area of sq m to be constructed at sector 4, Village- khaika, Sohna, Gurgaon,. The total built up area will be sq m. Project will provide, following facilities to make it a comfortable and convenient living for its residents: 4 X 7 hrs. Security. Parks equipped with swings and slopes with jogging & walking tracks. Adequate cross ventilation and ideal natural light in every apartment. Provision for lifts and comfortable staircase. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 36 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

41 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTTGURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Community Hall 4 hrs water supply, Nursery & Primary school The design approach shall be sensitive to environmental issues. The main thrust shall be laid on energy conservation, safety and ease of maintenance and current technological development. The Design Philosophy is to ensure fulfillment of all functional requirements in accordance with Design Guidelines, Relevant Standards and Codes as well as local Bye laws. The following design standards/guidelines with latest amendments shall be followed during detailed design of services. In case of any discrepancy, the stringent shall be followed: National Building Code of India 005. Relevant Codes of National Fire Codes 008. Relevant Codes of Bureau of Indian Standards Energy Conservation Building Codes 009 Indian Electricity Rules 1956 Environmental Guidelines. State Byelaws. IEC 6076/ IS: 06 (Part 1, II and IV)/ IS 11171(Part III): Transformers (Cast Resin) IEC 60831/ IS & IS 13341: Capacitors IEC 60947/ IS 13947: Specification for low voltage switch gear & control gear BS 6651/ IS 309: Lightning protection system BS 7430, IS 3043: Earthing& bonding BS 7671 requirements for electrical installation NEC NFPA 70, National Electric Code. The project area statement and its components are as per the table 1 details given below: Table1.Area Statement for Proposed Group Housing Project Type of project Plot area Proposed Built Up Area Permissible Ground Coverage Area (35%) Proposed Ground Coverage Area (16.4%) Permissible FAR Area (175) Proposed FAR Area (170.65) Green Area Proposed (30% of Plot Area) 3.0 Group Housing sq m sq m 50 sq m sq m 1610 sq m 1968 sq m sq m CONNECTIVITY The Project site is connected with network of roads and is situated at the distance of 1.8 km, W from SH13 and.4 km, SW from NH-71B. Almost all the surrounding areas and nearby villages are well connected through road network. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 37 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

42 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTTGURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Fig 1: Project site Location ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 38 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

43 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTTGURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Fig 3: 10 km radius map ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 39 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

44 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTTGURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Fig 3: 500 m radius along the project site ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 40 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

45 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. 4.0 CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan PROJECT SURROUNDINGS The group housing project site is located at sector-4, village khaika, tehsil- sohna, distt- gurgaon, in the state of. Project site is at N to E. (Source: Survey of India). The details of site surroundings are given below in Table-. Table-: Site and Surrounding of the project Site S. No Particulars Nearest National Highway Nearest Railway Station Nearest Airport Nearest Town/ City River Body Hills/ Valleys Site Topography Archaeologically Important Site National Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuaries Seismicity Details NH 71B,.4 km SW Gurgaon Railway Station, 6 km, NW Indira Gandhi International Airport: 3 KM, North Sohna, km, SW Mehandwari Nadi 1.4 KM SE Aravalis 5 Km NE 4.5 km W 3.1 km SW Plain Nil No National Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuaries falls within 15 km from the project site The study area falls under Seismic Zone-IV 500 m and 10 km radius surroundings of the project site are given above in Fig 3 and Fig 4 respectively: 5.0 OCCUPANCY DETAILS The residential population of the project will be 1005 persons, the floating population assumed to be 100persons. So, the total population for the project is 1105persons.The detailed population breakup is given below in the following Table 3. Table -3 Population Break up POPULATION RESIDENTIAL SALEABLE DU'S EWS SERVANT RM ATTACHED WITH MAIN DU DU'S TOTAL POP/DU 5 5 TOTAL NON RESIDENTIAL SCHOOLS/CLUB/COMMERCIAL (Employees/Students) NURSERY SCHOOL PRIMARY SCHOOL COMMERCIAL (SHOPPING) COMMUNITY BLDG ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 41 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

46 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA COMMUNITY BLDG - RESTAURENT/BAR 75 LS FACILITY MANAGEMENT STAFF Conceptual Plan TOTAL VISITORS RESIDENTIAL -10% SCHOOL - 10% COMMERCIAL COMMUNITY BLDG TOTAL POPULATION 6.0 WATER DEMAND 6.1 Water supply & source The water supply for the project during operation phase will be sourced from HUDA.The total water requirement based on the population will be 1174 eneration and reuse details are provided in table 4 and the water balance Diagram is given below in Figure-5. Table 4: Calculations for Daily Water Demandfor Group Housing WATER REQUIREMENT POPULATION/ AREA/UNIT RATE IN LTS TOTAL QTY IN KL RESIDENTIAL DOMESTIC FLUSHING NON RESIDENTIAL (Working) DOMESTIC FLUSHING VISITORS DOMESTIC FLUSHING TOTAL POPULATION RESTAURENT/BAR (Community Hall) GARDENING STREET WASHING WATER COOLED DG COOLING ( FOR 6 HRS) ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 4 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

47 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan DG AIR WASHER & KITCHEN SCRUBBERS 1 L.S 4.8 SWIMMING POOL (MAKE UP WATER) 1 LS 11.5 TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT TOTAL TREATED WATER REQUIREMENT TOTAL FRESH WATER CAPACITY OF STP WATER FLOW TO STP (DOMESTIC) 80% WATER FLOW TO STP (FLUSHING) 100% TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION REQUIRED CAPACITY OF STP 10% SAY 885 AVAILABLE TREATED WATER (80%) SAY REUSE OF TREATED WATER SURPLUS WATER TO BE USED FOR NEAR BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/ IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

48 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Fig 5: Water Balance Diagram for Group Housing 7.0 SOLID WASTE GENERATION, COLLECTION, TRANSPORT AND DISPOSAL Solid waste would be generated both during the construction as well as during the operation phase. The solid waste expected to be generated during the construction phase will comprise of excavated materials, used bags, bricks, concrete, MS rods, tiles, wood etc. The following steps are to be followed for the management solid waste: Construction yards are used for storage of construction materials. The excavated material such as topsoil and stones will be stacked for reuse during later stages of construction. Excavated top soil will be stored in temporary constructed soil bank and will be reused for landscaping of the Commercial Project. Remaining soil shall be utilized for refilling / road work / rising of site level at locations/ selling to outside agency for construction of roads etc. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 44 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

49 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Figure 6: Solid Waste Management Scheme (Construction Phase) Following the guidelines of Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) manual,quantity of solid waste generated will be 170 kg/day 0.50 kg per capita per day for residents. Green area and landscape wastes generated has been 15 kg/acre/day). Table 5: Quantity of Waste Generation for Group Housing Total Waste Generation Organic Waste Generation E- Waste Generation Sludge Generation Hazardous Waste Generation (DG Waste Oil) 9 TPD TPD KG/Day KG/Day Lts/ day NB: The solid waste generation has been 0.5 per capita per day basis Following arrangements will be made at the site in accordance to Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 000 and amended Rules, 008. Collection and Segregation of waste 1. A door to door collection system will be provided for collection of domestic waste in colored bins from household units.. The local vendors will be hired to provide separate colored bins for dry recyclables and Bio-Degradable waste. 3. For adequate number of colored bins (Green and Blue & dark grey bins separate for Bio-degradable and Non Bio-degradable) are to be provided at the strategic locations of the commercial area. 4. Litter bin will also be provided in open areas like parks etc. 8.0 POWER REQUIREMENT DETAILS The power supply shall be supplied by Dakshin Bijli Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL) the connected load for the project will be approx KW. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 45 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

50 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Table: 6 Power Demand Electrical - Demand Load Power Back-up DG Sets No. of DG Sets DG Stack Height (6M Above Tallest Tower) x KW KVA M Backup Power Details There is provision of DG sets of 6000 KVA (8x750 KVA) for power back up in the Group Housing Project. The DG sets will be equipped with acoustic enclosure to minimize noise generation and adequate stack height for proper dispersion. Energy Conservation Measures: The energy conservation measures shall be adopted to minimize the demand on non- renewable resources and maximize the utilization efficiency of these resources. The benefits of Energy Conservation measures are as follows: Reduced Energy Consumption without sacrificing comfort levels. Reduced destruction of natural resources. Reduced air pollution Reduced Pollution Loads. Increased user productivity. Following Energy Conservation Measures will be adopted: a) Compact fluorescent lamps (CFL s) and Energy Efficient Fluorescent Tube Lights (T-5) with high frequency ballast shall be used. b) All fluorescent light fixtures are specified to incorporate electronic chokes which have less watt- loss compared to electro-magnetic chokes and result in superior operating power factor. This indirectly saves energy. Electronic chokes also improves life of the fluorescent lamps. c) Energy efficient fluorescent lamps and CFL Lamps which gives approx. 30% more light output for the same watts consumed and therefore require less no. of fixtures and corresponding lower point wiring costs. d) All cables shall be derated to avoid heating during use. This also indirectly reduces losses and improves reliability. e) Power factor shall be maintained 0.9 or higher. This will reduce electrical power distribution losses in the installation. 9.0 CONSTRUCTION OF STORM WATER DRAINS A network of storm water drain will be all along the direction along the main roads and cross roads of suitable area size (minimum size would be 0.5m X 0.3m X 0.3m). All storm water drains will be covered with RC slabs so as to prevent the entry of soil and dust. Strom water collected through storm water drains will be discharged into ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 46 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

51 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Municipal Storm Water Drains. Storm water drains will be constructed on both edges of roads RAIN WATER HARVESTING SYSTEM The storm water disposal system for the premises shall be self-sufficient to avoid any collection/stagnation and flooding of water. The amount of storm water run-off depends upon many factors such as intensity and duration of precipitation, characteristics of the tributary area. Rain water will be harvested and the potential for rain water harvesting projected is given as per the table 7.Six (06) rainwater harvesting pits at selected locations, which will harvest the maximum run-off from the area. The design of RWH structure is given in figure below: Table 7: Calculations for storm water Harvesting Potential PARTICULARS OTHER OPEN AREAS ROAD/PAVED /HARD SCAPE AREA Area (Sq.m.) Runoff coefficient Rainfall (m) Harvesting potential (cu.m.) Net water availability and potential for recharge (cu.m.) per year (considering 0% losses) GREEN AREA ROOF TOP AREA Rain Water Harvesting Pit Design Particulars Peak hourly rate 45 mm/hr for 15 min duration Volume of recharge pit No. of recharge pit required SAY Values Total of 18 Rain Water Harvesting pits are to be proposed for artificial rain water recharge within the project premises. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 47 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

52 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Figure-8: A typical recharge pit 11.0 LANDSCAPE & SHELTERBELT DEVELOPMENT Total green area proposed m i.e. 5.4 %of the total plot area will be under tree plantation within the plots, commercial area and along the roads. There are several trees which will be planted along the sides of the Project boundary. Trees that are to be planted in the project premises are given below in below: The list of evergreen, shady, ornamental and flowering Trees for green belt development List of Trees S.No. Botanical Name 1 Acacia auriculiformis Alstoniascholaris 3 Anthocephalauscadamba 4 Azadirachtaindica 5 Bassialatifolia 6 Bauhinia variegated 7 Bauhniapurpurea 8 Bombaxmalabaricum 9 Caryotaurens 10 Callistemon lanceolatus 11 Cassia fistula 1 Casurinaequisetifolia 13 Chorisiaspeciosa 14 Dalbergiasissoo 15 Delonixregia 16 Erythrinaindica 17 Ficusbenjamina 18 Ficusinfectoria 19 Gravelliarobusta 0 Jacaranda mimosifolia 1 Neodypsisdecaryi Peltophorumferrugineum 3 Pheonixdactylifera 4 Polyalthialongifolia 5 Roystonearegia 6 Schleicheratrijuga 7 Sterculiaalata 8 Tamirindusindica ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 Common Name Dalmoth Scholar Tree Kadamb Neem Mahua Kachnar Orchid Tree Semul Fish Tail Palm Bottle brush Amaltas Shisham Gulmohar Weeping fig Pilkhan, White Fig silver oak NeeliGulmohar Triangle Palm Copper Pod Date Palm Ashok Royal Palm Kusum Buddha Coconut Imly 48 Type Evergreen/Flowering Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

53 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA 9 Terminaliaarjuna List of Shrubs 1 Caesalpinnaepulcherrima Cassia biflora 3 Cassia angustifolia 4 Cassia glauca 5 Clerodendraoninerne 6 Ficusdaniele 7 Ficus panda 8 Gardenia jasminoides 9 Hamelia patens 10 Hibiscus hirsute 11 Lantana camaradepressa 1 Lantana sellowiana 13 Lagerstoremiaindica 14 Murraya exotica 15 Neriumindicum 16 Nyctantes- arbor tritis 17 Plumeria alba 18 Tabernaemontanacoronaria 19 Tecomariacapensis 0 Tecomagaudichaudi 1 Thevtianerifolia List of Climbers 1 Bougainvillea sp. Clerodendrumthompsonae 3 Chlerodendrumsplendens 4 Ficuspumila 5 Pyrostgiavenustata 6 Quisqualisindica List of Groundcovers 1 Asparagus sprengerii Chlorophytum 3 Dianellatasmanica 4 Iresineherbistii 5 OphiopogaonJaponicus 6 Pedilanthustithymaloides 7 Rhoeo discolor 8 Setcreaseapurpurea 9 Syngoniumpodophyllum 10 Wedeliatilobata 1.0 Conceptual Plan Arjun Deciduous Dwarf Gulmohur Evergreen/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Harsingar Champa Indian ivy Madhumalti LalSaag Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen Deciduous/ Flowering Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen/ Flowering Evergreen Evergreen/ Flowering PARKING FACILITIES Adequate provision will be made for parking at the proposed group housing. There shall also be adequate parking provisions for visitors so as not to disturb the traffic and allow smooth movement at the site. 1.1 Parking Details Table: Parking Required as/byelaws Parking proposed Proposed Parking on Surface Proposed Parking in Stilt Proposed Parking in Basement ECS ECS ECS ECS SEISMICITY ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 49 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

54 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Based on the tectonic features and records of earthquake, a Seismic Zoning map has been developed for the country by Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS). The area under study falls in Seismic Zone-IV. Suitable seismic coefficients in horizontal and vertical directions respectively, will be adopted while designing the structures. Earthquake resistant construction material will be used EMERGENCY LIGHTING The emergency lights operated on battery power should be provided at appropriate locations such as corridors, common area, staircase, exit and entrance doors, parking, etc. The transformers will be kept energized and should feed independently alternate rows of lights so that in case of failure of one transformer, there will not be complete darkness FIRESAFETY Fire Fighting Designed: As per National Building Code 005/guideline of Dist fire department. Fire Tender route with access to each block. Fire escape staircases as per NBC requirements. Fire Alarm system Sand buckets will be placed on each floor of convenient shopping ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION MITIGATION MEASURES 16.1 Air Pollution Increased traffic generation due to project (no. of parking space proposed for the project is not going to cause significant increase in atmospheric concentration of gases and will not result in heat island formation as adequate landscaping has been provided. Mitigation Measures for Air Pollution during Construction Stage Air quality around the project site will be impacted during construction stage. Various construction activities especially related to handling of loose material are likely to generate fugitive dust that will affect the air quality of the surrounding area of the project site. To minimize such impacts following measures has been proposed: All the loose material either stacked or transported will be provided with suitable covering such as tarpaulin, etc. Water sprinkling shall be done at the locations where dust generation is anticipated. To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper personal protective gears i.e. mask shall be provided to the workers who are engaged in dust generation activity. ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 50 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

55 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD. CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Conceptual Plan Mitigation Measures for Air Pollution during Operational Stage Operation of DG Sets is the only source of air pollution during operational phase. Sufficient stack height will be provided for proper dispersion of pollutants. Also, it is proposed to minimize air pollution by providing plantation as buffer on the periphery of the project site and on the open spaces. An area of m i.e. 5.4 % of the total area has been kept for plantation purposes. 16. Water Pollution The source of water pollution during construction and operation phase is due to waste water generated from toilets and washing. Mitigation Measures for Water Pollution during Operational Stage: Waste water generation and treatment and reuse are dealt in Noise Environment It is envisaged that within the proposed project there shall be maximum movement of light motor vehicles like cars and -wheelers which will lead to some increase in noise levels. It is proposed to minimize the noise levels by providing plantation as buffer on the sides of internal roads, on the open spaces inside and around the periphery of whole complex. Proper maintenance of the internal roads will also be carried out and Informatory signboards shall be provided to encourage vehicle owners to maintain their vehicle, not to blow horns and follow the emission standards fixed by Government Authorities. DG sets will be kept in the acoustic chamber and ambient noise will be within the CPCB standardlimits. Mitigation Measures for Noise Pollution during Construction Stage During the construction stage, expected noise levels shall be in the range of db (A) which will decrease with increase in distance as per the Inverse Square Law. Administrative as well as engineering control of noise will be implemented. Isolation of noise generation sources and temporal differentiation of noise generating activities will ensure minimum noise at receiver s end. To prevent any occupational hazard, ear muff / ear plug shall be given to the workers working around or operating plant and machinery emitting high noise levels. Use of such plant or machinery shall not be allowed during night hour. Careful planning of machinery operation and scheduling of operations shall be done to minimize such impact. Mitigation Measures for Noise Pollution during Operation Stage It is envisaged that there shall be maximum movement of light motor vehicles like cars and -wheelers which will lead to some increase in noise levels. It is proposed to minimize the noise levels by providing plantation as buffer on the open spaces and around the periphery of whole complex. Informatory signboards shall be provided to encourage vehicle owners to maintain their vehicle, not to blow horns and follow the emission standards fixed by Government Authorities DG sets will be kept in the acoustic chamber and ambient noise will be within the CPCB standard limits CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS The following construction materials are required for residential construction; ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 51 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

56 M/S FAITH BUILDTECH PVT. LTD CONSTRUCTION OF GROUP HOUSING PROJECT ( ACRES) AT SECTOR-4, VILLAGE KHAIKA, TEHSIL- SOHNA, DISTT- GURGAON, HARYANA Coarse sand Fine sand Stone aggregate Cement Fly Ash Reinforcement steel Plywood & steel shuttering Pipe scaffolding (cup lock system) Bricks Marble Conceptual Plan P.V.C. conduit MCBs/DBs PVC overhead water tanks Pavors GI pipe waste water lines S.W. sewer line upto main sewer PVC pipes Glass Joinery hardware Apart from this, in order reduce the overall energy requirement of the building, materials with low U value will be used LIST OF MACHINERY USED DURING CONSTRUCTION (i) Dumper (ii) Concrete mixer with hopper (iii) Excavator (iv) DG Sets (v) Cranes (vi) Road roller (vii) Bulldozer (viii) Tower Cranes (ix) Hoist (x) Labor Lifts (xi) Concrete pressure pumps (xii) Mobile transit mixer ITHC/PRJ/15-16/EIA/9 5 IND TECH HOUSE CONSULT

57 TABLE OF CONTENT Sl. No. Content Page COVER PAGE COVERING LETTER DISCLAIMER EXPERTS DISCLOSURE CHAPTER CHAPTER TOR COMPLIANCE EXECUTIVE SUMMERY INTRODUCTION Project Background Description of Project Proponent Name and Contact Address of Project Proponent Implementing Organization Organization Chart Land Description License and Validity Status of Ownership and Collaboration Agreement Land Details showing Plot Nos. and Survey No. Litigation(s)/ Orders passed by any Court of Law/ any other Statutory Authority Objective of the EIA Study Scope of the Study EIA Methodology Purpose of the Report Structure of the EIA Report PROJECT DESCRIPTION Goal and Objective of the Proposed Project Significance of the Proposed Project at Regional Level Significance of Proposed Project at Local Level Project Description Site Selection Criteria Nature and Size of the Project Project Site Location Environmental Sensitivity within 1 km and 15 km of the Project Site Environmental Liability of the Project Site Site Connectivity Project Site and Surrounding within 500 m radius Project Site Surrounding Photographs Project Components Development Concept Revenue Rasta Land Use Distribution and Area Statement Project Site Elevation and Section Population Details Utilities Proposed during Construction and Operational Phase Water Requirement and Supply Water Requirement Water Source Sewerage System Rainwater Harvesting System Power Requirement and Supply Parking Requirement and Provisions Made Municipal Solid Waste Management E-Waste Management Sewage Sludge Energy Conservation Measures Page 4 of 1

58 Sl. No CHAPTER CHAPTER Content Fire Safety Facility Demolition of Structures Building Materials and Technologies in Construction Quantity of Natural Resources Resources and Manpower Construction Period and Schedule Project Cost Compatibility with Local Regulations Social Activities in the Project Site Other Relevant Information Page LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK Environmental Policies Legal Provisions for Environment related to the Project Setting of project Environmental Clearance for Developmental Projects Urban Planning and Land Use Usage of Water and Water Pollution Air Quality Noise Level Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Storage and Use of Hazardous Chemicals Central Ground Water Authority Notification Statutory National Capital Region (NCR) Regional Plan - 01 Operation of Motor Vehicles Institutional Framework Ministry of Environment and Forests Central & State Pollution Control Board Municipalities and Municipal Corporations Urban Development Authority State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (HSEIAA) Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) Manual on Norms & Standards for Large Construction Projects DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENT Introduction Methodology of Conducting Baseline Study Criteria for Baseline Environment Study Component and Parameters for Baseline Environment Study Physical Environment Land Use Pattern Geography and Topography Geology Sesmo-Tectonic & Nature of Study Cyclones and Storms Surges Mineral Resources Drainage Pattern Cropping Pattern Air Environment Meteorological Data from Secondary Sources Atmospheric Stability Mixing Height Site Specific Meteorological Data Air Quality Noise Environment Noise Quality Traffic Page 5 of 1

59 Sl. No CHAPTER Content Hierarchy of Road within Proposed Project Site as per Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Code Water Environment Ground Water Resources & Availability Hydro-geological Vertical Electric Soundings (VES) Surface Water Availability during Construction Phase Surface Water Availability during Operation Phase Alternate Sustainable Water Management Strategies during Operational Phase Water Quality Construction Water Quality Land Environment Soil Soil Quality Soil Fertility Soil Permeability Soil Porosity Biological Environment Habitat Assessment Terrestrial Ecology Socio-Economic Environment General Socio-Economic Profile Demographic profile Education and Literacy Economic Activity and Livelihood Pattern Existing Physical & Social Infrastructure Facility Page ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS Pollution Sources Prediction and Assessment of Impacts Impact on Physical Environment Impact on Land Use and Aesthetics Impact on Topography Impact on Geology Impact on Drainage Pattern Impact due to Earthquake Impact on Mineral Resources Climate and Meteorology Impact on Air Environment Air Emission Sources Fugitive Emission from Site Preparation Impact on Air Environment during Construction Phase Impact on Air Environment during Operation Phase Model Assumptions Impact on Noise Environment Impact on Noise Environment during Construction Phase Impact on Noise Environment during Operation Phase Impact on Water Environment Impact on Water during Construction Phase Impact on Water during Operation Phase Impact on Land Environment Impact on Land Environment during Construction Phase Impact on Land Environment during Operation Phase Impact on Biological Environment Impact on Biological Environment during Construction Phase Impact on Biological Environment during Operation Phase Socio-Economic Impact Positive Impact Negative Impact Page 6 of 1

60 Sl. No Content Negligible Impact Impact on Historical, Archaeological and Architectural Sites Summary of Impacts Page CHAPTER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Introduction Capacity Building for EMP Implementation Implement Arrangements for EMP Environmental Management Plan Matrix EMP for Air Environment EMP for Noise Environment EMP for Water Environment EMP for Land Environment EMP for E-Waste Management EMP for Ecological Environment EMP for Socio-economic Environment EMP for Energy Conservation Energy Balance Structural Safety Measures Electrical Hazardous and Safety Measure Plan EMP for green house effects, radiation effects, ozone depletion effects and acid rain effects EMP for Fire Fighting Health and Welfare Plan Safety Measures CHAPTER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN General Objectives of Environmental Monitoring Plan Suggested Environmental Monitoring Plan CHAPTER RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN Introduction Hazard Risk Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment during The Construction Phase Method Statements Safe Work Method Statement Step by Step Permits to Work Risk Assessment during The Operation Phase Disaster Management Plan for Construction Phase Disaster Management Plan for Operation Phase Key Persons and Responsibilities Emergency Preparedness Communication System Training Emergency Management Procedure Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan Management Frameworks and Conclusion CHAPTER CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY Environment Policy Standard Operating Procedures Hierarchical System of the Organization Reporting Mechanism of Non-Compliance Page 7 of 1

61 Sl. No. CHAPTER 10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT Content Page CHAPTER SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS Introduction Project Description Conclusions Overall Justification for Implementation of the Project Page 8 of 1

62 LIST OF TABLE Table No ) Contents License Details of Proposed Project Site Survey Nos. / Plot Nos. of Proposed Project Site General Conditions as per EIA Notification 006 Project Site Coordinates Landuse Distribution of Project Site Area Statement for Proposed Group Housing Population Details for Proposed Group Housing Project Water Demand in Proposed Group Housing Project Wastewater Generation in Proposed Group Housing Project RWH and Water Body Details in in Proposed Project Power Demand in Proposed Group Housing Project Parking Details of Proposed Group Housing Project Quantity of Natural Resources Proposed Construction Schedule (Month Wise) Project Cost Summary of Environmental Legislation concerning Proposed Project Environmental Components & Parameters for Baseline Study Geological Sequence of the Area History of Earth Quake in NCR Region from April `1980 to March 013 Area production and productivity of Major Crops in Gurgaon Primary Sources & Effects of Air Pollutants due to Proposed Project Averaged Minimum Temperature Profile (1997 to 011) Met station Palam Averaged Maximum Temperature Profile (1997 to 011) Met station Palam Rainfall Data for Last Fifteen Years in Delhi (Palam) Cloud Cover Data for Last Fifteen Years of Delhi (Safdarjung)Morning Hours (8.30 IST) Cloud Cover Data for Last Fifteen Years of Delhi (Safdarjung)Evening Hours (17.30 IST) Monthly Mean Wind Speed in KMPH (Year ) Monthly Mean Speed in KMPH (Year ) Stability Class Meteorological Monitoring Data (Post monsoon Season to ) Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Monitoring Program Results SO ( g/m3) Monitoring Program Results Nox ( g/m3) Monitoring Program Results CO ( g/m3) Monitoring Program Results PM10 ( g/m3) Monitoring Program Results PM.5 ( g/m3) Primary Effects of Noise Pollution from Construction & Operation Activities of the Site Ambient Noise Standards as per CPCB Baseline Background Noise Quality Monitoring Results Traffic Volume Count Recommended land widths for roads in urban areas True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES 1 True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES 3 Baseline Water Quality Monitoring Location Ground Water Quality near the Project Site Soil Type based on Particle Size Soil Characteristics at Different Depths List of Floral Species found within 10 km radius List of Avifauna within 10 Km Radius Demographic Details Potential Pollutant Sources & Characteristics Identification of potential Impacts During Construction & Operation Phase Quantity of Quarry Material Diesel Generator Set Specifications Ground Level SO (µg/m3) Concentration at Different Locations (4 hourly Averaged) Page 9 of 1 Page No

63 Ground Level NOx (µg/m3) Concentration At Different Locations(4 hours Averaged) Ground Level PM10 Concentration (µg/m3) At Different Locations (4 hours Averaged) Ground Level PM.5 Concentration (µg/m3) At Different Locations (4 hours Averaged) Ground Level CO (µg/m3) Concentration at Different Locations (1 hours Averaged) Vehicle Emission Statement Max. Resultant GLCs due to Vehicular Movement Diesel Generator Set Specifications Ground Level SO (µg/m3) Concentration (4 hourly Averaged) due to DG sets Ground Level NOx (µg/m3) Concentration (4 hours Averaged) due to DG sets Ground Level PM10 Concentration (µg/m3) (4 hours Averaged) due to D.G. Sets Ground Level PM.5 Concentration (µg/m3) (4 hours Averaged) due To D.G. Sets Ground Level CO (µg/m3) Concentration (1 hours Averaged) due to D.G. sets Noise levels Generated from Construction Equipment Ultimate Water Requirements for Proposed Project Expected Treated Wastewater Characteristic Standards for Effluent Disposal Expected Solid Waste Generation E waste Generated Group Housing Project Summary Matrix of Predicted Impacts due to Proposed Project Environmental Management Plan Matrix Parking Details Group Housing Project Trees that can be used as barrier for Air Pollution Standards for Occupational Exposure Run Off Coefficient Parameters Wastewater Inlet and Outlet Characteristics Proposed List of Plant Species LPD Levels for the Design of Residential Block Use of Material with Recycled Contents Thermal Factors for Building component Thermal Properties of Enhance Building Material List of Codes Adopted for Structural Safety Recommended Environmental Monitoring Plan Applicable Standards for different Environmental Components Page 10 of

64 LIST OF FIGURES Table No Contents Organization Chart EIA Methodology Location of the Proposed Project Site on SFDP 031 AD Map Location of the Proposed Project Site on Sector Plan Location of the Proposed Site on District Map Location Map of the Proposed Site on Survey of India Toposheet No H43X3 Location of Site on Google Image Geographical Setting of Project Site Environmental Sensitivity with 15 km & 1 km radius of the Project Site Environmental Sensitivity with 10 km radius of the Project Site Site Connectivity at Project Site Site Features within 500 m Boundary of Project Site Photographs - Site and Surrounding Features Site Layout Plan Land use Distribution of Proposed Project Site Section of Proposed Group Housing Elevation of Proposed Group Housing Perspective View of Proposed Group Housing Land use pattern around 10 km radius of the Project Site Contour Plan of the Project Site Contour Plan around the 10 km of the Project Site Locations of Field Investigations points at Project Site Seismological map locating project site Drainage Pattern within 500 m Radius of Project Site Drainage Pattern around 10 km of the Project Site Wind Rose Diagrams for 8.30 Hrs. (Mourning ) for the Year Wind Rose Diagrams for Hrs. (Evening) for the Year Wind Rose Diagram for Year Wind Rose at Project Site Air, Noise, Water and Soil Monitoring Locations Concentration of SO ( g/m3) Concentration of NOx ( g/m3) Concentration of CO ( g/m3) Concentration of PM10 ( g/m3) Concentration of PM.5 ( g/m3) Location of Traffic Volume Count Hierachy of Roads within Project Site Groundwater User Map of Gurgaon District Site Plan showing location of surveyed points Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES-1 Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES- Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES-3 Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Spatial Distribution of 4 Hours Average SO GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Variation of 4 hours averaged NOx GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM10 GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM.5 GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 1 hours averaged CO GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 4 Hours Average SO GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Variation of 4 hours averaged NOx GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM10 GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM.5 GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Distribution of 1 hourly averaged CO GLC (µg/m3) Spatial Variation of Incremental Noise Level during Construction Phase without Control Spatial Variation of DG-set Noise Levels around the Project Site During Operation Phase Without Control Water Balance for Proposed Project EMP Implémentation Chart Page 11 of 1 Page No

65 Schematic layout of Cement Godown Traffic Circulation and Parking Plan: Ground Floor Traffic Circulation & Parking Plan: Basement 1 Section of RWH Pit Proposed for Group Housing Location of Rainwater Harvesting Pits and Water Body Dual Plumbing Line Diagram Waste Management Flow Diagram Landscape Plan Proposed Group Housing Project Electrical Line Diagram Earth Pit Layout Plan Location of Lightning Arrestors in Proposed Project Typical Fire Fighting Schematic Plan for Proposed Group Housing Project Proposed Fire Tendor Plan Fire Escape Route Plan Basement Fire Escape Route Plan Typical Tower (A,B,C,D) Fire Escape Route Plan Typical Tower (E-P) Fire Fighting Plan (Location of External Fire Hydrants) Fire Fighting Sprinkler Layout - Basement Hierarchical System of the Organisation Reporting Mechanism of Non-Compliance Page 1 of

66 LIST OF ANNEXURE Annexure-1.1 : License No. 45 of 014, dated , valid upto Annexure-1.: The approved zoning plan Annexure-1.3 : Terms of Reference (ToR) approved and issued by HSEAC Annexure-.1: Environmental Sensitivity Map Annexure-. : permission of Competent Authority to exchange the Revenue Rasta with Gram Annexure-.3: The height approval from Airport Authority of India (AAI) Annexure-.4 : The receipt for Water Assurance from HUDA Annexure-.5 : The electrical load calculation Annexure-.6: The list of building material Annexure-3.1: Standards for quality of water effluents Annexure-3.: National Drinking Water Standard IS: Annexure-3.3: Ambient Air Quality Standards Annexure-3.4: The noise standards for different category of areas Annexure-4.1: The meteorological data monitoring for October month of 014 (1st October 31st October, 014) Annexure-4.: National Ambient Air Quality Standards Annexure-4.3: The air quality monitoring results for post monsoon season (September December, 014) Annexure-4.4: The results of noise monitoring carried out during post monsoon season of 014 Annexure-4.5: The traffic volume count conducted during the post monsoon season of 014 ( ) Annexure 4.6: The results of ground water quality monitoring carried out during the post monsoon season Annexure-4.7: The results of soil quality monitoring carried out during the post monsoon season of 014 Annexure-4.8: NOC from the forest department regarding the applicability of forest of forest laws on land Annexure-4.9: NOC under Aravali notification Annexure-6.1: The detailed Noise Vibration Control Plan Annexure-6.: Area requirement for car parking, MoEF Manual on Large Construction Project Annexure-6.3: The details design calculation for rainwater harvesting in proposed project Annexure-6.4: The hydraulic design details of STP based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) Annexure-6.5: The Ventilation Plan for basement and ventilation calculations for staircase, lift lobby & Lift Annexure-6.6: The energy saving calculation for Solar Water Heating Annexure-6.7: The energy saving calculation through energy efficient appliances Annexure-6.8: The list of electrical codes and standards considered Annexure-9.1: Process flow diagram of standard operating procedures Annexure-10 : ITL lab accreditation Annexure-11 : IR & DH lab accreditation Page 13 of 1

67 TOR COMPLIANCE Sl. ToR Points No. 1.0 Introduction Profile of the project proponent, name and contact address, implementing organization, organizational chart, project consultants etc., will be mentioned clearly Land description- plot/ survey numbers, village, tehsil, district, state and area of the land will be mentioned clearly. Description of Centre/ State/ Local regulations and standards applicable for building and construction projects will be discussed. Any litigation(s) pending against the proposed project and/or any directions or orders passed by any Court of Law/any Statutory Authority against the project will be detailed out..0 Project Description Total site area Total built up area (provide area details for each block) and total activity area Source of water and consumption, STP requirement/capacity Source of power and requirement Connectivity to the city center, utilities and transportation networks community facilities Parking requirements and provisions Type of building materials to be used Environmental liability of the site Existing structure/ type of material - demolition debris etc. Essential Toposheets / Maps A map of the study area 500 meter from the boundary of the project area, delineating the major topographical features such as land use, drainage, locations of habitats, major constructions including roads, railways, pipelines, industries if any in the area are to be mentioned. A map covering aerial distance of 15 km from the boundary of the proposed project area delineating environmental sensitive areas as specified in Form 1 of EIA notification dated 14th September 006. In the same map the details of environmental sensitive areas present within a radial distance of 1 km from the project boundary shall be specifically shown. Remote Sensing Satellite Imagery: Land use map of the study area in appropriate scale based on Google imagery delineating the forest, agricultural land, water bodies, settlements, and other cultural features. Digital Elevation Model / Contour Map: Contour map on 1:10000 scale for the study area showing the various proposed break-up of the land. Description of the project site & surroundings, geology, topography, climate, transport and connectivity, demographic aspects, socio, cultural and economic aspects, villages, settlements should be given. Details of environmentally sensitive places, land acquisition, rehabilitation of communities/ villages, present status of such activities should be mentioned. Historical data on climate conditions such as wind pattern, history of cyclones, storm surges, earthquake etc., for the last 5 years are to be given. Detailed layout plan of proposed project development, communication facilities, access/approach roads, landscape, sewage disposal facilities, and waste disposal etc. will be given. Layout plan of proposed development of built up areas with covered construction such as DG set rooms, administrative buildings, utilities such as main and standby power, water Page 14 of 1 Compliance Refer section-1. & 1.3 of EIA report. Refer section-1.6 of EIA report. Refer chapter-3 of EIA report. Refer section-1.7 of EIA report. Refer section-.6 of EIA report. Refer section-.16 of EIA report. Refer section of EIA report. Refer section of EIA report. Refer section.10 and figure-.9 of EIA report Refer section of EIA report. Refer section of EIA report. Refer section.9 of EIA report Refer secton of EIA report. Refer section-.1 and figure-.9 of EIA report. Refer section-.8 and figure-.7 of EIA report. Refer figure-.10 of EIA report. Refer figure-4. and 4.3 of EIA report. Refer section-.11, 4.5., and of EIA report. Refer section-.8 and figure-.7 of EIA report. Refer secion of EIA report. Refer figure-.1 of EIA report.

68 supply installations etc. to be given. Requirement of natural resources and their sources will be detailed out. Site Selection and Planning The environmental impacts of construction and operation are established during the early phases of site selection and planning. Planning, site selection and design form an important stage in the development of these projects and will determine their environmental impact(s). Some Important factors for development, which should be addressed, are: Status of ownership of land, licence and its validity and its collaboration agreement with the developer. The boundaries of the project area A map that identifies the locations of all proposed development activities A map and photo mosaic showing the area proposed to be disturbed in relation to existing topographic features, wetlands and water bodies. Proximity to local communities; Proximity to sensitive surface or ground water bodies Compatibility with local building regulations Exiting drainage pattern Any forest-cover within the proposed developmental area. 3.0 Description of the Environment Environmental data to be considered in relation to building development would be: (a) land, (b) water, (c) air, (d) biological environment, (e) noise and (f) socioeconomic environment. Study Area: Map of the study area clearly delineating the location of various monitoring stations (air, water, soil and noise) superimposed with location of habitats should be shown. Monitoring should be done as per CPCB guidelines. Primary data should be collected for one season except rainy season. Monitoring of the parameters should be carried out within the study area. 3.1 Land Environment The first feature which should influence the development of a new project is the existing land use pattern of the neighborhood of the project, whether the proposed development conforms to the development for that area or not. Study of land use pattern, habitation, cropping pattern, forest cover, environmentally sensitive places etc. will be conducted based on Google s satellite imageries and ground truth and also through secondary data sources. Geographical latitude and microclimatic factors such as solar access and wind loads have a major impact. The following parameters will be addressed under the baseline data for land environment. Topography Soil 3. Air Environment Climatological data is to be obtained from nearest India Meteorological Department (IMD) station for one full year. Micro meteorological data consisting of wind speed, wind direction, temperature, cloud cover, (amount and height), humidity, inversions, rainfall (peak and average daily rainfall) and wind rose patterns, will be collected and analyzed from secondary sources in the study area. Baseline data of air pollutant parameters extending an area of 500 meters from the project will be monitored at a number of locations. Description of base line data of ambient air parameters namely PM10, PM.5, oxides of nitrogen (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO), and carbon monoxide (CO) will be collected. One season data other than monsoon is to be monitored as per the CPCB Norms. Sampling locations are to be located as per CPCB norms. 3.3 Noise Environment Construction equipment and road traffic are the major sources of noise. Baseline data of noise at the project area and the neighbourhood habitat areas is to be Page 15 of 1 Refer.14.1 and of EIA report. Refer section-1.6 of EIA report Refer table-.1 of EIA report. Refer figure-.1 of EIA report. Refer section-3. of EIA report. Refer section of EIA report. Refer section-4.1 of EIA report. Refer figure-4.1 of EIA report. Refer section and figure-4.1 of EIA report. Refer section-4.5. of EIA report. Refer section-4.11of EIA report. Refer section-4.7 and figure-4.11 of EIA report Refer section-4.8 of EIA report. Refer section-4.8 of EIA report.

69 ascertained. Daytime and nighttime data should be collected. 3.4 Water Environment Identify project activity, including construction phase, which may affect surface water or groundwater. Estimate water intake requirements and identify the source of water to be used. Describe how water will be taken from the surface water/ river and conveyed to the site. Ground water budgeting has to be provided. Rainwater harvesting has to be detailed out. Baseline water quality from all sources such as ground water, municipal water, surface water needs to be determined and compared to the water quality norms prescribed for drinking water and State PWD specifications for construction water. Quantity of wastewater is to be provided. 3.5 Biological Environment Baseline data on the flora and fauna for the study area is to be detailed out. An inventory map is to be prepared along with a description of the existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation. If there are any rare and endangered species in the study area they are to be clearly mentioned. 3.6 Socio Economic Environment Baseline data should include the demography, settlements, existing infrastructure facilities in the proposed area. 3.7 Solid Waste Solid wastes from construction sector can be categorized into two phases i.e. during construction & during operation. Details of the following are to be given: Construction or demolition waste, i.e., passive and inert waste Municipal waste, i.e., biodegradable and recyclable waste Hazardous waste E-waste Details of authorized municipal solid waste facilities, biomedical treatment facilities and hazardous waste disposal facilities in the area should be included. 4.0 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 4.1 Land Environment Anticipated Impacts: Some of the anticipated impacts, which needs to be addressed, are: Impact on the natural drainage system and soil erosion Loss of productive soil and impact on natural drainage pattern. Study of the problem of landslides and assessment of soil erosion potential and the impact Mitigation Measures: Proper mitigation measures have to be suggested: If the topsoil is proposed to be preserved, the details relating to the quantity of topsoil stored, demarcated area on plan where it is stored along with preservation plan is to be given Details of soil erosion plan are to be given. 4. Air Environment Anticipated Impacts: Impacts on air quality during the construction and operation phase should be predicted. The existing surrounding features of the study area and impact on them should be addressed separately. It is necessary to predict the following, if any: Prediction of point source emissions Prediction of air emissions from the vehicles during the construction and operation phases Mitigating Measures: Mitigative measures are to be proposed during the construction stage as well as the operational stage of the project. Some measures which should be listed include: Mitigative measures during construction phase to reduce the emissions Page 16 of 1 Refer section-4.10 of EIA report. Refer section-4.1 of EIA report. Refer section-4.13 of EIA report. Refer section Refer section-5.7 of EIA report. Refer section-6.8 of EIA report. Refer section-5.4 of EIA report. Refer section-6.5 of EIA report.

70 during loading, un-loading, transportation and storage of construction materials Greenbelt development Dust mitigation 4.3 Noise Environment Anticipated Impacts: Noise due to demolition / construction activities Impact due to present and future transportation activities Impact of noise due to work at night. Mitigating Measures: Site plan and details for construction management showing the layout of noise and dust barriers should be given. 4.4 Water Environment Anticipated Impacts: Impact of water withdrawal on surface water is to be given. Impact on ground water potential is to be detailed. Waste water generation Mitigating Measures: Prediction of ground water contamination and suggested mitigating measures to minimize the pollution level. Hydro geological information should be clearly detailed Details of water conservation within the buildings Details of rainwater harvesting to recharge the ground water 4.5 Refer section-5.5 of EIA report. Refer section-6.6 of EIA report. Refer section-5.6 of EIA report. Refer section-6.7 of EIA report. Biological Environment Anticipated Impacts: Impact of construction activity on flora and fauna is to be given. Mitigating Measures : Tree survey plan showing protected/preserved/transplanted/removed trees are to be given. Proposed landscape plan with details about species that are to be planted are to be given 4.6 Socio Economic Environment Anticipated Impacts: Predicted impact on the communities of the proposed activity is to be given. Impact on surroundings on socio-economic status is to be detailed. Mitigation Measures: Mitigation measures to reduce adverse effects are to be given. 4.7 Solid Waste and Environment Anticipated impacts Impact of the project during construction and operational phases for generation of waste is to be assessed. Mitigation Measures: Options for minimization of solid waste and environmentally compatible disposal are to be given. Management and disposal of temporary structures, made during construction phase are to be addressed. Mitigation measures for handling biomedical wastes, e-wastes and municipal solid wastes are to be detailed. 5.0 Specific Studies Describe the project energy requirement, infrastructure requirement needed for this activity. Discuss the steps taken to integrate the needs of other stakeholders into the location and design of access infrastructure to reduce and manage overall environmental impacts from resource development. 5.1 Transport Estimate any environmental implications from transportation (rail, road) related emissions associated with the construction and operational phases Page 17 of 1 Refer section-5.8 of EIA report. Refer section-6.10 of EIA report. Refer section-5.9 of EIA report. Refer section-6.11 of EIA report. Refer section-5.7 of EIA report. Refer section-6.8 of EIA report. Refer section-.10 and 4.9 of EIA report.

71 and suggest suitable options. Provide a site plan showing the details of connectivity existing and proposed road and rail transport. Provide a site plan showing buildings, roads, and open spaces, confirming the hierarchy of roads as per the rules given by UDPFI guidelines. Discuss the impacts of increased vehicle traffic and requirements for access improvements on roads in the site development area as a result of the project, considering other existing and planned developments and operations in the region including what measures will be taken to reduce traffic and enhance vehicle safety on external roads Discuss any expected change in traffic volume by Average Annual Daily Traffic (AADT) and any seasonal variability in traffic volume (including mitigation measures) prior to construction, during construction and at full site operation 5. Building Material and Technologies Detail the types of materials use in each component part of the building and landscape (envelope, superstructure, openings, and roads and surrounding landscape). Detail out the plans and sections of buildings showing use of new technologies and non-conventional methods Detail out the plans and sections of building using new construction techniques 5.3 Energy Conservation Use of alternative renewable resources such as solar / wind power etc. is to be discussed Discuss the options considered for supplying the power required for the project and the environmental implications, including opportunities to increase the energy efficiency of the project. Details of U &R values are to be given. Details of the renewable energy systems (sizing and design), building costs and integration details are to be provided 6.0 Environmental Monitoring Program Frequency, location, parameters of monitoring Compilation and analysis of data and reporting system 7.0 Additional Studies 7.1 Risk Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP) Discuss emergency plans for any environmental risks and such as earthquakes: Types of emergency; internal and external origin Emergency evacuation plan Emergency procedures Helipad facilities for buildings with height beyond 60 meters 7. Natural Resource Conservation Plan of action for conservation of natural resources and recycle waste materials due to the project activity in the construction and operational phase of the project is to be discussed. 8.0 Project Benefits This section details out the improvements in physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, if any. Also detail out any employment potential and other benefits that are accrued if the project is taken up. 9.0 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Detailed EMP may be formulated to mitigate the residual impacts which should inter alias include the impact due to change in land use; due to loss of agricultural land and grazing land besides other impacts of the projects. Budgeting of the EMP may be included in EIA. The EIA should discuss in detail the following aspects: a) Sewage Treatment Plant Sewage Treatment Plant has been designed to treat the wastewater from Page 18 of 1 Refer section of EIA report. Refer section-6.1 of EIA report. Refer table-6.1 of EIA report. Refer section-8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.8 & 8.10 of EIA report. Refer section , 6.7., 6.13 and table6.1 of EIA report. Refer section-. &.3 of EIA report. Refer section-6.7 and table-6.1 of EIA report.

72 the building. The wastewater be treated to tertiary level and after treatment, reused for flushing of toilets in apartment building and gardening. Treated water reused for landscaping, car washing etc. and partly discharged. Treated sewage should conform to E(P) Rules. Sewage Treatment Plants are to be monitored on regular basis. Spent oil from DG Sets should be stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility and disposed off as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 008. Spent oil from DG Sets should be disposed off through registered recyclers only. Provision of effective controls and building management systems such as Automatic Fire Alarm and Fire Detection and Suppression System etc. must be ensured. Adequate access to fire tenders should be provided Provisions should be kept for the integration of solar water heating system and other energy conservation methods 10.0 Summary & Conclusion (Summary EIA) This document should summarize the significant findings of the EIA report. The summary should describe each significant environmental issue and its resolution in sufficient details so that its importance and scope, as well as the appropriateness of the approach taken to resolve it are well understood. Wherever possible, the summary should make use of base maps, tables and figures given in the report. The following should be addressed in the summary if applicable: Potential interruption or limitation of accesses to dwellings, businesses or productive resources either permanently or temporarily; Encroachment or reduction of green areas, parks, and other recreational areas. Demolition of buildings high architectural or historical value; Potential deterioration of urban quality and property value in the immediate vicinity of the works or deterioration of unique architectural characteristics in the neighbourhood; 11.0 Disclosure of Consultant engaged: This chapter shall include the names of the consultants engaged with their brief resume and nature of consultancy rendered. 1.0 Corporate Environmental Responsibility: Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so it may be detailed in the EIA report. Does the Environment policy prescribed for standard operation process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest norm/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. What hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions. Details of this system may be given. Does the company have a system of reporting of non-compliances/ violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be detailed in the EIA report. Enclosures Conceptual Plan/Questionnaire/Photos Additional ToRs:Project specific additional suggestions: 1. The PP should submit a copy of the valid license alongwith collaboration agreement and revenue record of the area of the project.. Refer section-11.1, 11. & 11.3 of EIA report. Refer chapter-10 of EIA report. Refer section-9.1 to 9.4 of EIA report. The PP should submit contour plan, Master plan, car parking plan, traffic circulation plan, elevation section plan, perspective view plan and area Page 19 of 1

73 demarcation plan as per the latest definition given by MOEF-GOI alongwith with latest photograph and development in 500 meters of the project site. 3. The PP should submit the status of the construction of their project giving a duly notarized affidavit. 4. The PP should submit the assurance of the supply of the water during construction phase from safe area through tankers and permission from CGWA for using the ground water of the existing borewell including permission from HUDA for supply of water during operation Phase. 5. The PP will submit detailed dual plumbing system for recycling the treated water. 6. (i) The PP should submit NOC from the Forest Department indicating that the area under consideration does not fall under the Forests Acts and Section 4 & 5 of PLPA. (ii) The NOC from Aravali Hill Notification, 199 shall be obtained from Tehsildar through the District Collector The PP should clearly specify as to whether there is displacement of population due to this project. The PP should submit the hydraulic design of STP with dimension of each component. The PP should submit detailed Solid Waste Management plan. The PP should submit green belt plan indicating minimum area of 0% under tree plantation along periphery and avenue plantation along the roadside and 10% landscaping and plantations of herbs and shrubs. The PP should submit details of social activities if any, are to be undertaken. In the building construction project submitted the proponent is required to identify processes/operations to be carried out. Also the list of plant, machinery, manpower (expert, skilled and semi skilled to be employed) and the safely measures and equipments proposed to be used should be mentioned to assess noise, vibration and air pollution at source. The proponent of the building construction project is required to submit risk assessment identifying the detailed/ hazards involved during construction phase and operation phase, causes of such hazards and their mitigating measures. The mitigation measures to control the green house effects, radiation effects, ozone depletion effects and acid rain effects during the building construction phase and operation phase of the project should be discussed in the said report. The proponent is required to submit the energy (power) balance plan qualitatively and quantitatively taking into account the various aspects like total energy required, sources of energy inputs and outputs. Account for total energy saving incorporated to solar passive techniques in building design, enhanced building material specifications, use of designing energy efficient lighting techniques to minimize the load on conventional systems (heating, cooling ventilation and lighting) use of renewal energy sources like solar water heaters and photovoltaic systems, by adopting various lighting/power control systems and by using advance electrical system like power transformers, energy efficient motors and diesel generators, efficient effluent water treatment systems referred in NBC 005 and MOEF GI guidelines. To achieve the minimum heat load (thermal stresses) in the building occupancy, specify the list of enhanced building materials and building design features proposed to be adopted in the project with reference to thermal conductivity (k- value), density (d-value), specific heat(), surface resistance, transmittance(u value), solar heat gain factor(shgf), projection factor (PF), M factor (orientation factor), minimum visible transmission of glazing for vertical projection (VT) as per MOEF GI guidelines. Page 0 of 1

74 17. As per your project report your project falls in the category of zone-4, specify the standards and codes used in building construction to minimize the risk of natural calamities like wind, load, seismic load (earthquake), thunder storm/lightning etc. as per NBC Prepare noise and vibration reduction plan at the building construction phase and operation phase. Name the noise and vibration operating machines. 19. Prepare complete risk assessment plan of the fire fighting systems (water sprinkling system, water hydrant system, chemical fire extinguishers systems, capacity and storage of water for fire fighting, man power for fire fighting and protective clothing for fire fighters and liaison with the district fire fighting teams and other district authorities for use ) in case of fire fighting and fire rescue system taking into account all the building design features with line diagrams of the fire fighting system and rescue systems indicating the codes, and standards and specification used with reference to NBC Frame detailed health, safety and welfare plan for the building construction workers engaged with reference to Building Construction Rules and National Building Code In the building construction work, metal cutting and welding operation will be carried out which emit Ozone gas, Nitrous gas due to the ultra violet radiations emitted during the said operations and in the day time the work of road making with Coal Tar, Bitumen (photosensitive chemicals) cause severe skin burns, eyes effects, skin cancer due to the absorption of the solar U.V. rays causing green house effect. Specify the safety measures to be carried out for the workers working on welding, cutting and road making.. Explain with line diagrams of sewer, drainage system (septic tank, effluent treatment plant) and ducting system like natural or forced draught to be provided to avoid the accumulation of the hazardous sewer gases and underground explosion in the building construction phase and operation phase. 3. Before design of the water recharging system (water harvesting pit) what site specific scientific assessment of the Soil and Atmospheric factors are to be taken into account. Give lab analysis reports. 4. Frame electric and atmosphere lightening hazard, safety plans with line diagrams indicating the electric sources, distribution, earthing line diagram and design and location of earth pits and lightening arrestors indicating the code and standards used as per Electricity Rules. 5. Ensure the detailed orientation plan of the site/building pertaining to wind rose and solar orientation to achieve better natural light and ventilation in terms of air changes per hour in all parts of the occupancy, kitchen, toilets, basement, DG Set rooms and staircases etc. 6. The PP should submit the dispersion model for ambient air quality on the basis of analysis report as per the latest standard of the November, 009 and ensure dispersion modeling of 4 hours concentrations for NO, SO, CO, PM5, PM PP should make provision of 5% of the net planned area of the project in green area for water bodies as per Regional Plan of NCR for rain water harvesting purpose. 8. The report shall be duly signed by the Project Proponent and the Consultant on all the pages. Page 1 of 1

75 1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY INTRODUCTION M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is one of the associate companies of Ireo Pvt. Ltd. Ireo is amongst the largest focused Foreign Direct Investment ( FDI ) in the Indian Real Estate managing approximately US$ billion of capital having the backing of Blue Chip Investors and respected Financial Institutions. They have emerged as a major pan-india developer equipped with financial strength to fully leverage available opportunities in this sector. All the policies and standard operating procedures followed by Ireo Pvt. Ltd. are applicable to and are abide by all its subsidiary companies. M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is proposing to develop a Group Housing at Sector 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District-Gurgaon, in the State of as a part of its vision to develop stateof-the-art infrastructure for the Nation. The establishment of the project will bring more developmental activities in the area and there will be an enhancement in the living standards of local people..0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Proposed project is construction of multistoried residential with community facilities. Proposal is to construct BHK, 3 BHK & 4 BHK Flats are planned in all high rise towers. Adequate parking area is proposed on surface, Stilt & basements for visitors as well as residents. Community facilities include club house, parks, and gardens. This illustrates the major project components and their locations on the project site. Sl. No. Description Post Expansion Unit G SQM SQM NOS NOS M NOS CR PERSONS SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM SQM KLD KLD KLD KLD KLD KLD KLD CUM NOS 1668 ECS GENERAL Plot Area Proposed Built Up Area Number of Building Blocks (Residential) Total no of Saleable DU's Total no of EWS DU's Servt Units (Attached to Main DU) Max Height of Building Max No of Floors (Residential Tower) Cost of Project Expected Population (6753 Residential +50 Floating) AREA Permissible Ground Coverage Area (35%) Proposed Ground Coverage Area ( 16.4%) Permissible FAR Area (175) Proposed FAR Area (170.65) Total Basement Area Non FAR areas Proposed Built Up Area WATER Total Water Requirement Fresh water requirement (58.77% of total water req) Waste water Generation Proposed STP Capacity Treated Water Available for Reuse Recycled Water (41.35% of total water requirement) Surplus treated water RAIN WATER HARVESTING Rain Water Harvesting Potential No of RWH of Pits Proposed 7 PARKING Total Parking Required as / Building Bye Laws Page of 1

76 Proposed Total Parking 1683 ECS Proposed Parking on Surface Proposed Parking in Stilt Proposed Parking in Basement ECS 3 33 GREEN AREAS Required Green Area (15% of Plot Area) Proposed Green Area (5.4% of Plot Area) SQM SQM Municipal Solid Waste Generation Quantity of E-Waste Generation- Kg/Day Quantity of Hazardous waste Generation Quantity of Sludge Generated from STP TPD KG/DAY LTS/DAY KG/DAY Total Power Requirement DG set backup KW KVA ECS WASTE GENERATION POWER Figure 1: Location of the Project Site 3.0 BASELINE STUDY OF THE PROJECT The baseline environmental status was assessed based on primary and secondary data collected through on-site field observations and obtained from agencies such as IMD, Geological Survey of India, State Ground Water Department, Central Ground Water Board, State Pollution Control Board, Census of India and Local Forest Department. The following environmental components were focused at during this study: Page 3 of 1

77 Air Environment (Ambient Air Quality) Water Environment (Quality and Quantity of Surface and Groundwater sources) Land Environment (Geology, Hydrogeology, Land use) Ecological Environment (Terrestrial and Aquatic Flora & Fauna) Socio-Economic Environment (Demographic profile) The baseline status collated from analysis of secondary and primary data is summarized in the Table below. Attribute Meteorology Ambient Air Quality Noise Levels Water Quality Soil Quality Biological Environment Socio-economy Baseline status In post monsoon season, i.e. in the month of Oct. 014, the temperature ranges from a maximum of 39.6 C to a minimum of 15.8 C. Monsoon season prevails during mid-june to mid-september. The cold waves from the Himalayan region makes the winters in the study area chilly and harsh. Temperatures fall to as low as 3 to 4 C at the peak of winters. Study area also has fog problem. In January, a dense fog envelops the city, reducing visibility on the streets. Ambient air quality was monitored at five locations including project site. In the study area, PM.5 varies from 8.09 µg/m3 to µg/m3, PM10 varies from 5.9 µg/m3 to µg/m3, SO varies from 6.9 µg/m3 to 10.6 µg/m3, NO varies from 13.6 µg/m3 to 1.4 µg/m3 CO varies from 71 µg/m3 to 159 µg/m3 Noise monitoring was carried out at four locations. The results of the monitoring program indicated that both the daytime noise level ranges from 47.9 to 54.7 db and night time levels vary from 35 to 44.4 db. One Groundwater sample was analyzed. Ground water in the area conforms to the IS: Four number of soil samples were analyzed from different locations within the study area. Primary nutrient shows that the soil is moderately fertile. The regions are covered by indigenous floral species. Common animals and birds are predominant in the area. There is no rare or endangered species and the project site is devoid of nesting or breeding ground. The area is predominantly residential and the surrounding of the project site is under urban setting. 4.0 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT - Impact of the project during construction phase, operation phase has been predicted - Impact in air due to the construction and operation stages of the project were predicted quantitatively using models such as Airmode for air dispersion calculations. - Impact on ground water and noise level has been predicted - No impact on flora and fauna has been assessed - It is summed up that the impacts are minimum and temporary in nature 5.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN The project proponent will be responsible for implementing the Environmental Management Plan. For the effective implementation of the EMP, an Environmental Management System (EMS) will be established at the proposed project. The EMS will include the following: - An Environmental Management cell - Environmental Monitoring Program - Personnel Training - Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action - Documentation Standard operating procedures Environmental Management Plans and other records. 6.0 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN Environmental monitoring plan has been formed as a part of the EIA report to ensure that there is no vulnerable change in the environmental parameters due to the project and the proposed Management Plan is being implemented. Page 4 of 1

78 7.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES Air Pollution - During the construction phase, operation of construction equipment and vehicles will be the main sources of pollution. A dust control plan will be implemented and regular maintenance of vehicles and equipment will be carried out. - During the operation phase, emissions from DG sets and emissions due to vehicular movement. Adequate mitigation measures shall be implemented. Noise Pollution - During the construction phase, adequate mitigation measures such as controlled time of construction, job rotation and workers shall be provided with ear plugs etc. will be implemented. - During the operation phase, the sources of noise emissions shall be from vehicular movement. Noise enclosures shall be provided wherever possible. Water Pollution - During the construction phase, a septic tank shall be provided to treat the domestic waste water generated due to labor settlements. - During operation phase, runoff from the site will be drained to rainwater collection chamber, which will be reused for the gardening etc. Ecology There is no damage in the ecological environment. The project will have green area of sq.m., which will enhance the ambience of the project site. Socio Economic Environment The proposed project will lead to employment generation and will have a positive impact on the socio economic environment. Preference to local population shall be given and adequate mitigation measures will be ensured to reduce odor emissions and disease vectors from proposed site. 8.0 CONCLUSION Implementation of this project will have multiple benefits: Building construction project requires a large number of manpower in the form of labors. Though the surrounding area is urbanized, there are still plenty of unemployed persons who can be engaged as local labors. The total number of persons required for construction of the project will be around 1400 including skilled, semi skilled and unskilled persons, thus same number of persons will have earnings from this project. Local people may be engaged during construction and operation as security personal and maintenance staffs for this project which will have economical and social impact on the unemployed youths. The community can look forward to benefit due to more jobs and also better access to utilities. The benefit relate to the direct employment associated with the construction. During the operation phase there will be considerable opportunities of employment due to demand of domestic help and other such requirements of the habitants of the housing project. Page 5 of 1

79 INTRODUCTION Project Background Description of Project Proponent M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is one of the associate companies of Ireo Pvt. Ltd. Ireo is amongst the largest focused Foreign Direct Investment ( FDI ) in the Indian Real Estate managing approximately US$ billion of capital having the backing of Blue Chip Investors and respected Financial Institutions. They have emerged as a major pan-india developer equipped with financial strength to fully leverage available opportunities in this sector. All the policies and standard operating procedures followed by Ireo Pvt. Ltd. are applicable to and are abide by all its subsidiary companies. M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is proposing to develop a Group Housing at Sector 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District-Gurgaon, in the State of as a part of its vision to develop stateof-the-art infrastructure for the Nation. The establishment of the project will bring more developmental activities in the area and there will be an enhancement in the living standards of local people. Due to change in project planning and design, we are submitting revised Form-1, 1A and Conceptual Plan along with EIA report. The EIA report is prepared on the basis of terms of reference issued vide letter No. HR/SEAC/658/80, dated November 7, 014, as the ToR is valid for two years. The changes in the previous proposal (as per approved EC) and revised proposal is attached along with EIA report as Annexure Name and Contact Address of Project Proponent The contact Name and address of M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is as given below: Dr. Vikas Chand Sharma, Authorized Signatory M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited C/o Ireo Pvt. Ltd. Ireo Campus, Sector 59, Village Behrampur Gurgaon , Ph.: , Fax.: , vikas.sharma@ireo.in 1.4 Implementing Organization M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is the developer organization of the projectand will develop a Group Housing at Sector 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District-Gurgaon, in the State of as a part of its vision to develop state-of-the-art infrastructure for the Nation. The project will know as Group Housing, Sector 4, Sohna, Gurgaon. 1.5 Organization Chart M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is one of the associate companies of Ireo Pvt. Ltd. Hence, all the policies and standard operating procedures followed by Ireo Pvt. Ltd. are applicable to and are abide by all its subsidiary companies. The organization chart of M/s Faith Buildtech Private Limited is shown in Figure 1.1 Figure 1.1: Organization Chart - Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. Page 6 of 1

80 Page 7 of 1

81 1.6 Land Description The proposed group housing project has total area of 7,058.1 sq m ( Acres) at sector 4, falling under the revenue boundary of village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District Gurgaon, State. The total zoned area for developing the proposed group housing is 55, sqm ( Acres). The land details showing plot no. / survey nos, status of ownership of land, license and its validity and its collaboration agreement are given below. License and its Validity The proposed project is a group housing project and the license & order details granted by DTCP are given below in Table 1.1 Table 1.1: License Details of Proposed Project Site S.No 1 License No // Order License No. 45 of 014 Date Validity Annexure 1.1 The approved zoning plan has been granted by DTCP and the same is enclosed as Annexure 1.. Status of Ownership and Collaboration Agreement The details of land ownership along with collaboration agreement have been submitted along with Form1 and appraised during the 114th Meeting of HSEAC held on for ToR approval. The summary of the land schedule in given in subsequent section. Land Details showing Plot No./ Survey No. Refer Table 1. given below for the details of Khasra nos. Table 1.1 Survey Nos. / Plot Nos. of Proposed Project Site A LICENSE DETAILS ISSUED BY DTCP Land schedule Land owned by Rect. Kila License No. 45 of Adishwar Real Estate Pvt. Ltd. Distt. Gurgaon 31 3 Vishwas Propbuild Pvt Ltd. Distt. Gurgaon 3 3 Vishwas Propbuild Pvt. Ld. (1/) share, Coral Buildhome Pvt. Ltd. (1/4) share, Success Propbuild Pvt. Ltd. (1/4) share, Distt. Gurgaon Page 8 of 1 1/1 1/ /1 3/1 3/3 8/1 9/1 9/3 10/ 5/ 5/1 5/3 6 15/1 15/3 5

82 3 4 Mrityunjay Real Estate Pvt. Ltd. Distt.Gurgaon Total (1++3+4) /1 1/ /1 3/1 3/3 8/ /1/ Acres (7,058.1 sqm) 1.7 Legislation(s)/ Orders passed by any Court of Las/ any other Statutory Authority There are no litigation pending or filled against the proposed project and / or directions orders passed by any court of law or any statutory authority against the project. 1.8 Objective of the EIA Study The basic objective of this EIA study is to assess the existing environmental conditions by collecting baseline data within the project impact zone and to identify the associated impacts on the environment due to the project and to propose suitable mitigation measures so that adverse impacts get reduced, minor adverse impacts be avoided and beneficial impacts be implemented to the project. The area for the general study has been identified as 10 km radius around the proposed project. The core study area is within 500 m radius from the boundary of the project site as per EIA Guidance Manual for Building, Construction, Township and Area Development Projects issued by MoEF (section 3.3). The objectives of the EIA study are as follows: i. to describe the proposed project and associated works together with the requirements for carrying out the proposed development; ii. to identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected by the proposed developments; iii. to identify, predict and evaluate environmental and social impacts expected to arise during the construction and operation phase of the project in relation to the sensitive receptors; iv. to identify the negative impacts and develop mitigation measures so as to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance during construction and operations of the development; and to design and specify the monitoring and audit requirements necessary to ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted. 1.9 Scope of the Study The study involves, detailed reconnaissance visit to the site to assess the existing environmental baseline condition of the area, subsequent assessment of potential impact from the construction activity and operation phase of the proposed development in order to suggest the necessary mitigation measures, required to be taken for the protection of the environment EIA Methodology The EIA study for the proposed project has been carried out as per the EIA guidelines of the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) and to meet the general requirement of the State Page 9 of 1

83 Environmental Impact Assessment Authority ( SEIAA). The EIA methodology for the proposed project has been described in Figure 1.. Figure 1.: EIA Methodology Interaction with Project Proponents Predict consequences and likelihood of Impact Evaluate the significance Investigate options for mitigation Prepare final EIA report (Along with EMP and DMP) Consultation with stakeholders Baseline Studies( Existing data Collection and new surveys Project Scoping Identify potential sources of Impact EC from regulatory authorities 1.11 Purpose of the Report The proposed Group Housing is a designated project under Category B of the Schedule and falls under Item 8b (Townships and Area Development projects) of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated September 14, 006 and requires Environmental Clearance from the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA). As per the EIA notification 006, the proposed project being a construction project, none of the following Site General conditions (GC) are applicableproject for this development. Table 1.: General Conditions as per EIA Notification 006 S.No Criteria (within 10 km from boundary) Protected Areas notified under the Wildlife (Protection Act), 197 Critically Polluted Areas as notified by CPCB from time to time Notified Eco-sensitive areas Interstate boundaries and International boundaries The purpose of this report is to document the outcome of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study for the proposed development of the Group Housing at Sector 4, Village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District Gurgaon. has retained M/s to conduct the Page 30 of 1

84 Environmental Impact Assessment study for the proposed project as per the structure, given in the EIA Notification 006 (and subsequent amendment made thereof) and in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) approved and issued by HSEAC during its 114th Meeting held on The copy of same is attached as Annexure 1.3. The purpose of the EIA report is to address the information on the nature and extent of potential environmental impacts, both negative and positive, during the construction and operative phase of the proposed project and related activities taking place concurrently. 1.1 Structure of the EIA Report The REIA Report presents the existing baseline scenario, assessment and evaluation of the environmental impacts that may arise during the construction and operation period. Following impact prediction, required mitigation measures and Environmental Monitoring Plan have been formulated. The content of the remainder part of the report is as follows: Chapter : Chapter 3: Chapter 4: Chapter 5: Chapter 6: Chapter 7: Chapter 8: Chapter 9: Chapter 10: Chapter 11: Project Description Legal & Administrative Framework Description of Existing Environment Assessment of Impacts Environment Management Plan Environmental Monitoring Plan Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan Corporate Environment Responsibility Disclosure of Consultant Summary & Conclusion Page 31 of 1

85 .0.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Goal and Objective of the Proposed Project The objectives of the EIA study are as follows: To describe the proposed project and associated works together with the requirements for carrying out the proposed development. To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be affected by the proposed developments. To establish the baseline environmental and social scenario of the project site and its surroundings. To identify, predict and evaluate environmental and social impacts expected to rise during the construction and usage of the project in relation to the sensitive receptors. To develop an Environmental Management Plan that identifies the negative impacts and develops mitigation measures so as to minimize pollution, environmental disturbance and nuisance during construction and operation of the development. To design and specify the monitoring requirements necessary to ensure the implementation and the effectiveness of the mitigation measures adopted. Significance of the Proposed Project at Regional Level The real estate sector in India assumed greater prominence with the liberalisation of the economy, as the consequent increase in business opportunities and labour migration led to rising demand for commercial and housing space. At present, the real estate and construction sectors are playing a crucial role in the overall development of India s core infrastructure. Residential real estate industry has witnessed stupendous growth in the past few years owing to the following reasons: Continuous growth in population Migration towards urban areas Ample job opportunities in service sectors Growing income levels Rise in nuclear families Easy availability of finance Demand for houses increased considerably whilst supply of houses could not keep pace with demand thereby leading to a steep rise in residential capital values especially in urban areas. Despite slowdown of the economy, the demand for housing continues to be strong in the country, particularly in the National Capital Region (NCR). Real estate consultants say that the strong demand in the housing sector in the NCR is mainly due to strong growth in the service sector in the economy, at around 9%. At the same time, the government's decision to open up foreign direct investment (FDI) in multi-brand retail will also give boost to demand in several cities, including those in the NCR. At the same time, FDI in real estate has also started picking up as the sector has emerged as one of the best sector for investment. According to a report by Cushman and Wakefield, the total FDI in construction development has seen a significant fall since 008. But the current year has seen a strong rebound. According to the report, the first half of 01 recorded nearly Rs 7,600 crore inflow, which is close to breaching the total level in 011. As investment increase in the sector, the construction activities are also likely to further pick up in the coming years. This will certainly add to fresh supply in the housing sector. But at the same time, the Page 3 of 1

86 demand for residential real estate has also picked up in the country, particularly in the NCR. According to C&W (Cushman and Wakefield), the demand for residential units will be around 3.80 lakh during in the NCR..3 Significance of the Proposed Project at Local Level Achieving land potential in a rational and judicious manner is one of the prime objectives of this group housing development. This will be done by minimizing the impact on environmental resources, enhancing the infrastructure quality to allow uninhibited freedom for human resource development and provide gainful economic opportunities for employment. Urban environment on sustainable lines will be developed, by harnessing the existing environmental resources, adopting state of the art technologies to minimize waste generation (through recycling) and dependency on motorized modes of transportation. This part of the district of Gurgaon is slowly experiencing new and an upgraded emerging trend in terms of improvement in infrastructure, new roads development etc with a real urgency of new area development. As the area will achieve good connectivity through the sector level road development by HUDA and through the existing southern peripheral road and Golf link road and railways, hence these factors are likely to attract the building construction sector to come up to provide the better infrastructure facility for the increased population. The proposed project will lead to following benefits. Improvement in social infrastructure by providing additional employment oppurtunities to the skilled as well as unskilled people; Trigger growth in the district and in the region as the area will be developed and will result in associated development; The planned development with modern infrastructure facilities and source of income would improve quality of life of local community. Provision of residential development to cater to the increased.4 Project Description The proposed project is a designated Residential Project as per Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) 031 AD, and the license/order has been accorded by Directorate of Town & Country Planning (DTCP) for the above said development. The copy of the license/order granted by DTCP is enclosed as mentioned in Chapter 1. The entire group housing complex would be developed in an area of acres, which comprises of 14 Residential Towers & EWS (Economic Weaker Section) Housing along with a School, Club House & Retail..5 Site Selection Criteria The overall development in Sohna is governed as per approved Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) 031 AD. The proposed site is selected as per the Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) 031 AD. The project site and site surrounding areas do not have any ecological sensitive areas and will be designed to minimize the environmental impact associated with the development. The design brief places a strong emphasis on achieving a high level of environmental performance, durability, and healthy indoor air quality through integrated design, best practices and emerging technologies. Sustainability is integrated into all phases of the design process using an integrated approach which balances social, economic, and environmental factors..6 Nature and Size of the Project As mentioned above the proposed Group Housing Project will be developed as an area development project spread over a total plot area of acres (7,058.1 sqm in the Sector 4, village Khaika, Sohna, Gurgaon,. Page 33 of 1

87 The proposed project is a designated residential project as per Sohna Final Development Plan (SFDP) 031 AD. The proposed project will be comprising of 14 Residential Towers & EWS (Economic Weaker Section) Housing along with a School, Club House & Retail. The project will also involve internal development of basic infrastructure such as internal roads, power supply, water supply, sewer and storm water pipe network, waste management system along with landscape development within the project premises..7 Project Site Location The proposed project site is strategically located within the National Capital Region of New Delhi, in the State of.the site falls in the Gurgaon district of State, which is one of the fastest growing district in India with a huge demand of commercial & residential development to cater the need of public & private sector companies and for increased population respectively. The site is well connected with existing Damdama Lake Road. Apart from this, the 4 m wide HUDA sector road to be developed which further increase the connectivity.the project location/site marked on SFDP 031 AD is given in Figure.1. The Approved Sector Plan with project site superimposed on the same and approach roads for the site are shown in Figure.. The proposed project site is located in the revenue village of Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, Gurgaon,. The location of the proposed site on District Map, SOI Topo sheet and Satellite Image is given in Figure.3, Figure.4 and Figure.5 respectively Figure.1 Location of the Proposed Project Site on SFDP 031 AD Map Page 34 of 1

88 Figure.: Location of the Proposed Project Site on Sector Plan Figure.3:Location of the Proposed Site on District Map Page 35 of 1

89 Figure. Location Map of the Proposed Site on Survey of India Toposheet No H43X3 Project site Page 36 of 1

90 Figure.5: Location of Site on Google Image The geographical setting of the project is shown in Figure.6 and Coordinates of the project site are given in Table.1 Figure.6: Geographical Setting of Project Site Page 37 of 1

91 Table.1: Project Site Coordinates Marks on image Latitude N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Longitude E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Environmental Sensitivity within 1 km and 15 km of the Project Site The map showing environment sensitivity within a radius of 15 km and 1 km of the project site are shown in Figure.7. Also detailed Environmental Sensitivity Map is attached in Annexure-.1. Figure.7 Environmental Sensitivity with 15 km & 1 km radius of the Project Site Page 38 of 1

92 Figure.8 :Environmental Sensitivity with 10 km radius of the Project Site.9 Environmental Liability of the Project Site The project site does not have any environmental liability..10 Site Connectivity The connectivity of the site through air, roads and railway links is as follows: Road At present the main connecting road to the site is existing Damdama Lake Road, which further joins highway. Apart from this, the 4 m wide HUDA sector road to be developed which further increase the connectivity of the proposed development. Connectivity through Metro - The nearest metro station to the proposed project site is HUDA city center located at a distance of approx. km in North direction and Guru Dronacharya metro station which is about 5 km away in north direction. Rail The nearest railway station to proposed project site is Gurgaon Railway station located at a distance of about 6.0 km towards the northwestern side of the site. Air The nearest airport from the proposed site is Indira Gandhi International Airport, located at a distance of 3 km towards the north side of the project site. Overall the site is very well connected with NCR and nearby towns both by rail and road transport as shown in Figure.9. Page 39 of 1

93 Figure.9 : Site Connectivity at Project Site Project Site.11 Project Site and Surrounding within 500 m radius The proposed site is considerably flat terrain with slight variation of about 1. m between the highest and lowest point. The site surroundings comprise of urban / rural setup and the land use in the surrounding area comprises of villages with residential set up and barren land. The details of the surrounding features have been given below and shown in Figure.10. North: The nearby area towards the north side of the project site is settlement area of Village Khaika, which is located at a distance of 0.33 km in north northeast direction and village Lohtaki, which is.0 km away in northeast direction. South: The settlements of Baluda Village and Sohna Rural are located towards the south east and south west side of the project site respectively. The village Baluda is located at a distance of 1.5 km, where as the distance of Sohna Rural is.0 km from the proposed project site. East: The eastern side of the proposed project site is the presence of the settlements of village Kharoda. It is located at a distance of approximately 4.11 km, towards the east direction. West: Village Chehalka is located towards the west side of the project site at a distance of 6.68 km. Page 40 of 1

94 Figure.10: Site Features within 500 m Boundary of Project Site Page 41 of 1

95 .1 Project Site Surrounding Photographs The photographs for site and site surrounding features are shown in Figure.11 Figure.11: Photographs - Site and Surrounding Features.13 Project Components.13.1 Development Concept The planning of the proposed development has been largely governed by the manmade and the natural attributes of the site. The proposed project will comprise Residential towers & EWS along with Club house, school & Retail. One level basement is planned to be provided under the proposed group housing project. The internal roads of proposed project will be developed as a part of the construction work. The site is well connected with the existing Damdama Lake Road. Apart from this, the 4 m wide HUDA sector road to be developed which further increase the connectivity of the proposed development.pedestrian pathways and footpaths of adequate widths will be provided for pedestrian safety and to reduce the vehicular movement within the site. Total area under roads for the proposed land will be sq m..13. Revenue Rasta Revenue Rasta is shown in zoning plan. But Revenue Rasta has been exchanged with Gram Panchayat with due permission of Competent Authority. The transfer Order of the same has been submitted earlier with Form1 & 1A. The same has been annexed as Annexure Land Use Distribution and Area Statement The site layout diagram with all the activities is shown in Figure.1. This illustrates the major project components and their locations on the project site. Page 4 of 1

96 Figure.1: Project Site Layout Plan Land Use Distribution The proposed group housing project has total area of 7,058.1 sq m ( Acres) at sector 4, Sohna falling under the revenue boundary of village Khaika, Tehsil Sohna, District Gurgaon, State. The landuse distribution and area Statement of acres for residential towers & EWS along with school, club house & retail are detailed out in Table. and Figure.13. Table.: Landuse Distribution of Project Site S.No Landuse Roof Top Area Paved Area Road Area Green Area including water body Total Area (sq m) Page 43 of 1 Percentage (%)

97 Figure.13:Land-use Distribution of Proposed Project Site Area Statement The proposed group housing project will comprise of Residential Towers & EWS along with Club House, School & Retail with one level basement for car parking. The Area Statement and FSI for the proposed group housing are given below in Table.3. Table.3: Area Statement for Proposed Group Housing S No Description Total Land Area Ground Coverage Permissible Proposed Permissible FSI or FAR Permissible FAR Proposed FAR Total Basement area Non FAR area Total proposed built up area including Basement ( ) Area (m) 7,058.1 ( Acres) 5, ,6,101 1,, , Project Site Elevation and Sections The height of the tallest building is m including stack height of DG sets. The height approval from Airport Authority of India (AAI) is enclosed as Annexure-.3. The section and elevation for the proposed project is given below in Figure.14 and Figure.15 respectively. The perspective view of the project site is shown in Figure.16. Page 44 of 1

98 Figure.14: Section of Proposed Group Housing Page 45 of 1

99 Figure.15: Elevation of Proposed Group Housing Figure.16: Perspective View of Proposed Group Housing Page 46 of 1

100 .13.5 Population Details The population detail for the proposed residential development comprising residential towers, EWS housing and club house along with floating population has been given in Table.4. Table.4: Population Details for Proposed Group Housing Project POPULATION RESIDENTIAL SALEABLE DU'S EWS SERVANT RM ATTACHED WITH MAIN DU DU'S POP/DU 5 5 TOTAL TOTAL NON RESIDENTIAL DU'S POP/DU TOTAL SCHOOLS/CLUB/COMMERCIAL (Employees/Students) NURSERY SCHOOL PRIMARY SCHOOL COMMERCIAL (SHOPPING) COMMUNITY BLDG COMMUNITY BLDG - RESTAURENT/BAR 75 LS FACILITY MANAGEMENT STAFF TOTAL VISITORS.14 DU'S POP/DU TOTAL RESIDENTIAL -10% 675 SCHOOL - 10% 11 COMMERCIAL 3 COMMUNITY BLDG TOTAL VISITORS TOTAL POPULATION Utilities Proposed during Construction and Operation Phase The infrastructure facilities planned for the proposed project are highlighted in the following sub-section and explained in detailed under Chapter 6 - Environmental Management Plan Water Requirement and Supply Water Requirement During construction phase, total water requirement is about 0 KLD, out of which 150 KLD is the average peak demand of construction activities water requirement and domestic water requirement for labourers is 44 KLD, (Considering 1400 construction labors during the peak construction 45 lpcd water demand as per Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO) and 00 will be residing in labour 86 lpcd as per Manual on Construction & Large Building Projects). During the operation phase, the estimated total water demand for project is about 1179 KLD. The detailed water calculation is given in subsequent section The break-up of water demand in proposed group housing project is given below in Table.5: Page 47 of 1

101 Table.5: Water Demand in Proposed Group Housing Project S. No 1 3 Details Fresh Recycle Total Group Housing Project 693 KLD 486 KLD 1179 KLD Water Source During the construction phase, treated raw water to be collected and transported from STP of HUDA and then further treatment will be given to same at project construction site as per the desired construction water quality. During operation phase, the total water demand will be met primarily through public water supply (HUDA Municipal Water Supply) system and reuse of treated wastewater from STP. The details on water resource development are given in Section In case of any abstraction of groundwater, due permission will be obtained from CGWA. The receipt for Water Assurance from HUDA is attached for reference as Annexure Sewage System During the construction phase, it is expected that 37 KLD of waste water will be generated from labour camps, which will be disposed off in septic tanks. The waste water from septic tanks will be disposed through mobile STP tankers. During Operation Phase, the total wastewater generated from the project site will be 884 KLD. This generated wastewater will be treated in an on-site sewage treatment plant based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) Technique with tertiary unit based on ultrafiltration (UF) module having total design capacity of 1060 KLD. The details of wastewater generation and the proposed STP in above said project is given in Table.6: Table.6: Wastewater Generation in Proposed Group Housing Project S. No Details Quantity STP Capacity 1 Wastewater Generation 884 KLD 1060 KLD Treatment Technique to be used in Proposed STP Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) Technique with tertiary unit based on ultrafiltration (UF) module. The details of design of STP are given in Section Rainwater Harvesting System To conserve the water resources, scientifically designed rain water harvesting structures will be installed at 17 locations. Apart from these, water bodies have been created (of about 5.0% of net zoned area) to recharge the aquifers. Details of RHW structure in proposed project are given in Table.7. Table.7: RWH and Water Body Details in Proposed Project S. No 1 Details Rainwater Harvesting Structure Water Body Nos. / Area 18 Nos sq m The details design of rainwater harvesting structure including run-off calculations are given in Section 6.7. and water body details are presented in Section Page 48 of 1

102 Power Requirement and Supply Power requirement has been estimated for both construction and operation phases. During construction phase, power will be met through DG sets and during the operation phase will be sourced from Dakshin Bijlee Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL), with back-up power supply during operation phase of the proposed development. Total Power requirement for the construction phase is approx kva which would be met through DG sets. The power requirement for the operation phase is estimated in terms of the total maximum demand load, which is approximately 7787 kw. Backup power will be provided by installing 8 DG sets of 8 x 750 KVA capacity each. The electrical load calculation is enclosed as Annexure.5. The DG sets will be installed with acoustic enclosures and adequate stack height as per the CPCB norms. The power demand for the proposed group housing project is given in Table.8. Table.8: Power Demand in Proposed Group Housing Project S. No 1 3 Details Total Demand Load Total Power Back-up DG Set Configuration Total 7787 kw 6000 kva 8 x 750 kva Parking The project premises will have specialized parking facilities for smooth traffic movement within the project site. Parking facilities provided inside the project premises will be combination of surface and 1 level basement & stilt parking areas. It is proposed to provide a provision for 383 Nos. on surface, 70 Nos. on stilt and 130 on basement level. A total provision for 1683 Nos. will be provided. The parking provisions made in proposed project are given in Table.9. Table.9: Parking Details of Proposed Group Housing Project S. No 1 3 Details Basement Stilt Surface Total Parking Proposed Total Parking 130 Nos. 70 Nos. 383 Nos nos. The details of parking calculations and parking plan for proposed group housing have been given in Section Municipal Solid Waste Management About 3.83 TPD of MSW will be generated during the operation phase form the proposed group housing and will be handled as per the Municipal Solid Waste Management & Handling Rules, E-Waste Management Approximate 19 kg/day of e-waste will be generated in a worst case scenario from the proposed development which will be stored at an identified location to be setup within site and will be sent to authorized recyclers or e-waste processing plants for treatment as per E- Waste [Management & Handling] Rules, Sewage Sludge An approximately 435 kg/day of dried sludge will be generated from the proposed STP of 1060 KLD capacity based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) Technique with tertiary unit based on Page 49 of 1

103 ultrafiltration (UF) module.the sludge from STP will be used as manure in landscaping. The details of Solid Waste Management are given in Section Energy Conservation Measures In the Operational Phase, appropriate energy conservation measures & management plan will be adopted in order to minimize the consumptions of non-renewable fuel. The details of measures adopted along with details of percentage saving are described in the Environment Management Plan, Section 6.1 & Section Fire Safety Facilities The proposed project involves development of various activities like residential towers & EWS housing along with club house, school & retail, which will cater to various activities and may cause fire hazard. A proper fire fighting system will be designed as per the provisions of National Building Code (NBC) of India (SP 7: 1983 Part IV Amendment No. 3 of January 1997) and Fire Protection Manual issued by Tariff Advisory Committee and the latest Indian and International standards/codes. The fire protection system will cover the entire internal and external premises of the buildings. Following systems are planned to be provided for the building: An automatic sprinkler system, Wet riser system, External yard hydrant system, An Automatic Fire Alarm system Fire Extinguisher & hose reel system Manually Operated Electric Fire Alarm System The fire protection details for Proposed Group Housing are as provided in Section Demolition There is no existing structure or any material on the site which requires demolition. Hence no debris treatment is required Building Materials and Technologies for Construction The list of building material is enclosed as Annexure.6. The building materials will be purchased from reputed manufacturers with valid test certificates only and preference with be given to local markets. All material will be delivered to site and shall be processed for final installation at site only Quantity of Natural Resources Table.10 present the quantity of natural resources proposed to be used. Table.10: Quantity of Natural Resources Quantity Course Sand in Cum Source of Material Local market Description Aggregates in Cum 4500 Diesel in L per hour 900 Local market Local market Local market Fine Sand in Cum Resources and Manpower To the maximum extent possible, the local labor shall be employed during construction phase. However, semi-skilled manpower and technical personnel shall be hired from outside. During the peak period of construction, approximately 1,400 labours will be hired, out of which 1,00 labourers will be hired from nearby areas and about 00 labourers will be residing in labour camp that will be developed on Page 50 of 1

104 temporary basis & will destroy the same after completion of construction phase. Approximately, 134 persons will be employed during the operation phase of the proposed project..16 Construction Period and Schedule The total construction period for the development of proposed group housing is approximately 4 Years. The construction activity will start after getting the Environment Clearance (EC) and No Objection Certificate (NOC) from respective authorities. The proposed construction schedule for proposed project is given below in Table.11. Figure.11: Proposed Construction Schedule (Month Wise).17 S.no. Tower Detail No.of Floors Tower A Tower B Tower C Tower D Tower E G+14 G+14 G+14 G+14 G Tower F Tower G Tower H Tower J Tower K Tower L Tower M Tower N Tower P EWS Duration Start Date Finish Date 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May Apr Apr Apr Apr Apr-19 G+14 G+14 G+14 G+14 G+14 G Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May Apr Apr Apr Apr Apr Apr-19 G+14 G+14 G+14 G Days 1460 Days 1460 Days 1095 Days 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May-15 1-May Apr Apr Apr Apr-19 Project Cost The total project cost including the land cost and construction cost is given in Table.1. Table.1 : Project Cost Group Housing (Residential Towers along with EWS & Club House ) Land Cost (In crores) Construction Cost (In crores) Total (In crores) 8.34 Cr Cr Rs Crores.18 Compatibility with Local Regulations The project has been design considering all EHS legislation, statutory and regulatory requirements as detailed in Chapter 3 Legal & Administrative Framework..19 Social Activities in the Project Site The following social activities are proposed to be undertaken: 1. Empowerment of Communities, inclusive of Socio-Economic growth a. Skill development/vocational training (For Men & Women) Page 51 of 1

105 . Community Healthcare a. General Health camps b. Specialized Health camps c. Specialized Medical treatment (Indoor treatment) d. Health Awareness camps (HIV/AIDS, General Health etc.) 3. Other activities a. Promotion of Art & Culture b. Promotion of local Sports & Games c. Awareness Programs (In-house & External). The expenditure on the above mentioned CSR activities will be carried out in accordance to the Companies Act, Other Relevant Information proposes to incorporate features of green buildings to the maximum extent possible. Page 5 of 1

106 3.0 LEGAL & ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK The 197 United Nations (UN) Conference on Human Development at Stockholm influenced the need for a well-developed legal mechanism to conserve resources, protect the environment and ensure the health and well being of the people in India. Over the years, the Government of India has framed several policies and promulgated number of Acts, Rules and Notifications aimed at management and protection of the environment. As a result, our country now has a fairly comprehensive set of environmental legislation aimed at ensuring that the development process meets the overall objective of promoting sustainability in the long run. Moreover, the Indian Constitution has also incorporated specific articles to address environmental concerns through the 4nd Constitutional Amendment of As stated in the Constitution of India, it is the duty of the state (Article 48 A) to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country. It imposes a duty on every citizen (Article 51 A) to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife. Reference to the environment has also been made in the Directive Principles of State Policy as well as the Fundamental Rights. 3.1 Environmental Policies Several environment policy statements have been formulated in the last few decades as a part of the Government s approach to integrate environmental and developmental aspects of planning. The policies reflect a gradual shift in emphasis from pollution abatement and control to proactive and voluntary approaches for pollution prevention in keeping with global paradigm shifts and trends in environment management. Following are some of the key policies that have been laid down by the Central Government: National Forest Policy, 1988; National Conservation Strategy and Policy Statement on Environment and Development, 199; Policy Statement on Abatement of Pollution, 199. National Environmental policy, 006 Despite these policy documents, a need for a comprehensive policy statement had been evident for some time in order to infuse a common approach to the various sectoral and cross-sectoral, approaches to environmental management. As a result, a National Environment Policy (NEP, 006) has been drawn up as a response to our national commitment to a clean environment, mandated in the Constitution in Articles 48 A and 51 A (g), strengthened by judicial interpretation of Article 1. The policy is still in draft form and addresses environmental concerns in all-developmental activities. 3. Legal Provisions for Environment Related to Building / Construction / Area Development & Township Projects The proposed project is governed by various Acts, Rules and Regulations set by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) at the Central level and other regulatory agencies at the State and local level. Various environmental standards, specifications and guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and State level agencies will also be applicable. It is important to note that the Central government framed an umbrella legislation, called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 to broadly encompass and regulate an array of environmental issues. The overall purpose of EPA is to establish an overall coherent policy and provide a basis for the coordinated work of various government agencies with operational responsibility for the environment and natural resources. This legislation also invests authorities with regulatory powers to address specific issues affecting the environment. The Act does not allow any person to establish an industry, operation or process that discharges or emits any environmental pollutants in excess of standards prescribed under specific rules and notifications. Page 53 of 1

107 The Acts, Rules and Notifications applicable to environmental aspects of the construction and operational phase of proposed project is summarized in Table 3.1 and briefly described in the following sections. Table 3.1: Summary of Environmental Legislation concerning Proposed Project Legislation Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 with Rules. EIA Notification, 006 in supersession of 1994 notification Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 with Rules. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 with Rules. Water Cess Act, 1977 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 000 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 008 Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 000 (as amended) Areas / Activities Covered Overall Environment Protection Compliance to environmental (Air, Water, Noise) Standards issued under EPR Building Construction Projects Filling up of Form I and Form 1A for projects with 0000 sq.m and <1,50,000 sq.m. of built-up area for construction projects. Township and Area Development Projects Submission of REIA Reports for township and area development projects with area 50 ha and or built up area 1,50,000 sq.m Protection of Air Quality Consent to Establish (NOC) for establishing and Consent to Operate (CTO) for activities causing air pollution from DG sets from SPCB Compliance to National Ambient Air Quality Standard Protection of Water Quality Discharge of sewage from the site Obtaining Consent to Establish (NOC) for establishing and Consent to Operate (CTO) for activities causing water pollution from SPCB Paying Water Cess to Local Body for sourcing of domestic water Compliance with Ambient Noise Standards in accordance to land use of the area Obtaining Authorization from SPCB for handling and storing of hazardous waste like waste oil and lubricants. Following guidance for handling and storing of such hazardous waste Notifying regulatory authority (in this case, the State Factories Inspectorate) of storage of hazardous substances like LPG Follow guidance on such storage, maintain updated MSDS, submit annual Safety Report to authority Prepare Onsite Emergency Plan Lay down restrictions for vehicles not having Pollution Under Control Certificate (PUCC) or proper labeling to enter premises Motor Vehicles Act with Rules Petroleum Act with Rules 000 Municipal Solid Waste Rules, 000 Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 000 State Town Planning Acts State Groundwater Regulation CGWA Notification Public Notice No. 1 of 011 dated 13th August, Siting Guidance Comply with guidance and safety measures for storage, and transportation of petroleum substances within project area premises Management (Collection, Handling, Intermediate Storage) of domestic waste from residences Management (Collection, Handling, Intermediate Storage) of medical waste from Health Services Obtain permits and sanction for land Develop Group Housing in accordance with Land use and Master plans Conform to restriction for drawing of groundwater Arrange for recharge through Rainwater Harvesting Schemes (as applicable) Declared Gurgaon District as notified area in term of Ground water Usage Required prior permission from CGWA for extraction of ground water Follow Siting Guidance as far as practicable Avoid sites which are environmentally sensitive Page 54 of 1

108 3.3 Siting of Projects The siting of developmental projects in India is managed by Siting Guidelines for activities and projects delineated by the MoEF and the CPCB. The overall purpose of the guideline is to aid proponents in judiciously selecting project sites, keeping in mind various environmental sensitivities. However, the guidelines for siting are not legally enforceable except for areas which are ecologically fragile (as notified by certain specific notifications). Additionally, State Governments sometimes formulate State wide siting guidelines for development planning. 3.4 Environmental Clearance of Developmental Projects The requirement involved in the setting up of select development projects (projects with potential to cause significant environmental impacts) in India is through the Environmental Clearance (EC) Process affected on the basis of an Environmental Impact Assessment study/filling up of necessary forms. The EC process is mandated by the EIA notification dated September 14, 006 and is administered by the State level regulatory and government bodies (as the State Pollution Control Board and the Environment Departments) and the Ministry of Environment and Forests (until formation of committee as mandated by EIA notification of September 14, 006) at the Central Government level. The following projects or activities shall require prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, which shall hereinafter referred to be as the Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests for matters falling under Category A in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category B in the said Schedule, before any construction work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity: 1. All new projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification.. Expansion and modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification with addition of capacity beyond the limits specified for the concerned sector, that is, projects or activities which cross the threshold limits given in the Schedule, after expansion or modernization. 3. Any change in product - mix in an existing manufacturing unit included in Schedule beyond the specified range. Building /Construction projects/area Development projects and Townships projects have been categorized under Item 8 of the Schedule. 8 (a) Any building and construction projects with area 0000 sq.mtrs and <1,50,000 sq.mtrs. of builtup area would require filling up of Form I and Form IA. 8 (b) Any Townships and Area Development projects Covering an area 50 ha and or built up area 1,50,000 sq.mtrs would require Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study apart from Form I and Form IA. The Consent to Establish (also termed as the No Objection Certificate or NOC) under the Air and Water Acts would be an independent work. 3.5 Urban Planning & Land Use Planned urban development is encouraged by successive Five Year Plans and State Governments that have promulgated Urban Town Planning Acts to provide for proper land use zoning for residential, commercial and industrial areas, control on slums and urban sprawl, design and development of civic amenities (such as sewerage and waste disposal) and development of Master Plans for important urban areas in their respective States. The provisions of the Acts generally regulate the following principal issues related to urban development: Page 55 of 1

109 Declaration of Planning Areas and constitution of Planning and Development Authorities; Formulation and statutory approval of Land Use and Development Control Plan; Manage the development of land according to Land Use and Development Control Plans; Power to acquire land for urban development under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894; Levy penalty for unauthorized development in nonconformity with plans. The proposed project is located in Gurgaon and must conform to provisions of the State level Acts and local bylaws. Additionally, the Constitution has recently empowered Urban Local Bodies (Municipalities and Corporations) through the 73rd Amendment of the Constitution to play a crucial role in development and maintenance of environment related infrastructure. 3.6 Usage of Water & Water Pollution The use of water resources and the discharge of polluted water (sewerage) are primarily regulated by the Water Cess Act, 1977 and the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution), Cess Act, 1977 including Rules 1978 and 1991 provides for levy and collection of Cess on water consumed by the local authorities and by persons carrying on certain industries with a view to generate resources for prevention and control of water pollution. It also covers specifications on affixing of meters, furnishing of returns, assessment of Cess, interest payable for delay in payment of Cess and penalties for non-payment of Cess within the specified time. The project will fall under the Act only if they source water from water supply schemes of urban municipalities and corporations and these bodies levy such cess as some form of water tax to the proposed project. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution), Act, 1974 including Rules, 1975 (as amended up to 1988) provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and maintaining or restoring good water quality for any establishment. The Act assigns functions and powers to the CPCB and SPCBs for prevention and control of water pollution and all related matters. The Environment (Protection) Rules under the EPA also lays down specific standards for quality of water effluents to be discharged into different type of water bodies (sewers, surface water bodies like lakes and rivers, marine discharge). The standards are presented in Annexure 3.1. Additionally, the potable water supplied to occupants of group hosuing should also conform to the National Drinking Water Standard IS: (Refer Annexure 3.). Of late, with rapid depletion of groundwater resources in several areas of the country, efforts have been initiated to regulate the use of groundwater resources. The focus of such acts and rules (many are which are still in draft form) is to provide for mechanisms that would lead to replenishment of groundwater reserves through techniques like ground water recharging. 3.7 Air Quality The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 including Rules 198 and 1983 was enacted to prevent, control and reduce air and noise pollution. According to Section 1 of the Act, no person shall establish or operate any activity, which can cause air pollution without obtaining Consent to Establish (CTE) as per the Air Act. The Act also lays down national ambient air quality standards for common pollutants like PM.5, PM10, Sulphur dioxide (SO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon monoxide (CO) and Lead (Pb) with the intent of managing air quality for different category of areas (residential, industrial and sensitive). The EPR also specifies source emission standards determined on the basis of the impact of pollutants on human health, vegetation and property for activities, which can pollute the air. The project would not contribute much to air pollution, The relevant standards are presented in Annexure 3.3. The SPCBs, on a case to basis, can Page 56 of 1

110 also make the emission standards more stringent on the considerations of the carrying capacity of a specific air shed and the existing pollution levels of ambient air quality. It may be noted that normally the CTE for the Air and Water Act is provided in the form of a No Objection Certificate (NOC) to the project proponent when the project falls under the 3 categories of activities covered by the EIA notification. The NOC is generally provided after the submission of the EIA report. 3.8 Noise Level With the objective of regulating ambient noise level in the environment, the Central Government has notified the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, dated 6th December 1989 and amended in February 14, 000 under the EPA. The noise standards for different category of areas is based on the A weighted equivalent noise level (Leq) are as presented in Annexure 3.4. Noise standards in the work environment (would be relevant for construction phase of the project) are specified by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA, USA), which in turn are being enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under the Factories Act and Rules. The standards are presented in Appendix - IV. The EPR also lays down equipment specific noise emission standards for Air conditioners and Construction Equipment, which would be in use for the proposed project. Specific standards for control of noise from traffic and other sources and measures to be taken for reduction of noise by using acoustic treatment, exhaust muffler have also been specified through the Environment (Protection) Second Amendment Rules, 00 notified through notification GSR 371 (E) on 17th May, Solid and Hazardous Waste Management A monitoring committee (see section 7), would be responsible for collection and handling of domestic solid waste to an approved waste disposal site as per the provisions of the Municipal Solid Waste Rules, 000. The following provisions would apply to the project: Organize collection of municipal solid wastes through any of the methods, like community bin collection (central bin), building to building collection, collection on regular pre-informed timings and scheduling. Ensure that bio-medical and other hazardous wastes are not mixed with municipal solid wastes and that such wastes follow the rules (the Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 000 and the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 003) separately specified for the purpose; Separately collect and dispose horticultural, construction and demolition waste in accordance with local legislation, bylaws or directives issued by the authorities concerned. Organize awareness programmes in cooperation with the municipality for segregation of wastes, promote recycling/ reuse of segregated materials and encourage community participation in waste segregation. Establish storage facilities by taking into account quantities of waste generation in the complexes and locate them in such a way that it is accessible to the residents. Ensure that such storage facilities are aesthetically acceptable and user-friendly and designed in a way that wastes stored are not exposed. The storage facilities or bins should also be of easy to operate design for handling, transfer and transportation of waste. Bins for storage of biodegradable wastes shall be painted green, those for storage of recyclable wastes shall be printed white and those for storage of other wastes shall be printed black. Manual handling of waste shall be prohibited. If unavoidable due to constraints, manual handling shall be carried out under proper precaution with due care for safety of workers. Page 57 of 1

111 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 000 require facilities to classify wastes into categories, manage them as per the prescribed guidelines and obtain prior authorization from the SPCB for handling, treatment, storage and disposal of Hazardous Wastes. The project has the potential to generate hazardous waste during its construction and operational phases and such waste generation should be properly monitored and managed. The following kinds of hazardous waste may be generated from the construction phase of the project: 3.10 Spent oil and lubricants from construction equipments; Paint residues during the painting of the buildings; Asbestos Contaminated Material (ACM) generated from dismantling of temporary housing for construction workers. Storage and Use of Petroleum and Hazardous Chemicals The project will be storing certain hazardous substances within their premises and would have to conform to the provisions of Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 000 and the Petroleum Act with Rules 000. The storage of Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG) in bulk for supply of cooking gas to the residents/occupants would require the project to conform to the following requirements: Take necessary precautions to prevent major accidents and limit their consequences to humans and the environment; Provide information, training and necessary safety equipments to persons working at the storage site; Bring major accidents involving fire or explosion linked LPG as the potential cause of substantial loss of life and property or adverse impact on the environment to the notice of concerned authorities (as identified in Schedule 5); Furnish a annual Safety Audit report to the concerned authority in the pro-forma given in Schedule 6 of the Rules; Prepare and maintain Material Safety Data Sheets in accordance to the pro-forma given in Schedule 9 of the Rules; and Prepare an On-Site Emergency Plan as indicated in Schedule 11 of the Rules. The Petroleum Rules also lay down safeguards and measures for storing of different classes of petroleum, which will be applicable to the Service Station operating from within the premises of the site Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) Notification The Central Government constituted the Central Ground Water Authority vide notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Environment and Forests vide Number S.O. 38 (E) dated the 14th January, 1997, as amended from time to time, for the purposes of regulation and control of ground water development and management in the whole of India. The Authority in exercise of its powers and performance of its functions under section 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (No. 9 of 1986) is empowered to issue directions in writing to any person, officer or any Authority and such person, officer or authority shall be bound to comply with such directions. Accordingly, the authority based on the ground water resource assessment undertaken by Central Ground Water Board in consultation with the State Government vide Public Notice No. 1 of 011 published on 13th Page 58 of 1

112 August, declared "Gurgaon district" as "notified area for regulation of ground water abstraction/ development, where ground water withdrawal is more than the average annual replenishment of ground water resources and the ground water levels are also declining on long term basis. Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred under section 5 and clauses (xii) and (xiv) of subsection () of section 3 of the Environment (Protection), 1986 read with paragraph of the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Environment and Forest number S.O. 38 (E) dated 14th January, 1997, the Authority with a view to protect and preserve the ground water resources hereby declare the entire Gurgaon district of state as Notified area and issues the following directions, which are listed as below:- 3.1 Restrictions in the area are imposed on construction and installation of any new structure for extraction of ground water resources without prior specific approval of the Authorized Officer (Deputy Commissioner) in the Gurgaon district and subject to the guidelines /safeguards envisaged from time to time in this connection by Authority for ground water extraction and rain water harvesting / recharge etc. The authorized officer (Deputy Commissioner, Gurgaon) shall ensure that no new ground water abstraction structure is constructed / installed in Gurgaon district, after the publication of this Public Notice. Statutory National Capital Region (NCR) Regional Plan-01 NCR Planning Board prepared a Regional Plan with the perspective year 01 for the National Capital Region which was notified on The Regional Plan-01 for NCR provides a model for sustainable development of urban and rural settlements to improve quality of life as well as a rational regional land use pattern to protect and preserve good agricultural land, environmentally sensitive areas and utilize unproductive land for urban areas through an inter-related policy framework relating to settlement systems, economic activities, transportation, telecommunication, regional land use, infrastructural facilities such as power and water, social infrastructure, environment, disaster management, heritage and tourism. Regional Plan-01 for NCR has shown a great concern on various depleting natural resources like land, water, forest, biodiversity both in sense of flora & fauna of the rapidly urbanizing NCR. Seeing the present fast pace of growth and urbanization as well as change in approach in economic development, like proposed group housing, at present land is facing a threat of not only by way of haphazard unplanned development, unauthorized construction, encroachments by shabby slums & shanty areas but also unbalanced development with focus of development at the core of the Region. In order to protect the land from conversion of good agricultural land into non-agricultural uses at random and balanced development of the region there is a dire need of early preparation of various plans at different level for both urban settlements as well as rural settlements following policies laid down in the Regional Plan-01 for NCR and with a focus to have a rural-urban continuum. Further, to have balanced development of the NCR, it is also required that various proposals/strategies/projects to provide the essential services/core infrastructure like shelter, water, sewerage, sewage treatment, solid waste management, drainage, power, transport, etc. be also implemented in a time bound manner by the constituent State Governments, Central Ministries and their concerned Departments/Agencies. Further new approaches and innovative techniques are required to be adopted by the concerned Agencies to improve & enhance the availability of water & power. The ground water recharging and water harvesting are required to be integrated in the building byelaws and amendments are also required to be carried out in various Town Planning Acts by the Constituent State Governments for conserving the water recharging areas. Page 59 of 1

113 3.13 Operation of Motor Vehicles The Central Motor Vehicle Act (MVA) and Rules, 1989 (MVR) prescribe that vehicles falling in the category of transport vehicles (buses, trucks, taxis and auto rickshaws) undergo an annual fitness certification. The motor vehicle inspectors attached to the State Transport Department generally carry out this function. Additionally, vehicle owners also have to obtain Pollution under Check Certificate (PUCC) from a recognized testing center and display it on their vehicles. Additionally, to address the problem of risk associated with transportation of hazardous substances by road and the consequences of transportation emergencies, should they arise, provisions have been laid down in the MVR. Accordingly, any road carriage involved with the transportation of hazardous goods which can be harmful to human life or which can possibly cause damage to the environment in case of accidents and spillage shall have to comply with the labeling requirements and safety guidance specified in the MVR Institutional Framework Whereas the legislative branch of the government (Parliament) is responsible for the enactment of environmental law and the judiciary for its enforcement in the case of transgression, it is the function of the executive branch (ministries, regional and local authorities) to determine policies and administer environmental law in actual practice. Also, since an environmental dimension has now become a part of all economic activities, an effective mechanism of coordination and control is the responsibility of the central environmental agency so that environmental policies can be translated into action. The Government of India took a major step in 197 when it constituted the National Committee on Environmental Planning and Coordination (NCEPC). Later in 1980, the Government of India established a new Department of Environment on the recommendation of a committee constituted by the Indian Parliament. The Central and State Pollution Control Boards were set up and entrusted with the task of air and water pollution control in Ministry of Environment & Forests In view of the growing importance of environmental affairs, the Government of India set up a Department of Environment in November 1980 under the portfolio of the Prime Minister. The Department, later renamed as the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) plays a pivotal role in environmental management for sustained development and for all environmental matters in the country. The major responsibilities of MoEF include: Environmental resource conservation and protection, including environmental impact assessment of developmental projects; Co-ordination with the other ministries and agencies, voluntary organizations and professional bodies on environmental action plans; Policy-planning; Promotion of research and development, manpower planning and training and creation of environmental awareness; Liaison and coordination with international agencies involved in environmental matters. Developmental project proponents are also required to submit Environmental Impact Statements/Assessments to establish that installing adequate pollution control and monitoring equipment plan preventive measures, and that effluent discharged into the environment will not exceed permissible levels. The MoEF appraises these statements/assessments and approves the project from the environmental angle. The respective State Pollution Control Board is to give a No Objection Certificate (NOC) before the EIA exercise is undertaken. Page 60 of 1

114 3.14. Central & State Pollution Control Boards The Central Pollution Control Board is directly responsible for pollution control throughout the national territory. In addition to the control of air, noise and water pollution it is also responsible for to ensure effective control on disposal of hazardous wastes and storage and handling of hazardous chemicals and substances. Additionally, with the enactment of air and water pollution laws, states have set-up their own Pollution Control Boards (SPCBs) to monitor industrial emissions and effluents and to approve the operation of new industries after careful scrutiny. The functions of the SPCBs include: The planning of comprehensive state programs for the prevention and control of air and water pollution and to ensure the implementation thereof. Inspection of control equipment, industrial plants, etc. Establishing norms in consultation with the Central Board and having regard to national air quality standards, gaseous emission standards from industrial plants, automobiles, etc. Different emission standards may be laid down for different industrial plants, having regard to the quantity and composition of emissions into the atmosphere from such plants and the general pollution levels in the area; Advising the State Government on siting of new polluting industry Municipalities & the Municipal Corporations The Constitution (74th) Amendment Act of 1994 accorded constitutional status to the urban local bodies (ULBs) and recognized the municipal governments as the third tier of governance. While prescribing a uniform local governance structure that can be applicable across the country, it provides a framework for elected local governments for their effective functioning to ensure provisions of urban services and infrastructure. With the objective of bringing about a basic shift from the existing a top down management system to a bottom up decentralized and participatory planning approach, the amendment also provided for constitution of Ward Committees in municipalities with a population of more than 300,000 people, Metropolitan Planning Committees and District Planning Committees for consolidation and preparation of plans for spatial, social and economic development. The Amendment Act also provided for devolution of financial powers from the state government for strengthening of municipal finances. The 1th Schedule of the 74th Amendment Act lists eighteen functions and responsibilities to be carried out by the ULBs including public health, sanitation, conservancy and solid waste management related activities Urban Development Authority (HUDA) Administration The Urban Development Authority (HUDA) is a statutory body under Urban Development Authority Act, Urban Development Authority is a prime agency of the State Government engaged in the planned development of urban areas in the state. It undertakes development of land after the same is acquired by the Govt. of through its Urban Estates department for specific land uses, like residential, Commercial and Industrial etc. in accordance with the provisions of the Development Plans of a particular area. The Development Plans are got prepared and published by the Director Town & Country Planning, in exercise of the powers conferred by Sub-Section 7 of section 5 of the Punjab Scheduled Roads and Controlled Areas (Restriction of Unregulated Development) Act, After acquisition of Page 61 of 1

115 land, a layout plan is prepared on the basis of a plane table survey of the acquired land, and in accordance with the norms & standards evolved by HUDA for providing a congenial living environment. For the purpose of ensuring health and safety of the allottees and for proper aesthetics and a desirable street picture, Urban Development Authority( Erection of Buildings) Regulations, 1979 have been framed, which besides other design / Structural requirements, specify the proportion of the site which may be covered with building, F.A.R., Max. height etc. in the case of different types of buildings. The functions of Urban Development Authority are: To promote and secure development of urban areas in a systematic and planned way with the power to acquire sell and dispose off property, both movable and immovable. Use this so acquired land for residential, industrial, recreational and commercial purpose. To make available developed land to Housing Board and other bodies for providing houses to economically weaker sections of the society, and To undertake building works State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (HSEIAA) / State Expert Appraisal Committee (HSEAC) In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) and clause (v) of sub-section () of section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, read with clause (d) of sub-rule (3) of rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 and in supersession of the notification number S.O. 60 (E) dated the 7th January, 1994, except in respect of things done or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government has directed that on and from the date of its publication the required construction of new projects or activities or the expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities listed in the Schedule to this notification entailing capacity addition with change in process and or technology shall be undertaken in any part of India only after the prior environmental clearance from the Central Government or as the case may be, by the State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority, duly constituted by the Central Government under sub-section (3) of section 3 of the said Act, in accordance with the procedure specified hereinafter in this notification. As per EIA notification the projects or activities falling under category B of the schedule shall require prior environmental clearance from the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), before any construction work, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land, is started on the project or activity. Accordingly Ministry of environment Govt. of India vide notification NO.S. O. 899 (E). Dated constituted State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for the state of. The Authority consists of Chairman, member and Member Secretary. In order to assist the Authority, State Expert Appraisal Committee has been constituted by Govt. of India for examination of the project and recommendations to SEIAA. The SEAC is also consisting of Chairman and six members Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) Commercial building sector in India is expanding rapidly at over 9% per year spurred largely by the strong growth in the services sector. Electricity consumption in the commercial sector in India at present accounts for about 8% of the total electricity supplied by the Electricity Utilities, and has been growing annually at about 11-1%. This is mainly attributed to the increasing energy intensiveness of newly constructed commercial buildings; Several studies in the country have shown that energy efficiency is not getting adequate attention when the new buildings are designed. Incorporation of energy efficiency provisions at the design stage of the new buildings is critical and so will be made mandatory by Ministry of Power by 01 for all new Page 6 of 1

116 buildings. Better to be proactive than keeping in view the Energy Conservation Act 001 (EC Act), Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) with technical support from USAID under its Energy Conservation and Commercialization (ECO) Project, has developed Energy Conservation Building Codes (ECBC) Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC). ECBC, considering five climatic zones in India, sets the minimum energy performance standards for large commercial buildings that have a connected load of 500 kw or greater or a contract demand of 600 kva or more, having conditioned area of 1000 sq. m. or more.annual energy consumption in the conditioned commercial buildings in the country is estimated to be about 00 kwh or more per sq. m of floor area. Electricity consumption in ECBC compliant buildings can be brought down to kwh per sq. m., showing energy saving potential of 0-40 % depending on the hours of building use during the day, climatic conditions, etc. Ministry of Power, Government of India launched ECBC 007 on 7 May 007 for its implementation in commercial buildings on voluntary basis all over India, with a view to make this mandatory in the next couple of years depending upon the experience gained during the voluntary period. ECBC encourages energy efficiency for all building components and systems such as building envelope, lighting, heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC), service water heating, and electric power and motors within the building facilities, while enhancing the thermal and visual comforts and productivity of the occupants. ECBC mandates/prescribes U-factor and R values of insulation assembly for five climatic zones in India, Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and Visible Light Transmission levels for fenestration, energy efficiency levels of air conditioning systems, and number of other parameters for ECBC compliance in commercial buildings. In this context, good understanding of ECBC features and application of several developed products and technologies could play an important role in improving energy efficiency in the buildings, leading to energy cost savings for the building owners/users Manual on norms & standards for large construction projects The manual has been development by Ministry of Environment and Forests, GoI to assist the developers and project proponents measures and and quantify environmental impacts of proposed construction, and derive mitigation options to minimise impacts. The manual also shall enable evaluation of construction projects by the expert appraisal committee. The proponent have use mitigation options, other than the ones described in the manual, to mitigate environmental impacts of the project. The manual provides a range of environmental issues that had been considered in assessing the environmental impacts of projects and how to identify and assess the issues pertaining to the project. The measures are suggestive and intended to assist project specific environmental management practices. The manual details out the submittals required to fulfil requirements of EC Application (Form 1 and 1A). This manual also comprises of a list of mandatory and expected criteria that needs to be adopted in a project for getting necessary clearance from regulatory authority. Page 63 of 1

117 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS Introduction This chapter describes the existing environmental settings in the study area. In order to identify any potential impact on and to the natural and socioeconomic environment, it is essential to have a thorough understanding of the nature of the existing environment prior to commencement of the proposed activities. This acts as a need to characterize the existing baseline environmental and socio-economic conditions through primary monitoring, undertaking focused surveys and the collection of secondary information from various published sources. The major purposes of describing the environmental settings of the study area are: To assess the existing environmental quality, as well as the environmental impacts of the future developments being studied; To identify environmentally significant factors or geographical areas that could preclude any future development. Additional purposes of the baseline studies are to provide sufficient information so that decision makers alien with the general location can develop an understanding of The project need Environmental characteristics of the study area The following section describes the environmental setting of the site, period, components and methodology for the baseline studies in detail. 4. Methodology of Conducting Baseline Study The guiding factors of the present baseline study are the requirements laid down by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and guidelines as per the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification. The baseline environmental monitoring has been carried out in post-monsoon season of 014 for a period of one season (3 month) (19th September 17th December) and the data have been used for EIA study. The above mentioned time period has been duly approved by HSEAC during the 114th ToR appraisal meeting held on For the purpose of the EIA study, the general impact zone for the proposed implementation shall confine within a radius of 10 km from the center of the project site and specific impact within the project area. The studies were conducted by considering the following: The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes such as micro-meteorology, air environment, water, soil, noise, traffic, flora and fauna and socio-economic aspects were assessed and on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted; and Secondary attributes such as land use studies, geology, physiological characteristics have been assessed by literature review of studies conducted in the past and by various government publications. The baseline studies started with reconnaissance survey and site visits in the study area for fixing the monitoring locations for collecting the primary data. Various Government, Semi-Government departments were approached for getting information for the secondary data generation. Page 64 of 1

118 4.3 Criteria for baseline Environment Study For the purposed of EIA study, the study area has been classified into general study area and core study area. The general study area extend upto 10 km radius from the site and has been studied for any likely general impacts. The core area for the proposed implementation shall confined within a radius of 500 m from the boundary of the project site, since the nature of the project is such that most of the potential impacts are likely to occur within this area. Baseline monitoring study has been conducted for one season. The location of the baseline monitoring has been selected with respect to proposed land-use and environmental susceptibility of the critical areas. The sampling locations have been selected on the basis of the following factors: 4.4 Predominant wind directions recorded secondary scoured Existing topography; Drainage pattern and location of existing surface water bodies like ponds, tals, nalas; Location of villages/towns/sensitive areas; Components and Parameters For Baseline Environmental Study The various components studied as a part of the baseline study are discussed in the following sections components: Physical Environment Air Environment Noise Environment Water Environment Land Environment Ecological Environment Socio-Economic Environment The different parameters of the above components (as mentioned in the Terms of Reference) are furnished in Table 4.1. Table 4.1: Environmental Components & Parameters for Baseline Study S. No 1 Components Physical Environment Land Use Pattern Geography & Topography Geology Tectonics Cyclones and Storm Surges Mineral Resources Drainage Cropping Pattern Air Environment Meteorological Data Parameters Landuse within 10 km radius from the project Site Landuse within project Site General terrain Relief / Contour, Slope & Terrain of Project Site General Geology of the Area Sub-surface Geology Geotechnical Investigations at Site Seismo-tectonic & nature of the study area Cyclones and / or storm surges within 10 km Radius from the project Site Mineral resources of the area and the site Drainage pattern within 500 m radius of project site Cropping Pattern in the Gurgaon Secondary data for climatic aspects collected from nearest IMD station temperature, precipitation, wind speed, wind rose, atmospheric stability and mixing height. Primary data for climatic aspects collected by onsite meteorological monitoring conducted for one season for relative pressure, temperature, precipitation, humidity, wind speed and wind direction Page 65 of 1

119 S. No Components Ambient Air Quality 3 Noise Environment Ambient Noise Quality 4 Traffic Traffic Volume Count Traffic Projection 5 Surface Water Resources and Availability Water Quality Biological Environment Habitat Assessment Terrestrial Ecology 8 Existing Traffic Volume Count at one junction during weekday Population and Trips Generation for Horizon Year 01 Traffic project using Cube Voyager Software Traffic scenario within project during operation phase Hierarchy of road within project site Ground water resources in the study area, depth of water table Hydro-geology within project site Vertical Electric Soundings (VES) test to know the groundwater regime in the project site During construction During operational Alternate Sustainable Water Management Strategies Groundwater quality near the project site monitored and compare with IS standards Construction water quality test and compare with IS 456:000 standards Land Environment Soil 7 Ambient noise quality monitoring at identified locations (Leq day, Leq night) Frequency: Continuous monitoring (4 hourly) Parameters: Equivalent Noise level in dba (Leq day & Leq Night) Location: Five Locations Water Environment Ground Water Resources and Availability 6 Parameters Ambient air quality monitoring at identified locations Parameters: PM10, PM.5, SO, NOx, Pb and CO Frequency: 8 hourly sample for PM10, PM.5, SO, NOx, and 1 hourly sample for CO - times a week for 1 month Location: Five Locations Study the soil profile of the study area by collecting one grab soil samples from project site Soil type & Characteristics Soil porosity and Permeability Sub soil permeability Inherent Fertility Assessment of habitation within the project site Study of flora within 10 km radius and project area Study of fauna within 10 km radius and project area Socio-economic Environment Genral Socio-economic profile Demographic profile Economic activity and livelihood pattern Existing Physical & Social Infrastructure Facilities in the Region Physical Environment Land Use Pattern The objectives of land use studies are To determine the existing land use pattern in the study area and to assess its compatibility with the proposed development; To analyze the impacts on land use in the study area. Page 66 of 1

120 The study of land use in the area enables one to know about the present land use practices as well as to know the type of land that can be used for various development activities envisaged in post project scenario. It also enables to envisage the scenario emerging due to the increase in demand for land with increase in population and the impacts arising due to the interface with the various project activities Landuse pattern within Project Site A study of the land use pattern of the project site reveals that the proposed project site is very sparsely vegetated land with very small bushes. There are no habitations, forests and crops within the project site. Figure-4.1: Land use pattern around 10 km radius of the Project Site Page 67 of 1

121 4.5. Geography & Topography General Terrain The present Gurgaon district comprise of blocks Tauru, Nuh, Pataudi, Nagina, Punhana, F.P.Jhirka, Sohna, Gurgaon & Farrukhnagar. It is the southern-most district of. On its north, it is bounded by the district of Rohtak and the Union Territory of Delhi.Faridabad district lies to its east. On its south, the district shares boundaries with the states of Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan. To its west, lies the district of Rewari and the State of Rajasthan. The overall topography of the project site is marked by alluvial plains and at some places by undulating dunes. The average plain elevation of the district is about 15-0 meters above mean sea level Relief / Contour, Slope & Terrain of Project Site From the contour map (Refer Figure 4.), it has been observed that the site has moderate topography with slight variation of highest and lowest point. The existing ground levels (EGL) at the time of the topographical survey varies from RL 0.4 (lowest) to 03.6 m (highest). The site slopes slightly from south-west towards north east. Contour Plan around the 10 km of the project site is shown in Figure4.3. Figure 4. : Contour Plan of the Project Site Page 68 of 1

122 Figure-4.3: Contour Plan around the 10 km of the Project Site Project site and its surrounding area is situated on Flat terrain. Contour elevation at project site is about 00m AMSL. Map is showing maximum elevated contour of 50m AMSL in NW & NE part of Map. While lowest contour is located in South Eastern Part of the Map showing 170 m AMSL. Whitish portion of the map showing completely flat Terrain with its consecutive elevation. Contour map comprising in 10 km buffer area from the project site is situated on Moderately Uneven topography. Contour topography reveals that terrain is Uneven and slopes towards South East direction. Map is showing dense contours.while less dense contour occurs in whole Map. Contour map clearly demonstrate several Hillocks, Ridges are present Geology Geology of the Area The site is in gurgaon which is close to Delhi and belongs to the Delhi supergroup. Delhi is at the end of Aravali mountain ranges, extending NE in this area. It is also presumed that underneath the river alluivium, the Aravalis might have extended as far upto the Himalayas which makes Delhi susceptible to seismic events in the Himalays. Delhi and it's adjoining regions are surrounded in the North and East by IndoGangetic Plains, in the west extended to great Indian Thar desert and in South by Aravali ranges. The terrain is generally flat, except for low NNE-SSW trending central regions. The rocks of Delhi have undergone multiple folding arid faulting along with different phases of metamorphism. In addition to this, there are some transverse features like Delhi Haridwar ridge, Faizabad ridge, Moradabad fault, Agra-Tilhar fault Sohna fault and other features hidden underneath the alluvium. The quartzites are pinkish to grey in colour, hard, compact, highly jointed / fractured and weathered. These occur with interbeds of mica schists and are intruded locally by pegmatites and quartz veins. Sohna, Gurgaon is located south-west of Delhi. The deposits in this area is generally alluvial with aeolian sands admixed at shallow depths. In Gurgaon, the older Alluvium of Pleistocene Age is met. The geological formations occurring in the area are given in Table 4.3. Page 69 of 1

123 Table 4.: Geological Sequence of the Area Period Formation Quaternary Older Alluvium Pre-Cambrian Pegmatite and Quartz Veins Quartzites and Minor Schist Bands Description Description Unconsolidated inter-bedded, interfingering deposit sand, clay and kankar, moderately sorted, thickness variable, at places more than 300 meters. Well stratified, thick-bedded brown to buff colour, hard and compact, intruded locally by pegmatite and quartz veins interbedded with mica schists. The younger alluvium of Quaternary period lies over the older alluvium of Delhi Supergroup which consists of unconsolidated, inter-bedded lenses of sand, silt gravel and clay confined to flood plains of Yamuna River. The younger alluvium is not encountered in Gurgaon.The trend of the fault and major shear zones of Gurgaon region vary from NNE-SSW to ENE-WSW. The major faults, possibly tear faults, trends north-east to south-west with steep dips. The Alwar series and Delhi intrusives are covered with Quarternary deposits in the form of aeoiian and alluvial deposits. Delhi Supergroup is composed of rock formations, which are equivalent in age to Cuddapah Super group.these rock formations rest unconformably over the Archean gneisses and overlain by Vindhyans. It is seen that formation comprises from Quaternary sediments to sediments of Delhi system. In the area, the Quaternary sediments are wind blown sands, Newer Alluvium and Older Alluvium. The Older Alluvium exists upto about 10 m depth. The area under project is covered by Newer Alluvium, however at deeper depths Older Alluvium exist followed by Delhi system comprising hard rocks. The Aravali series is not present in the project area. In general the Delhi system is overlain by Quaternary deposits of Recent to Sub-Recent age consisting of alluvium and sand dunes Geotechnical Investigations at Site Geo technical study has been carried out to investigate the stratigraphy at the site and to develop engineering recommendations for foundation design and construction. To accomplish these purposes, the study was conducted in the following phases: Drilling a total of five (5) boreholes to 30 m depth or refusal, whichever is earlier; in order to evaluate the stratigraphy at the site, and to collect samples for laboratory testing; Testing selecting soil and groundwater samples in the laboratory to determine their pertinent index and engineering propertiesof the soils; and Analyzing all field and laboratory data in order to develop recommendations for design and construction of foundations. A layout plan showing the locations of our field investigation points is illustrated in Figure 4.4. Page 70 of 1

124 Figure 4.4 Locations of Field Investigations points at Project Site Based on the soils encountered at the borehole locations, the stratigraphy at the site has been divided into two generalizated strata. Stratum-I : Loose to medium dense silty sand/sandy silt Stratum-II : Medium Dense to very dense sandy silt Stratum-I : Loose to medium dense silty fine sand/sandy silt The surficial soil at site consists of silty sand/sandy silt from the ground surface to about m depth (RL 00.7 m). Field SPT values range from 8-10 indicating loose condition. This is underlain by loose to medium dense silty fine sand/sandy silt with SPT N-values of 8 to 18 to about 5-6 m depth (RL m RL m). Stratum-II : Medium Dense to very dense sandy silt Stratum-I is underlain by a sandy silt stratum (with few discontinuous silty fine sand zones) to the final explored depth of 40 m (Rl 17.7 m). Field SPT value range from 15 to 30 to 9-10 m depth (RL m), 36 to 73 to about 15m depth (RL 187.7m) and from 41 to refusal (N>100) to the maximum explored depth of 30m depth (RL 17.7m) Page 71 of 1

125 The results for groundwater and foundation analysis have been mentioned in the geotechnical investigation report which has already been submitted along Form Sesmo-Tectonic & Nature of Study The proposed site falls in Zone IV, as per seismic zoning map of India and hence is susceptible to earthquakes. The seismological map of the project site is shown in Figure 4.5. The history of earthquake in the NCR region for last 30 years is shown in Table 4.5. Seismicity of the proposed site will be taken into consideration during designing of the structural components of the development in the construction phase. The depth of the foundation, footing of the structural components, the bending moment calculations shall adhere to the criteria of seismic load. Necessary seismic factors, suggested by Indian Meteorology Department (IMD IS1893-Part I, 00) shall be incorporated suitably, while designing the structures to safeguard against earthquake risks. Figure 4.5 : Seismological map locating project site Table 4.3: History of Earth Quake in NCR Region from April `1980 to March 013 Dates 1 May Nov April April May Mar-1 7-Sep-1 16-Nov Oct-94 8-Jul-94 3-Dec-93 6-Aug-93 7-Mar Feb-93 Location Latitude ( N) Longitude ( E) J & K HP Border J & K HP Border Page 7 of 1 Magnitude

126 6-Jun-9 7-Aug May-90 7-April Cyclones and Storm Surges As per the records collected from IMD, no cyclones and / or storm surges have been recorded during the last 5 years in the region Mineral Resources The mineral resources, available in the district comprise of silica sand, building stone, kallar/reh and and brick clays. The quarries of silica sand are located on Harchandpur-Badkhal ridge, Bandhwari & Sohna ridge near Kharak. The building stones are quarried at Ghamrauj, Ranyalla Basidpur, Rithath, Sohna & Rojka whereas the slate is mined around Tigaon and Ghat Shamsabad Drainage Pattern The proposed project site area does not have any drains or streams within 500 m radius of project site except one dry nala ; hence the proposed development would not involve any alteration of the natural drainage system. However, the natural drainage of the area will not be affected as drains/channels will be provided within the proposed site area. The project will involve construction of paved areas and hence the quantity of runoff will increase due to reduced infiltration. This runoff will be collected through a well-designed storm water network and will be recharge ground water through rain water harvesting pits. Refer Figure 4-6 showing the natural drainage pattern of the proposed project site. Drainage Pattern around 10 km of the project site is shown in Figure-4.7. Figure 4.6: Drainage Pattern within 500 m Radius of Project Site Page 73 of 1

127 Page 74 of 1

128 Figure-4.7: Drainage Pattern around 10 km of the Project Site 4.6 This drainage map is prepared in10 km radius area from the project site and which covers about 314 SqKm. After interpretation map reveals 6 no s of Drainage Orders. The Lease area & Surrounding area sloping towards 6th order Drainage(Main Stream) first order drainage(blue Color) having characteristic situated at high elevation with smallest distance in comparison with other drainage in its drainage Basin. While Sixth order drainage (Red Colour) situated at lowest elevation and having greater length than other drainage in its drainage Basin. First,second third, & fourth order of drainage successively meet to Sixth order drainage which is the main channel of whole Catchment area and flows towards South direction. Drainage map is showing dominantly Dendritic to sub dendritic drainage & Parallel pattern. Contour map clearly demonstrate several Hillocks, Ridges are present. Drainage map showing system is controlled by uneven Barren Rocky Terrain. Cropping pattern The predominate farming system in Gurgaon district is Agriculture integrated with Animal Husbandry. The major cropping systems under the existing farming system are bajrawheat, bajra-mustard guarwheat and guar-mustard. Wheat and Mustard are the main crops in rabi, which occupy 49,833 ha and 1,967 ha, respectively with an average productivity of and 1.40 q/ha. In kharif, bajra is the major crop occupying 3,833 ha with the productivity of 14.5 q/ha. Page 75 of 1

129 Table 4.4: Area, Production and Productivity of Major Crops in Gurgaon Crop Wheat Musturd Bajra Paddy Area (ha) Prod (tons) Productivity (Kg/ha) Source: Deputy Director Agriculture, Gurgaon 4.7 Air Environment Assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of proposed project site is an important part of environmental impact assessment study. The tropical climatic conditions, especially monsoon winds prevailing in India mainly control the transport and dispersion of air pollutants during different seasons. According to the Indian climatology, for all practical purposes in air pollution studies, there are three seasons in a year, viz. winter, summer and post-monsoon. Significant changes are observed in predominant winds and weather conditions during these seasons (seasonal variation) apart from the local topographical influences, which ultimately control the air pollution impacts. The baseline studies for air environment covers reconnaissance, identification of specific air pollutants expected to have impacts from the proposed project and assessing their prevailing levels in ambient air at representative locations within the core study area (500 m) around the project site. During the construction phase of the project, the following pollutant is anticipated to emitted: PM10, PM.5 from all construction activities. During the operational phase of the project, the following pollutants are anticipated to be emitted: NOx, PM10, PM.5 and CO from vehicle exhaust within the project site and on the sector road adjacent to the site NOx, PM10, PM.5,, CO and SO from diesel generator sets. Table 4.7 provides potential primary sources and effects of air pollutants during the construction and operational phases of the proposed project. Table 4.5: Primary Sources & Effects of Air Pollutants due to Proposed Project Pollutant Sulphur Dioxide (SO) Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) PM10, PM.5, Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Source Combustion of Sulphur-containing fossil fuels for Construction equipment Vehicles Diesel generators Combustion of fossil fuels for Construction equipment Vehicles Diesel generators Construction activities Combustion of fossil fuels for construction equipment, vehicles and diesel generators Combustion of fossil fuels for - Adverse Effects Reduced visibility Irritation of eyes Aggravation of respiratory diseases (asthma, emphysema) Aggravation of respiratory illness Reduced visibility Formation of acid rain Soiling Reduced visibility Aggravation of the effects of gaseous pollutants Increased cough and chest discomfort Reduced lung function Aggravation of respiratory and cardiorespiratory diseases Reduced visibility Page 76 of 1

130 Pollutant - Source Construction equipment Vehicles Diesel generators - Adverse Effects Deterioration of metals, textiles, leather, finishes, coatings, etc. Irritation of eyes Aggravation of respiratory diseases (asthma, emphysema) Source: South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) CEQA Air Quality Handbook Meteorological Data from Secondary Sources Meteorological conditions prevailing at a geographical area play an important role in determining its existing air quality and environmental conditions. Climate, seasons and other meteorological parameters influence and alter site-specific activities and operations. The meteorological data collected from secondary sources for the area are presented in the subsequent sections Temperature Climatological data is used for devising baseline ambient air quality monitoring plans. Table 4.8 & Table 4.9 presents the minimum and maximum temperature profile of the region (data collected at MET Station Palam, New Delhi) for the period 1997 to 011 from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Lodhi Road, New Delhi. As per the data given in Table 4.8 and Table 4.9, the study area experienced averaged extreme lowest temperature 5.9o C in the month of December, 005 and extreme highest 4.6o Cin the month of June, 009 respectively. Table 4.6: Averaged Minimum Temperature Profile (1997 to 011) Met station Palam DATE JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC , Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD), Regional Meteorological Centre, Lodhi Road, New Delhi Page 77 of 1

131 Table 4.7: Averaged Maximum Temperature Profile (1997 to 011) Met station Palam DATE 1997 JAN 0.3 FEB 3.7 MAR 8.7 APR 33.7 MAY 38.7 JUN 37.5 JUL 36.1 AUG 33.7 SEP 35. OCT 9.1 NOV 5.4 DEC Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD), Regional Meteorological Centre, Lodhi Road, New Delhi Precipitation Table 4.10 shows averaged monthly rainfall during last fifteen years in Delhi.The maximum mean monthly rainfall for year 003 is mm and occurs during July while the mean minimum monthly rainfall of 0.0 mm takes place in the month of October, November and December of 008. Table 4.8: Rainfall Data for Last Fifteen Years in Delhi (Palam) DATE JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD), Regional Meteorological Centre, Lodhi Road, New Delhi Cloud Cover The historical data of cloud cover have been obtained from the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD). Table 4.11 and Table 4.1 provide the details of cloud cover data of morning hours and evening hours of Safdarjung, New Delhi. Page 78 of 1

132 Table 4.9: Cloud Cover Data for Last Fifteen Years of Delhi (Safdarjung), Morning Hours (8.30 IST) DATE 1997 JAN FEB 1 MAR 4 APR MAY JUN 3 JUL 5 AUG 5 SEP 3 OCT 3 NOV 3 DEC Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD), Regional Meteorological Centre, Lodhi Road, New Delhi Table 4.10: Cloud Cover Data for Last Fifteen Years of Delhi (Safdarjung), Evening Hours (17.30 IST) DATE JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Source: India Meteorological Department (IMD), Regional Meteorological Centre, Lodhi Road, New Delhi Wind Speed Wind direction is reported as the direction from which the wind blows and is based on surface observations. Over the course of a year, wind usually blows in all directions with varying frequencies. Certain directions, which occur more frequently than others, are known as the prevailing wind directions. Pollutant concentrations typically decrease with increasing wind speed as a result of dispersion. However, when wind speeds are high, while there is good dispersion of gases and particles, there is more potential for re-suspending surface dusts. Wind speed near zero, indicating low turbulence and may lead to very high pollutant concentrations near the ground. Wind speed increases with height as surface friction reduces. Ground level pollutant concentration is inversely proportional to the wind Page 79 of 1

133 speed. Hence, during the higher wind speed month, the ground level pollutant concentration would be less and vice. The wind data has been obtained from nearest IMD station for the period The Analysis of wind records during shows that the winds are generally light to moderate in this area. It can be seen that the annual mean wind speed varies from 3.9 to 9.4 Km/h. The strongest winds are observed during the months of May June i.e. Summer Season and the weakest during October November. The monthly mean values of the various meteorological parameters for the period and Yearwise monthly mean value from year 000 to 005 are presented in Table Table 4.11: Monthly Mean Wind Speed in KMPH (Year ) Year Jan. Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Statistics mean monthly wind data for the Year is shown below in Table Table 4.1: Monthly Mean Speed in KMPH (Year ) Month of year Dominant Wind dir Wind probability >=4 Beaufort (%) Average Wind speed (Knots) Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec SUM WNW WNW WNW WNW WNW WNW E ESE WNW WNW WNW W WNW Source Wind-rose The wind rose diagrams for the Year at Hrs. (Morning) and Hrs. (Evening) is given in Figure 4.8 and Figure 4.9 respectively. Figure 4.6 shows that at 8.30 hrs. the predominant wind direction is west and Figure 4.7 shows North west to be the predominant wind direction at 7.30 hrs. Page 80 of 1

134 Figure 4.8: Wind Rose Diagrams for 8.30 Hrs. (Mourning ) for the Year Source: Indian Meteorological Data, GoI Page 81 of 1

135 Figure 4.9: Wind Rose Diagrams for Hrs. (Evening) for the Year Source: Indian Meteorological Data, GoI Page 8 of 1

136 Wind Rose Diagrams for the Year The wind rose for the Year for day time is given in Figure 4.10, which shows wind direction during the whole year, the predominant wind direction during the day time is West North West. Source: Figure 4.10 Wind Rose Diagram for Year Page 83 of 1

137 Page 84 of 1

138 Source: Atmospheric Stability The amount of turbulence in the ambient air has a major effect upon the rise and dispersion of air pollutant plumes. The amount of turbulence can be categorized into defined increments or "stability classes". The most commonly used categories are the Pasquill stability classes A, B, C, D, E, and F. Class A denotes the most unstable or most turbulent conditions and Class F denotes the most stable or least turbulent conditions. The frequency of stability classes during the monitoring period is provided in Table Table 4.13: Stability Class Stability Class A Extremely Unstable B Unstable C Slightly Unstable D Neutral E Slightly Stable F Stable to Extremely Stable Frequency (%) Page 85 of 1

139 The data indicate that during the monitoring period, the site exhibited trends of primarily stable to extremely stable conditions. Stable conditions exhibit poor vertical mixing, and low levels of contaminant dispersion. Use of this stability data for modeling purposes will produce higher concentrations of pollutants at a given receptor (i.e. more conservative results) Mixing Height Mixing Height (MH) is the vertical extent through which the contaminant plume can be mixed. Forecasting of mixing height is done with the aid of the vertical temperature profile. The MH is a function of stability. In unstable air, the MH is higher and in stable air the MH is lower. With a lower MH, there is a smaller volume of air in which the pollutant can be dispersed, resulting in higher concentrations in the ambient environment. There is a seasonal variation of MH. During summer daylight hours, MH can be few thousand feet whereas for winter it can be a few hundred feet. It varies also in the course of a day. It is lowest at night and increases during the day. Secondary information has been used to determine the mixing height over Gurgaon district and it varies from meters (CPCB, 00) Site Specific Meteorological Data Meteorological information is important for devising baseline ambient air quality monitoring plans and for the prediction of impacts from air quality modeling. At project site, a meteorological station was installed. Hourly meteorological data was collected for one season. Monitoring was done as per IS: 889: Micrometeorological Techniques in Air Pollution. As per the requirement of Form 1A under the Section (Water Environment) & Section 5 (Air Environment), the project site specific data was collected with respect to wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall for one season. Table 4.16 provides maximum, minimum and average temperature, rainfall, wind speed, relative pressure and humidity over the seasonal monitoring conducted at the site for one month during the environmental baseline monitoring period (post monsson season). The meteorological data monitoring for October month of 014 (1st October 31st October, 014) is enclosed as Annexure 4.1. Table 4.14: Meteorological Monitoring Data (Post monsoon Season to ) Season Maximum Minimum Average Temperature 39.6ºC 15.8 ºC 7.7 ºC Wind speed 1. kmph 1.4 kmph 6.8 kmph Rainfall 0.0 mm 0.0 mm 0.0 mm Relative Pressure 9.99 in Hg in Hg 4.95 in Hg Humidity 95 % 0 % 57.5 % Wind Rose at Site The wind rose denotes a class of diagrams designed to display the distribution of wind direction experienced at a given location over a period of time - long for a Climatological record of prevailing winds or short to show wind character for a particular event or purpose. Wind rose summarizes a considerable amount of wind frequency information into a single graphic during the monitoring period at the proposed site and is shown in Figure 4.11 below: The wind rose diagram reveals that wind was blowing predominantly in north direction with frequency of approximately 4 % having speed in the range of m s-1 followed by 3% having speed in the range of m s-1 during the monitoring period. The onsite average wind speed was observed as 3.7 m s-1 with frequency of calm winds 30 % during the monitoring period. The wind rose diagram shows that during the monitoring period observed predominant wind direction (North). Page 86 of 1

140 Figure 4.11: Wind Rose at Project Site Air Quality The existing quality of the air environment serves as an index for assessing the pollution load and the assimilative capacity of any region and forms an important tool for planning project activity in the area. The primary data for air quality was monitored as per the following period and utilized for EIA study: (i) Baseline monitoring for ambient air quality had been carried out between 19th September 014 to 17th December 014 for three month continuously (Post Monsoon Season, 014) as this baseline is valid for the period of three years so we have conducted monitoring for Ambient Air quality at the project site to confirm the data. We found the data within the the values given in the previous report. As per (1) EIA guidance manual Building, Construction and Township and Area Development Project (Source MoEF Website and CPCB notification No. B-9016/0/90/PCI-1. dt on National Ambient Air Quality Standards and the same is enclosed as Annexure 4.. Methodology for Baseline Meteorology monitoring The background-monitoring program was carried out as per standard methodologies and accepted protocols as detailed by the MoEF. Air quality was monitored with 5 numbers high volume samplers, for 4 hours continuously, twice in a week for one season. Each sampler maintained a volumetric flow rate between m3/min. In this manner 4 hourly averaged values for all pollutants were collected at each of the locations. Analysis of pollutants was done as per standard IS codes. Page 87 of 1

141 LOCATIONS OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS An assessment of baseline air quality was undertaken to establish the status of exposure of the receptors. This assessment was accomplished by examining sources of air emissions within the study area and by conducting a site specific background sampling program. The basic considerations for designing air quality surveillance programme within 500 m as per EIA guidance manual (Page no 14) include: Nature of Project (Building Construction) Meteorological Conditions Topography Selected Pollution Pockets in the Area and Likely impact area Keeping the historical meteorological conditions, topography, physical features, sensitive locations and current and anticipated pollution loads, in mind and based on the reconnaissance survey of the project area, a monitoring framework for air quality in the study area (5 km radius) has been drawn up. In this manner, a total of 5 numbers of monitoring locations have been selected to assess the existing air quality in the area. All the monitoring locations for air, noise, water and soil are shown in Figure 4.1. Table 4.17 gives the details of air quality monitoring locations. These locations are truly representative of the area. Background data was collected for PM season..5, PM10, SO, NOx and CO as per CPCB guidelines for one Table 4.15: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations Monitor Description AQ1 AQ AQ3 AQ4 AQ5 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) Approximate Distance to centre of site (km) 0.33 km 1.0 km 1.0 km 1.0 km Direction NE SE SW NW Figure 4.1 : Air, Noise, Water and Soil Monitoring Locations Page 88 of 1

142 RESULTS OF AAQ MONITORING The revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (GSR 86(E), ) for PM10, PM.5, SO, NOx and CO are presented in Annexure 3.3. Monitoring results (observed levels and ranges) of these parameters for summer season are presented in Table 4.18 to Table 4., and Figure 4.13 to Figure 4.17, where exceedances of NAAQS are highlighted. The table also defines the locations of sampling, their distance from the site and land-use categories. The air quality monitoring results for post monsoon season (September December, 014) are presented in Annexure 4.3. a) Monitoring Results SO: The monitoring results of SO are given in Table No and Figure Table 4.16: Monitoring Program Results SO ( g/m3) Station AQ1 Location Name Maximum Minimum Mean Avg. (Latest Value) NAAQS Group Housing (Project site) AQ Near Village Khaika AQ3 Near Village Baluda AQ4 Near Hotel Samrat AQ5 Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) Figure 4.13: Concentration of SO ( g/m3) Page 89 of 1

143 The monitor was placed at all the locations for assessing the concentration of SO, which is well within the NAAQ standard specified for SO with a maximum value of only 10.6 g / m3 at the K R Mangalam University (SH13).The overall air quality of the area is good. b) Monitoring Results NOx: The monitoring results of NOx are given in Table No and Figure Table 4.17: Monitoring Program Results Nox ( g/m3) Station Area Maximum Minimum Mean AQ1 AQ AQ3 AQ4 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) AQ5 Avg (Latest Value) 14.4 NAAQS 80 Figure 4.14 Concentration of NOx ( g/m3) The monitor was placed at all the locations for assessing the concentration of NOX, which is well within the NAAQ standard specified for NOX with a maximum value of only 1.4 g / m3 at K R Mangalam University (SH13). This is also from the heavy vehicular emissions from traffic plying on the nearby road to the site. However, the overall air quality of the area is good. c) Monitoring Results CO: The monitoring results of CO are given in Table No. 4.0 and Figure Table 4.18: Monitoring Program Results CO ( g/m3) Station Area Maximum Minimum Mean AQ1 AQ AQ3 AQ4 AQ5 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Near K R Mangalam University Page 90 of 1 Avg. (latest Value) 754 NAAQS 4000

144 (SH13) Figure 4.15: Concentration of CO ( g/m3) The ambient air quality monitoring results show that, the CO concentrations at all the locations ranges from 159 to 84 µgm/m3 approximately, which reveals that the air quality in terms of CO concentration also show good conditions of ambient air in all nearby locations. d) Monitoring Results PM10: The monitoring results of PM10 are given in Table No. 4.1 and Figure Table 4.19: Monitoring Program Results PM10 ( g/m3) Station Area Maximum Minimu m Mean AQ1 AQ AQ3 AQ4 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) AQ5 Avg. (Latest Value) NAAQS 100 Figure 4.16 : Concentration of PM10 ( g/m3) Page 91 of 1

145 The monitor was placed at all the locations for assessing the concentration of PM10. Monitored PM10 level is well within the NAAQS limit ranging from g / m3 to g / m3 However, the overall air quality of the area is good. e) Monitoring Results PM.5 : The monitoring results of NOx are given in Table No. 4. and Figure Table 4.0: Monitoring Program Results -PM.5 ( g/m3) Station Area Maximum Minimum Mean AQ1 AQ AQ3 AQ4 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) AQ5 Avg. (Latest Value) NAAQS 60 Figure 4.17 : Concentration of PM.5 ( g/m3) Page 9 of 1

146 The monitor was placed at all the locations for assessing the concentration of PM.5. Monitored PM.5 level is well within the NAAQS limit with a maximum value of g / m3. Interpretations With respect to pollutants, the results of the monitoring program indicated the following: Observed PM10 and PM.5 levels, NOx, SO, and CO levels are well within the specified standards by NAAQ, i.e. 100 g / m3 for PM10, 60 g / m3 for PM.5, 80 g / m3 for NOx and SO, and 4000 g / m3 for CO at all locations. The overall observation of the project site and its surrounding area shows that the ambient air quality of the area is fairly good. 4.8 Noise Environment Unpleasant sounds are classified as noise pollution. Sound possesses three definite properties: intensity, frequency and duration. Intensity is the loudness of a sound, or the pressure it exerts through the ear. It is measured in decibels (db). In assessing noise, an empirical measure called "db (A)" indicates damage to hearing. The higher the db (A) value, the greater is the risk of damage to hearing. Loud noise may adversely affect people in many ways. For example noise may interface with sleep, speech, communication and can cause annoyance and other physiological problems. Occupational noise exposure, is also the most common cause of Noise-Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL), threatens the hearing of individuals exposed to noise pollution for longer periods of time, at a less intense level. For example, repeated exposure to noise pollution at a construction site can cause NIHL to construction workers, an effect that cannot be reversed. During the construction of the site, the following source of noise pollution is anticipated: Construction equipment. During the operational phase of the site, the following sources of noise pollution are anticipated: Diesel generator operation. Increase in transport noise from the adjacent surrounding roads of the site and from within the site. Table 4.3 provides primary sources and effects of Noise Pollution at site during the construction and operation phases. Table 4.1: Primary Effects of Noise Pollution from Construction & Operation Activities of the Site Pollutant Noise Source Construction activities Transport Human activities Primary Effects Annoyance Interference with communication NIHL Interference with sleep Aural pain, nausea & reduced muscular control Performance effects Effects on social behavior Source: Noise Quality Unwanted noise and unpleasant sounds are generally classified as noise pollution. Normally a person begins to identify sounds when a level of 10 to 15 db is reached. The other end of the scale is known as the threshold of pain (140 db), or the point at which the average person experiences pain. Noise is generally measured in frequency-weighted scales and noise quality measurements are generally represent in the A level and reported as db (A). Page 93 of 1

147 Methodology of Background Noise Quality Monitoring A site specific background noise quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site. The basic considerations for designing noise quality surveillance programme include: Vehicle Movement Within the Impact Zone Activities in surrounding villages / settlements/nearby areas Ecologically Sensitive Locations Based on the above mentioned criteria, noise monitoring was conducted at 5 locations within the impact zone. Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were automatically recorded to give the noise level for every hour, continuously for 4 hours in a day. Accordingly one full day (i.e. 4 hourly values) of data was collected at each of the locations. The standards of equivalent noise levels viz. Leq-day and Leq-night, have been prescribed by the CPCB as given in Table 4.4. Table 4.: Ambient Noise Standards as per CPCB Area Code (A) (B) (C) (D) Category of Area/ Zone Day Time Industrial area Commercial area Residential area Silence Zone Limits in db(a) Leq* Night Time Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to p.m.. Night-time shall mean from p.m. to 6.00 a.m. 3. Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 m around hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are zones, which are declared as such by the competent authority. Noise levels were calculated using the following equation: Where Li = levels observed Sources of Noise Emissions Li n Leq,T 10 log 1 / n at n equally spaced times during interval T. i 1 Surrounding the Site The major source of noise in the site surrounding area is the vehicular movement along Southern peripheral road and construction activities in the vicinity of the site. The impacts from these sources are expected to be captured in the levels of noise measured in the site-specific background noise monitoring study. Baseline Background Noise Quality Monitoring in the Study Area Results of baseline background noise quality monitoring for summer season are presented in Table 4.5 and the locations of monitoring stations are already shown in Figure 4.1. The results of noise monitoring carried out during post monsoon season of 014 (19) are presented in Annexure 4.4. Interpretation of Background Noise Quality Monitoring Results The ambient noise quality results indicate that day time as well as night time noise levels are well within the prescribed limits. Table 4.3: Baseline Background Noise Quality Monitoring Results Location Code Location Name Distance from Site Boundary/ Direction (Km) Day Time Page 94 of 1 Night Time Land-use Category

148 NQ1 Group Housing (Project site) Near Village Khaika 0.33 km, NE NQ Near Village Baluda Near Hotel Samrat Leq (db (A) 40.3 Limit (db (A) Rural + Residential 1.0 km, SW NQ4 4.9 Limit (db (A) km, SE NQ NQ5 Leq (db (A) 48. Near K R Mangalam University (SH13) 1.0 km, NW Traffic The site is well connected with existing Damdama Lake Road. Apart from this, the 4 m wide HUDA sector road to be developed which further increase the connectivity. The traffic volume count was conducted at two junctions on (i) Sohna Road and (ii) Damdama Lake Road to analyze the traffic flow for weekdays and weekends. Figure 4.18 shows the traffic volume count locations and Table 4.6 shows the volume count at the two junctions as mentioned above. The traffic volume count conducted during the post monsoon season of 014 ( ) are presented in Annexure 4.5. Figure 4.18 : Location of Traffic Volume Count Table 4.4: Traffic Volume Count S. No Vehicle Type Traffic Volume Count Page 95 of 1

149 1 Truck Bus 3 4 Trailers Tractor 5 6 Cars Jeep/Auto 7 8 T. Wheel Cycles Total Vehicular Count Sohna Road (TM1) Damdama Lake Road (TM) Hierarchy of Road within Proposed Project Site as per Indian Roads Congress (IRC) Code Table 4.30 gives recommended land widths for roads in urban areas as per the IRC code and the hierarchy of roads proposed within project. The Figure 4.19 shows the hierarchy of roads matching with the hierarchy as per IRCcode Figure 4.19: Hierachy of Roads within Project Site Table 4.5: Recommended land widths for roads in urban areas S.No Classification Arterial Sub- arterial Collector street Local Street Recommended land width in meters Width of the Road connected to Project Site 4 m wide road - Water Environment Page 96 of 1

150 The assess the impacts on surface and groundwater due to the proposed activity, it is essential to study existing water resources in project area available with respect to their existing quality as well as their supportive capacity to represent the baseline status of water environment. The existing water resources, both surface and groundwater are identified with their respective significance within the study area around project site. The representative sampling locations for surface water and ground water are selected to assess the existing (pre-project) status of water quality in the impact zone. The standard methods prescribed sampling as well as the analytical procedures for individual parameters are followed in this study. This section documents the baseline scenario of the water environment in the study area and discusses both water resources and quality. The data has been collected from various secondary sources and primary survey carried out in the impact zone Ground Water Resources & Availability Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) has identified Gurgaon and adjoining industries as Notified Area. Gurgaon block is over exploited from hydro geological point of view. The depth of water table in the district varies from 1 m to 30 m. Both alluvium and Quartzite from the acquifer in the district whereas the yield of wells and tube wells located in the alluvial acquifer ranges from m3/hr. The yield of wells in the quartzite rock formation can produce a yield of m3/hr. The net annual groundwater availability in the district is 718 MCM/year. The gross annual draft is 41 MCM/year and the stage of groundwater development in the district is 64 %. Blocks showing over exploitation of ground water are Gurgaon, Farukhnagar and Pataudi Taoru. Name of State Name of District Geographical Area (sq.km.) Major Geological formation Major drainage system Population ( As on 001 ) No of Blocks Existing Major / Medium irrigation projects Utilizable ground water resources (MCM) Net ground water draft (MCM) Stage of ground water development (%) Average annual Rainfall (mm) Range of Temperature (oc) Block showing over exploitation of ground water Gurgaon,766 Alluvium/Hard rock Yamuna 16,57,669 9 Gurgaon Canal Gurgaon, Farukhnagar, Pataudi Taoru The groundwater user map of Gurgaon district is as shown in Figure 4.0. Figure 4.0:Groundwater User Map of Gurgaon District Page 97 of 1

151 Source Central Groundwater Board (003) The study of water resources is important from the point of view to assess the sufficiency of water resources for the needs of the project in its various stages and the impact of the project on water environment. In the proposed project, to assess the groundwater potential, hydro-geological study has been carried out Hydro-geological The area is mainly occupied by Quaternary alluvium and at deeper depths, Pre- Cambrian metasediments of Delhi system exists. The geological formations occurring in the area are given below: System Quaternary Series Pleistocene to Recent Stratigraphic Unit Wind Blown Sand Newer Alluvium Older Alluvium Delhi Ajabgarh Alwar Lithology Buff colored fine to medium grained sand Stream laid Sand, Silt, Clay and Gravel Poorly sorted, semi-consolidated, Silt, Sand, Gravel with Clay and Kankar Slates, Phyllites, Quartzites, Mica Schists with intrusive Pegmatites (Hard Rocks) Quartzites, Mica Schists with intrusive Pegmatites (Hard rocks) It is seen that formation comprises from Quaternary sediments to sediments of Delhi system. In the area, the Quaternary sediments are wind blown sands, Newer Alluvium and Older Alluvium. The Older Alluvium exists down to about 100 m depth. The area under project is covered by Newer Alluvium, however at deeper depths Older Alluvium exist followed by Delhi system comprising hard rocks. The Aravali series is not present in the project area. In general the Delhi system is overlain by Quaternary deposits of Recent to Sub- Recent age consisting of alluvium and sand dunes. Page 98 of 1

152 Sub- surface Geology: The area is located in the Indo-gangetic plains and is occupied by Quaternary Alluvium. The sub-surface geological formations are mainly composed of clays, sands, kankar. As per the strata obtained from the borehole drilled in the area, the alluvium occur down to about 100 m and no hard rock basement is encountered within this depth. It is shown that down to 10 m wind blown silty sand occurs and the zone is dry. Beyond this depth the clayey beds exist and extends down to about 18 m. The kankar & sand zones exist alternatively upto about 60 m. Beyond this depth kankar zones continues down to drilled depth. Thus it is vivid that there exists possibility of artificial recharge to groundwater below the depth of 1 m. Rain water can be recharged through recharge wells, which may be constructed down to about 65 m. There is no major drainage feature in the site area Vertical Electric Soundings (VES) The geophysical investigation by way of vertical electrical sounding (VES) was conducted at three points to determine the probable underground strata and potential ground water bearing zones. Schlumberger configuration of potential and current electrodes was deployed for obtaining true resistivity values of the sub surface geological strata so as to study the availability of water bearing zones occurring in horizons at various depth ranges. The apparent resistivity values at different current and potential electrode separation were recorded in the field. For obtaining subsurface lithological information down to 100 m depth, the largest current electrode separation of 400 m was achieved. Deep penetration, Generator operated D.C. resistivity meter was used for taking vertical electrical sounding at the point. The apparent resistivity values recorded in the field were plotted and interpreted with the help of softwares. The computerized resistivity curves obtained for the surveyed points are given in Fig-4.1, 4., 4.3 & 4.4 and points of geophysically investigated are marked in fig.-4.1(site plan) Figure 4.1: Site Plan showing location of surveyed points Page 99 of 1

153 Results of VES Curve Matching Method The interpreted result shows existence of three geo-electric layers representing different hydro-geological set up and these are tabulated below:. Table 4.6: True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES-1 Layer 1st nd 3rd Depth Range (m) BGL Ture Resistivity (Ohm-m) Inferred Strata Loose wind blown sand (Dry) Sand clay beds (Dry) Sand & Kankar zones, quality of water is slightly saline The interpreted results of resistivity survey indicates that the true resistivity value of the layer from m is of the order of 11 ohm-m indicating presence of Sand - Kankar beds alternating with a few clay horizons. Page 100 of 1

154 Figure 4.: Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES-1 Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Table 4.7: True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES- Layer 1st nd 3rd Depth Range (m) BGL Ture Resistivity (Ohmm) Page 101 of 1 Inferred Strata Loose wind blown sand Sand clay beds (Dry) Sand & Kankar zones, quality of water is slightly saline

155 The interpreted results of resistivity survey indicates that true resistivity of 3rd layer is to the tune of 11 Ohm-m indicating presence of Sand - kankar beds alternating with clay horizons. Figure 4.3: Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES- Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Table 4.8: True Resistivity in ohm meters for Surveyed point VES-3 Layer 1st nd 3rd Depth Range (m) BGL Ture Resistivity (Ohm-m) Inferred Strata Loose wind blown sand (Dry) Sand clay beds (Dry) Sand - Kankar beds having slightly saline water The interpreted results of resistivity survey indicates true resistivity value of the 3rd layer is of the order of 8 ohm-m indicating presence of fine to medium sand beds alternating with kankar and clay horizons. Page 10 of 1

156 Page 103 of 1

157 Figure 4.4: Resistivity Curve for surveyed point VES-3 Obtanied for Proposed Project Site Surface Water Availability during Construction Phase During the construction phase, treated raw water to be collected and transported from STP of HUDA and then further treatment will be given as per the desired construction water quality at project site Surface Water Availability during Operation Phase The surface water required during the operation phase will be available from Nuh Subbranch (Gurgaon Canal) located at a distance of 4.7 km North. It is a subsidiary of Agra Canal. This Project falls within sector- 4 of sohna under Sohna Final Development Plan 031 AD. As per the requirement we have already applied to HUDA for asurance of water. The receipt of the same has been attached as Annexure.4. Page 104 of 1

158 Alternate Sustainable Water Management Strategies during Operational Phase The Project Proponent is committed to carry out extensive water management practices (recycle and reuse) as a part of its environmental sustainability strategy. Our master plan and zoning is proposed to be based upon water balance or the balance between the volume of water removed from our groundwater supplies and volume water returned to our groundwater supplies from rainfall, ponds, and innovative stormwater management techniques. The Proposed Water Conservation and Development Measures include: i) Development of water sources like rainwater harvesting systems and collection of Run-off, ii) Minimizing water consumption by a combination of water saving devices and other domestic and commercial water conservation measures, and iii) Treated waste water use. The details are given in Section Water Quality Methodology of Baseline Water Quality Monitoring The basic considerations for designing water quality surveillance programme include: Topography Surface run off Natural and manmade drainage/irrigation canal systems As per the requirement of Form 1A under the Section (Water Environment), Water sampling and analysis has been conducted to establish baseline water quality in the area. Sampling has been done following the standard guidelines for physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters. Analysis has been carried out by following the methods prescribed in Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater (American Public Health Association). New sampling has been done from a bore hole near the project site to confirm the quality of ground water testing. The result were found near the values of the previous monitoring report Results of Baseline Water Quality Monitoring GROUNDWATER QUALITY Ground water was collected from one location during post monsoon season of 014 ( ) in the study area of Village Khaika for analysis. Table 4.3 gives the location details. Table 4.9:Baseline Water Quality Monitoring Location SN Station Code Station Name 1 GW1* Khiaka Village *GW Ground Water Monitoring Locations Distance from Site Boundary (Km) 0.33 NE Category Rural + Residential Table 4.33 depicts the physico-chemical characteristics of the ground water samples, as compared with the standard (IS 10500: Indian Standards/Specifications for Drinking Water) reference values. The results of ground water quality monitoring carried out during the post monsoon season of 014 (between 19th September 17th December, 014) are presented in Annexure 4.6. Table 4.30: Ground Water Quality near the Project Site S.No Parameters Results i Colour (Hazen Unit) ii Odour iii Taste 1 Unobjectiona ble Agreeable Results (Based on new sampling) Page 105 of 1 Complete test as per IS: Permissible Desirable Limit Limit 5 Max 5 Max Unobjectiona Unobjectionable ble Agreeable Agreeable

159 S.No Parameters Results iv v Turbidity, NTU ph Value Total Hardness (as CaC03), mg/l Iron (as Fe), mg/l Chloride (as Cl), mg/l Fluoride (as F), mg/l Dissolved solids, mg/l Calcium (as Ca), mg/l Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l Copper (as Cu), mg/l Manganese (as Mn), mg/l Sulphate (as S04), mg/l Nitrate (as N03), mg/l Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH), mg/l Mercury (as Hg), mg/l Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l Selenium (as Se), mg/l Arsenic (as As}" mg/l Cyanide (as CN), mg/l Lead (as Pb), mg/l Zinc (as Zn), mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/l Chromium (as Cr6+ ), mg/l Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons' (as PHA),g/l Mineral oil, mg/l Pesticides, mg/l Alkalinity. mg/l Aluminium (as Al). mg/l Boron,mg/l Sodium as Na coliform/100ml, MPN Escherichia coli/100ml vi vii viii ix x xi xii xiii xiv xv xvi xvii xviii xix xx xxi xxii xxiii xxiv xxv xxvi xxvii xxviii xxix xxx xxxi xxxii xxxiii xxxiv xxxv 156 Results (Based on new sampling) Complete test as per IS: Permissible Desirable Limit Limit 5 Max 10 Max 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation 300 Max 600 Max 0.3 Max 50 Max 1 Max 1 Max 1000 Max 1.5 Max 500 Max 000 Max 75 Max 00 Max 30 Max 100 Max 0.05 Max 1.5 Max 0.1 Max 0.3 Max 00 Max 400 Max Max No relaxation BDL Max 0.00 Max Max Not relaxation 0.01 Max Not relaxation BDL 0.01 Max Not relaxation BDL 0.01 Max Not relaxation BDL 0.05 Max Not relaxation 0.05 Max 5 Max Not relaxation 15 Max 0. Max 1.0 Max 0,0.5 Max No relaxation BDL - - BDL BDL Max Absent 00 Max 0.03 Max Max BDL 0.03 Max 0. Max BDL 0.7 Absent 1 Max Max No relaxation BDL BDL BDL 47. BDL BDL BDL 45.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 191 Absent Absent Absent BDL- Below Detectable Limit Page 106 of 1

160 INTERPRETATION OF BASELINE GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING The physico chemical analysis of water suggests that water quality is within the desirable as well as the permissible limits of drinking water standards IS Construction Water Quality The raw water collected from STP of HUDA and further treated for construction purposes shall be analyzed before use for construction and compared with water quality standards prescribed for construction purpose as per IS 456: Land Environment Soil Impacts on land environment from construction activities can be mainly attributed to disposal of solid/hazardous waste and discharge of wastewater either onto land (direct impacts) or into water bodies, which are also used as irrigation water resources (indirect impacts). Moreover impacts on land/vegetation are also expected due to fallout of air pollutants. Accordingly for environmental impact assessment it is pertinent to study the characteristics of soil, the resulting changes in soil due to disposal of harmful substances on land and the resultant behavior of the surrounding soil environment Soil Quality The soil of the region is older alluvium and was deposited in the earlier times with no recurring deposits in present time. The pre project status with respect to soil characteristics (physical, chemical and bacteriological), land use pattern in the impact zone around the project site forms the baseline status of the land environment. The basic consideration for designing soil quality surveillance program include Physical and chemical properties of the area; Erosion potential; Storm water run-off quality; Agricultural productivity of land; Soil quality analysis has been done in one location at project site Particle Size Distribution A quantitative assessment of the type and characteristics based on particle size distribution in the soil was made by wet sieve analysis and sedimentation analysis using hydrometer, as per procedures laid down in IS: 70 Part IV. The type of soil based on particle sizes is given in Table Table 4.31: Soil Type based on Particle Size S. No Type of Soil Gravel Sand Silt Clay Particle Size >.0 mm 0. mm to.0 mm 0.00 mm to 0. mm <0.00 mm Percentage 1.69 % 4.76 % % 5.07% The above table indicates that the majority of the soil is of silt type (50.48%) followed by Sand (4.76 %) Soil Characteristics Table 4.35 presents the physical and chemical characteristics results of soil sample collected during post monsoon season of 014 at project site. The results of soil quality monitoring carried out during the post monsoon season of 014, (between ) are presented in Annexure 4.7. Page 107 of 1

161 Table 4.3: Soil Characteristics at Different Depths Sr. No Parameter Texture Gravel Sand Silt Clay ph Nitrogen Phosphorus Potassium Moisture Bulk Density Sulphates Organic Matter Chlorides Water Holding Capacity Conductivity (0% slurry) Porosity Iron as Fe Zinc as Zn Copper as Cu Lead as Pb Sodium as Na Boron as B Sodium absorption Ratio (SAR) Permeability Rate Units Results Soil Sample Soil Sample 3 (15-30 cm) (30-60 cm) Siltloam Siltloam % % % % Mg/100gm Mg/100gm Mg/kg % gm/cm3 Mg/100gm % Mg/100gm % w/w Soil Sample 1 (0-15 cm) Siltloam Soil Sample 4 ( cm) Siltloam µ mhos/cm % v/v Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg Mg/kg % BDL (0.0) 96.3 BDL (0.0) BDL (0.0) 85.6 BDL (0.0) BDL (0.0) 81.3 BDL (0.0) BDL (0.0) 90.7 BDL (0.0) 7.1 cm/hr Interpretation of Soil Characteristics of the Project Site The soil is siltloam at all the four depths i.e. 0-15cm, 15-30cm, 30-60cm, cm. The organic content is also low at all the four depths. The soil is fit for construction work Soil Fertility The soil fertility was analyzed as per the criteria adopted by Department of Farmer Welfare & Agriculture Development, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh for soil fertility. (Source: The results given in Table 4.35, shows that the soil is not very fertile, due to the low percentage of Organic contents ( %) and major nutrients such Nitrogen (N)- ( mg/100gm), Phosphorous (P) ( mg/100gm) and Potassium (K) ( mg/kg) Soil Permeability In order to determine the intake capacity of recharge wells to be constructed in the area, the permeability (infiltration) test has been carried out in one of the borewell existing in the adjoining area. In the borewell down to 30m, blank pipe and from 30 to 45 m, 150 mm (6 ) dia slotted pipes were used in the construction of the well. For conducting the permeability (infiltration) test known quantity of 5,000 liters water was injected gradually under gravity in the borewell. Time was recorded for the injected quantity of water, which took 714 seconds to dissipate in the aquifer system of the borewell. Page 108 of 1

162 Recharge Capacity = 5000 liters = 7 liters per second 714 seconds or 5 m3/hour Hence intake capacity of recharge wells to be constructed has been considered as 5 m3/hour Soil Porosity Soil porosity refers to that part of a soil volume that is not occupied by soil particles or organic matter. Pore spaces are filled with either air, other gases, or water. Large pores (macropores) allow the ready movement of air and the drainage of water. They are also large enough to accommodate plant roots and the wide range of tiny animals that inhabit the soil. Large pore spaces permit fast infiltration and percolation of water through a soil or soil horizon. Small pores (micropores) exhibit attractive forces strong enough to hold water in the pore. They are the water retention system of the soil which provides water storage for plant roots. During precipitation, macropores conduct water into the soil where it fills the micropores. At field capacity all pores small enough to retain water against the pull of gravity are filled. Clay soils have numerous micropores and hold large quantities of water, but since they have few macropores they produce very slow infiltration rates. The pores in the clays may be so small and hold water so tenaciously that the water is not available to plants. Sandy soils with numerous macropores but few micropores have higher infiltration and percolation rates but a lower water-holding capacity than other soil textures. A lower water-holding capacity can mean less available water for plant roots. For revegetation purposes, plants perform best in intermediate soil textures (loams) where soils contain mixtures of micro- and macropores. The soil porosity at site is.55% by weight which indicating it to be less porous as per protocol FAO / IS : Biological Environment The data on biological environment has been collected from the literature/secondary survey and visual inspection of the project site to i) establish the baseline ecological conditions of the general study area (area within 10 Km radius of the project site), ii) to have a preliminary assessment at the project site iii) to assess the potential ecological impacts of the proposed project upon ecology, iv) to develop adequate and feasible mitigation measures (via inputs to project design and layout, working practices, or compensate where appropriate) and v) to keep residual ecological impacts with acceptable limits, This section of report presents the ecological baseline of the area Habitat Assessment The site area is almost a barren land with sparse vegetation. Raipur Reserve Forest at a distance of 4 Km in South west direction falls within the study area. Besides, the proposed project area is neither located within an existing or any proposed ecological sensitive zone known for providing habitat and movement corridor for any kind of animals or under PLPA, 1900 or under any other applicable forest laws on land. The project proponent has obtained NOC from the forest department regarding the applicability of forest of forest laws on land. The copy of NOC obtained is enclosed as Annexure 4.8. The Depty Commissioner (DC) has also given the NOC under Aravali notification stating that none of the khasra nos. falls under the Aravali. The copy of NOC obtained from DC is enclosed as Annexure 4.9. Hence, the impact on the wildlife values due to development of project is not expected Terrestrial Ecology Floral Profile This part of falls under Semi-Arid Punjab plains in terms of Bio-geographic provinces. The land use pattern of the area is unproductive. There is no ecological sensitive zone. An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact due to project development activities on the existing flora and fauna of the area. The objective is to study and understand the Page 109 of 1

163 present status of the ecosystem in the study area. The present study was undertaken to predict changes as a result of project activities and to suggest feasible measures for maintaining/enhancing the conditions. This section describes the ecology of the area based on information compiled from secondary data available for the area and visual inspection and tree survey of the project site. FLORA WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS The proposed site in falls under Semi-Arid Punjab plains in terms of Bio-geographic provinces. The land use pattern of the proposed site and the surrounding areas is non-productive and semi urban. There is no ecological sensitive zone providing habitat and movement for any kind of animals in the immediate vicinity of the proposed site. No permanent aquatic ecosystem with significant ecological resources is also found within the study area. Based on the information compiled from secondary sources and visual inspection, the list of common trees and shrubs observed within 10 km radius of the project site is presented in Table Table 4.33: List of Floral Species found within 10 km radius Tree Acacia nilotica (Babul) Acacia tortilis (israeli kikar) Albizzia procera (Siris) Azadirachta indica (Neem) Bauhinia variegata (kachnar) Butea monopserma (Palash) Cassia siamea (Kassod) Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham) Eucalyptus spp. (Safeda) Ficus religiosa (Pipal) Leucaena leucocephala (So-Babul) Melia azadirachta (Bakain) Prosopis juliflora (Vilayati kikar) Terminalia arjuna (Arjun) Grasses Ristida purpurea Cynodon dactylon Cyperus bulbosus Shrubs Adhatoda vascica Ageratum conyzoides Calotropis procera (Ak) Cassia occidentalis Datura metel (krishna datura) Th ev eti a n e ri fo lia Lang e ro sto mia s pec io sa (Queen s Flower) Climber Cuscuta reflexa (A ka sh B el ) Tribu lu s t e rre st ris (Go kh ru ) V all a ri s h ey ni (Du dhi ) Herbs Acalypha indica Achyranthes aspera Aerva lanata Amaranthus caudatus Amaranthus spinosus Ambrosia artimisfolia Argemon exicana Argemone glauca Bidens pilosa Cannabis sativa Chenopodium alba Chenopodium murale Cleome gynandra Croton achnocarpus FLORA WITHIN PROJECT SITE The project site is an undulating barren land and supports only few shrubby grasses and seasonal herbs Faunal Profile FAUNAL PROFILE WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS The absence of a good forest cover and litter formation has lead to lack of ideal habitats for fauna. In most parts of the general study area, which has the characteristics of an urban ecosystem, wild fauna is obviously very impoverished. There are, however, species associated with human habitats. Main wild life mammals within various part of the study area are Jackal, Fox, Hyaena, etc., and reptiles & snakes. The domestic animals consist of cows, buffaloes, camel, goats and dogs. Apart from common birds like fowl, peacock, house sparrow, house crow, pigeons, parrots, dove, cuckoo, vulture, kite etc., other birds like bulbul, patridge, sand-grouse, baya, tailor bird, kingsfisher etc. are also met within various parts of the study area. List of the avifauna found in the general study area is given in Table Page 110 of 1

164 Table 4.34: List of Avifauna within 10 Km Radius S.No Zoological Name Pycnonotus cafer Columbus livibus Acridotheres tristicus Ploceus Philippines Passer domisticus Megalaima merulinus Alcedo atthis Bubulcus ibis Corvus splendens Pycnonotus cafer Common Name Red vented bulbul Rock Pigeon Common myna Weaver bird House Sparrow Indian cuckoo Common Kingfisher Cattle Egret House crow Red vented bulbul Raipur Reserved Forest is located at a distance of 4 km in south west (SW) direction of the project area. No rare or endangered species have been recorded in the project area. FAUNA WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE During the physical survey, no mammalian species were observed in the proposed site. This is due to the existing land use pattern Socio-Economic Environment The baseline situation is based on demographic structure, economic activity, education, literacy profile and infrastructural scenario of the study area. On the basis of the data compiled in this section, the EIA study attempts to predict and evaluate future impacts of the project on the people of the affected village, their social, economic, physical and psychological health and well-being, economic facilities, heritage culture, lifestyle and other value systems. The information provided in the following sections has been primarily derived from two sources, viz. the primary source (Census of India, extensive surveys conducted in the villages covering various socioeconomic attributes) and secondary sources (published and unpublished data, newspapers etc). The primary survey was conducted in a few surrounding villages in order to assess the prevailing social and economic conditions and in identifying the various problems and major issues in the concerned villages due to the proposed development. Discussions and consultations were carried out in the villages, regarding some basic information related to amenities, caste structure, livelihood, transportation etc. The understanding of the locals about the project, its negative and positive benefits were also elicited General Socio-Economic Profile The study area covers the following villages Khaika Village, Lohtaki Village, baluda Village and Sohna (Rural) of district Gurgaon in the state of. The total population of the villages is 3810 people, with 644 households in total. The project is not likely to have significant demographic changes on the villages located Demographic Profile The baseline data for the population of the surrounding area is significant to the study as it enables to predict the population that may be impacted by the proposed project. It also enables in determining the situation due to an increase in population during the tenure of the project, until its completion, and, the various impacts arising as a result of the different project activities. Table 4.38 provides the break-up of population, household size and sex ratio of the identified villages. Page 111 of 1

165 Table 4.35: Demographic Details Village Baluda Khaika Lohtaki Sohna (Rural) Kadarpur Total Population Total Households Total Male Total Female Source: Census of India, 001 As seen in Table 4.38, Baluda village has the highest population (1863) followed by Lohtaki (808) and Khaika (595) Education & Literacy Primary and intermediate level school facilities are available within 5 km radius. Private technical education institutes are present in the vicinity of the site Economic Activity and Livelihood Pattern An understanding of the economic activities and livelihood pattern is important to predict the impact of the project activities on the economy of the region. Livelihood pattern coupled with educational profile would assist in identifying areas where the local workforce can be integrated into the project activities Existing Physical & Social Infrastructure Facilities in the Region Schools: The city is home to a number of world class educational Institutes; there are several primary and secondary schools located in the area. The educational facilities are provided in stages i.e. junior basic school, senior basic school, higher secondary school, degree colleges, Pre-primary and primary educations are mainly the responsibility of the local bodies. Middle, secondary and senior secondary education is primarily looked after by Directorate of Education, Government of. At the University level, Govt. of is also running Degree Colleges being funded by UGC and Govt. Apart from this a number of private organizations are also engaged in imparting education at all levels of schooling. Tele-Communication Telecommunication facility in the study area is adequate; electronic telephone exchange is working in the study area, and mobile facility is also available. Roads and Transportation System The project area is well connected with the existing Damdama Lake road and State highway 13 (Sohna Gurgaon) Apart from this, 4 m wide internal circulation road & 4 m wide sector road is also to be developed which will also increase the connectivity of the proposed development. Post-Office Postal cum telegraph facility is also available. Post office facility is available at area. Banks The Study Area is having branches and ATMs of all major nationalized as well as privatized banks. Hospital Civil Hospital located within km of proposed site caters to health needs of this region and also has to share the burden of migratory as well as floating population from neighboring states. Community Health Centre plays a significant role and is committed to provide health care facilities to the people of this region and it does so through a network of existing primary, secondary and tertiary Page 11 of 1

166 hospitals, dispensaries/ health centers, school health clinics, child care centers; by implementation of various state and national programme under medical and public health sector for prevention and eradication of various diseases. ESI Dispensary & Good Private Clinic facility is available in Gurgaon and South-West Delhi region. There are number of hospitals within 15 km radius of the project site. Like Civil Hospital, Private hospital, Saini Hospital, Shiv Nursing Home, Kablizi Hospital, Sumangal Hospital, Ekta Hospital, Sona devi memorial Hospital and Trauma Centre etc.etc. Apart from these a chain of government runs and private dispensaries as well as small nursing homes in the locality serve as first aid to the local people. Page 113 of 1

167 POLLUTION SOURCES, IMPACT PREDICTION & IMPACT ASSESSMENT Pollution Sources Pollutants generated during the construction and operation phase of the proposed development either be liquid, solid and gaseous in nature. The generation of pollution may be periodic, continuous or accidental. Potential sources of pollutants and their characteristics during the construction and operation phase are given below in Table 5.1. Table 5.1: Potential Pollutant Sources & Characteristics S.No Activity / Area CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1. Ground excavation and leveling Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency Air emissions: PM10, PM.5 CO, NOx, SO Dust from construction activities and excavation. Particulates, NOx and CO from vehicle exhaust Earth / solid waste Solid waste from construction activity and excavation. Noise generated from construction equipment and machinery Sewage generated from temporary labour camps on site Solid Waste generated from temporary labour camps on site Temporary during construction phase onlybulk of the emissions are expected from ground working and leveling activities. Periodic. Noise. Labour Camps Sewage Solid Waste OPERATION PHASE 1. Vehicular movement. Diesel power generators 3. Commercial/Industria l/residential 4. Project including toilets area common Air emissions and noise Air emissions Vehicle exhaust emissions SO, NOx, PM, CO from fuel burning Continuous / Periodic Continuous Noise Noise due to running of equipment Continuous Hazardous waste Wastewater Used Oil Generation Wastewater containing waste food matter Garbage / Food waste Domestic wastewater BOD, S.S, Pathogens Periodic, during oil changes Continuous Bio-degradable and nonbiodegradable wastes Backwash water discharge Sludge from coagulation process Settled and stabilized sludge Treated sewage used for horticulture Settled sludge during tank cleaning Continuous quantities Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Oil Oil spillage Accidental large spills due to pipe rupture Oil Spillage - Small quantities due to small pipe leaks Accidental / Only due to poor housekeeping Continuous Domestic Solid waste Sewage Domestic Solid Wastes 5. Raw water treatment 6. Sewage Plant 7. Diesel Storage treatment Wastewater Solid waste Solid waste Treated water Solid waste 8. Maintenance/ housekeeping Wastewater Solid waste Floor washing Used equipment parts and garden wastes 9. Vehicle Parking Area Oil Spills Minor oil leaks in parking lot Temporary during initial construction phase. Temporary during the initial construction phase Temporary during the initial construction phase Page 114 of 1 Continuous Continuous small Occasional Continuous Continuous quantities small

168 S.No Activity / Area Storm water drains Pollutant Wastewater Pollutant Characteristics Contamination discharge from site Mainly suspended solids Frequency During rainy season Impact Prediction and Impact Assessment The primary function of an environmental impact assessment study is to predict and quantify potential impacts, assess and evaluate the magnitude and their importance in order to develop an environmental management plan to mitigate the impacts. Environmental impacts could be positive or negative, direct or indirect, local or regional and also reversible or irreversible. Baseline environmental conditions at the proposed site for various parameters were provided in Chapter 4 whereas Table 5.1 given above provides the various pollution loads and stressors that could impact the environment. This chapter discusses the incremental environmental impacts on the environmental parameters during the construction and operation phases of the project. The potential impacts have been identified in Table 5.. The mitigative measures for the adverse impacts, if any are discussed in Chapter 6 Environmental Management Plan. Table 5.: Identification of potential Impacts During Construction & Operation Phase S. No Components Aspect Potential Impact Minor negative impact inside the premises. No negative impact outside project site. Short term Minor negative impact near noise generation sources inside premises. No significant impact on ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors. Short term No significant negative impact. Short term CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1. Ambient Air Quality Dust emissions from site preparation, excavation, material handling and other construction activities at Site.. Noise Noise generated from construction activities, operation of construction equipment and traffic. 3. Water quality 4. Landuse and Aesthetics Topography & Geology Soil Ecology Flora & Fauna Socio-economy 9. Traffic Pattern Surface runoff from project site Oil/fuel and waste spills. Improper debris disposal Discharge of sewage from labour camp. Land development Minor positive impact Site development No Significant Impacts Construction activity leading to topsoil removal and erosion. Habitat disturbance during construction activity Increased job opportunity for locals. Economy related to residential real estate development, material supply etc. expected to boom. Haul Truck movement and possibility of traffic congestion outside site on Sohna-Gurgaon Road Minor negative impact Minor negative impact Short term Overall positive impact Minor negative impact OPERATION PHASE 1 Ambient Air Quality Noise 3 Water Quality Particulate and gaseous emissions from DG sets and vehicle movement Noise from vehicle movement and operation of diesel generator sets during power failure. Oil/fuel and waste spills. Discharge of sewage. Page 115 of 1 Minor Negative impact Minor negative impact inside premises. No significant impact at sensitive receptors. No significant adverse impact

169 S. No Components 4 Water usage 5 Soil 6 Ecology Flora & Fauna 7 Socio-economy 8 Traffic Pattern Aspect Discharge of contaminated storm water Use of over ~71 KL per day fresh water at peak demand Storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes Discharge of sewage Fuel and material spills Pesticides use Landuse change Discharge of wastewater to surface water bodies Increased job opportunity in the proposed project for the locals. The proposed project is likely to add significantly to the predicted traffic during peak hours. Potential Impact Minor negative impact No negative impact No negative impact Overall positive impact Moderate Negative Impact Impact on Physical Environment Impact on Land use & Aesthetic The land acquired for the proposed development is mainly a non productive land with undulating topography. The existing land use of the acquired site does not have any agricultural practices; although, some of the small bushes and seasonal vegetation exist within the site. However, the said land has already granted license for group housing development by Directorate of Town & Country Planning (DTCP). Therefore, it can be adhered that the proposed development will not cause any loss to agricultural productivity, as the land is not having any such activity at present. The proposed facade of the project was designed with climate responsive elements, sensitive use of stone, water and greenery to create an efficient and aesthetic work environment. Planned environment friendly development would create a positive impact on the aesthetics and visual appeal of the region. The proposed development on the project site include development of large inter connected landscaped areas and open spaces at various levels which would enhance the overall aesthetics of the area. The change in aesthetics and visual appeal of the region will also be positive, wherein unplanned development will give way to a planned, environment friendly and sustainable urban habitat Impact on Topography The project site has moderate topography with slight variation of highest and lowest point. The existing ground levels (EGL) at the time of the topographical survey varies from RL 0.4 (lowest) to 03.6 m (highest). The proposed activity during the construction phase would involve excavation work and leveling of proposed site. Since the proposed site involves the construction of one level basement, it is estimated that about,44,355 cum earth will be excavated. The cut fill will be balance by volume of earth which would be excavated and for filling low lying area and construction of embankment for roads. The construction activities will proceed in a manner so as to maintain the natural slope of the area by creating basements. No additional stresses will be imposed by the project on these parameters and hence no significant impacts are expected. Page 116 of 1

170 5.3.3 Impact on Geology Quarry material requirements for the proposed development have been estimated, as such the key natural materials such as earth, sand, stone will be sourced from licensed and government approved quarries. Table 5.3: Quantity of Quarry Material Description Course Sand in Cum Fine Sand in Cum Aggregates in Cum Quantity Source of Material Local market Local market Local market It will be ensured that these quarries have required environmental approvals and abundant capacities to meet the requirement of the project. A significant quantity of natural material requirement will be substituted by using flyash. Hence, no negative impact is envisaged on the local geology of the area Impact on Drains As discussed earlier in Section the site does not have any streams or drains, except one dry nala, flowing at a distance of approx. 00 m towards south & southwest direction of the project site. The site has a moderate terrain, with little variation of highest and lowest part of the land. The construction activities will not have an impact on the existing drainage pattern of the proposed site as the natural slope will be maintained and the excess runoff will be channelised through garland drains provided around the construction areas Impact due to Tectonics / Earthquakes The project area falls under seismic zone IV as per the Seismic Zoning Map of India (IS 1893, Part-I, 00) and therefore area is moderately susceptible to earthquakes. The proposed development will not involve any change in the tectonics of the area as the topography of the area will be maintained by creating adequate basement and through the leveling of land, as and when required. However, the design of the proposed building will take into consideration all these risks, associated with the incidents like earthquake Impact on Mineral Resources No impact on minerals is anticipated because of the construction of proposed group housing development, as currently there are no signs of presence of minerals in direct influence area of the proposed development Climate & Meteorology The climate and meteorological pattern of the region impact due to the proposed development as there will be low spatially restricted short term impact due to cutting of vegetation. The development peripheral green belt development and landscape plantation a part of the proposed development, will help in improving the micro-climate of the region Impact on Air Environment Air Emissions Sources Air emissions have no boundaries and can migrate from one place to another place depending upon the wind direction and speed. The sources of air emission can be grouped into three categories of point, area and line sources: 1. A pollutant source that can be treated in a dispersion model as though pollutants were emitted from a single point that is fixed in space. Example: the mouth of a smoke stack. Page 117 of 1

171 . An array of pollutant sources, so widely dispersed and uniform in strength that they can be treated in a dispersion model as an aggregate pollutant release from a defined area at a uniform rate. Such sources may include vehicles and other small engines, small businesses and household activities, or biogenic sources, such as a forest, that release hydrocarbons. 3. An array of pollutant sources along a defined path that can be treated in dispersion models as an aggregate uniform release of pollutants along a line. Example: the sum of emissions from individual cars traveling down a highway can be treated as a line source Fugitive Emissions from site preparation During the construction phase of the project, the principal source of air pollution will be dust from exposed site areas, stockpiling, and movement of vehicles along unpaved roads, excavation and handling of construction materials Impact on Air Environment due to Construction Activities Air Quality During the construction phase, the major sources of air emissions include: Particulate Matter (PM) associated with the construction activity Emissions due to the operation of DG sets, to be used for supplying power The impact due to the operation of DG sets during the construction phase In order to quantify the impact of SPM associated with the construction activity, it is planned that the construction activity will be carried out in phases. The emission sources will be distributed throughout the project site and will fall under the category of area source. Basic Consideration In the absence of information regarding the quantity and type of construction equipment to be deployed at any particular time, overall emission factor for SPM from construction activities has been used. Overall SPM emission has been estimated using the emission factor of 1. tons SPM/month of activity/acre as per AP-4 Section (USEPA, 1995). This emission factor is used for developing emission estimates from construction activities throughout a geographical area and is most applicable for construction operations with medium activity level, moderate silt contents and semiarid climate (USEPA, 1995). The derivation of the factor assumes that construction activity occurs 30 days per month, making the above estimate somewhat conservatively high for total suspended particulate (U.S. EPA, 1995). For the air environmental impact assessment study, MoEF recommended air quality model, Airmode has been applied to predict ground level incremental concentrations (GLCs). Impact due to DG sets during Construction Phase The total maximum demand load during construction phase is about to be 1000 kva, which will be sourced from DG sets to be used at project site. The capacity of DG sets is about 1000 kva (500 kva + 30 kva kva). During construction phase, diesel generator sets operated for back-up power supply are identified as the source of gaseous and particulate emission. SO, NOx, PM10, PM.5 and CO emissions are expected due to fuel combustion in generator sets. Impact Prediction of DG set emission at Proposed Group Housing Project The specifications used for modeling of D.G. sets installed for power back-up in proposed project are given in Table 5.4 Page 118 of 1

172 Table 5.4: Diesel Generator Set Specifications S. No. Particulars DG set Capacity DG set Capacity DG set Capacity 180 KVA 30 KVA 500 KVA 1 No of DG sets No of stacks Height of stack (m) 6 m above GL 6 m above GL 6 m above GL 5 Diameter of stack (m) Exit velocity of gas (m/s) Exit gas Temperature (0C) Sulphur Content in Fuel (%) 0.5 by weight % 0.5 by weight % 0.5 by weight % 9 Fuel Consumption (L/hr) SO NOx PM PM CO Density of Fuel (kg/m3) Emission rate (g/s) for each DG set The maximum predicted increment in concentrations of SO, NOx, PM10, PM.5 and CO due to D.G. sets are estimated about 9.09 µg/m3, 8.79 µg/m3, µg/m3, µg/m3 and µg/m3 respectively. The details of predicted value with back ground air quality levels along with NAAQS are provided in Table 5.5 through Table 5.9 The spatial distribution of predicted pollutants concentration are also shown in Figure 5.1 through Figure 5.5. As the D.G. sets will be operated for back-up power supply only, hence the impact of generation of gaseous pollutants in the ambient environment will be negligible. Table 5.5: Ground Level SO (µg/m3) Concentration at Different Locations (4 hourly Averaged) Concentration 3) ( g/m Maximum 4 Hour GLC SO Contribution from Site SO Baseline (Maximum) 10.6 Total SO 9.09 SO Contribution from Site to Maximum SO NAAQS 80 µg/m % Page 119 of 1

173 Figure 5.1: Spatial Distribution of 4 Hours Average SO GLC (µg/m3) Table 5.6: Ground Level NOx (µg/m3) Concentration At Different Locations(4 hours Averaged) Concentration NOx Contribution from Site NOx Baseline (Maximum) ( 3) Total NOx NOx Contribution from Site to Maximum NOx Maximum 4 Hour GLC % Page 10 of 1 NAAQS 80 µg/m3

174 Figure 5.: Spatial Variation of 4 hours averaged NOx GLC (µg/m3) Table 5.7: Ground Level PM10 Concentration (µg/m3) At Different Locations (4 hours Averaged) Concentration ( 3) Predicted Incremental PM10 Contribution PM10 Baseline (Maximum) Resultant PM10 PM10 Contribution from the Proposed Project towards maximum background PM10 Maximum 4 Hour GLC NAAQS µg/m3 0.5% Page 11 of 1

175 Figure 5.3: Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM10 GLC (µg/m3) Table 5.8:Ground Level PM.5 Concentration (µg/m3) At Different Locations (4 hours Averaged) Concentration ( 3) Predicted Incremental PM.5 Contribution PM.5 Baseline (Maximum) Resultant PM.5 PM.5 Contribution from the Proposed Project towards maximum background PM.5 Maximum 4 Hour GLC NAAQS µg/m3 0.45% Page 1 of 1

176 Figure 5.4: Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM.5 GLC (µg/m3) Table 5.9: Ground Level CO (µg/m3) Concentration at Different Locations (1 hours Averaged) 3) Concentration ( CO Contribution from Site CO Baseline (Maximum) Total CO CO Contribution from Site to Maximum CO Maximum 1 Hour GLC % NAAQS 4000 µg/m3 Page 13 of 1

177 Figure 5.5: Spatial Distribution of 1 hours averaged CO GLC (µg/m3) Impact on Air Environment during Operation The major air emissions expected during the operation phase will be due to the tailpipe emissions from onsite traffic. To assess the quantitative impact, air quality modeling has been carried out using MoEF approved model Airmode for DG sets emission. The vehicular emission model (CALINE) has been used to predict concentrations of specific vehicular pollutants (CO and NOx). Tailpipe emissions from On-site Traffic Area Source CO is considered as the primary pollutant anticipated as tailpipe emissions from light and heavy vehicles traveling on the road. Apart from this, NOx also add pollutant load into the environment. Air quality impact assessment due to additional traffic load on the main road connecting to the proposed site has been carried out under worst-case scenario and assuming the maximum number of vehicles traveling per hour on these roads. The CO and NOx concentrations prediction due to the proposed project is assessed with the help of CALINE4 Model- A versatile dispersion model for predicting air pollutants levels near the road and is given by California Department of Transportation. The emission rate along with estimated vehicular rate is given in Table Page 14 of 1

178 Table 5.10: Vehicle Emission Statement Sl. No. Category of Vehicles Car Expected No. of Vehicles 093 Emission Rate (g/km) SO# NOX* PM* CO 1.04 *- Emission Factor development for Indian Vehicles, ARAI Pune, #- The SO emission has been calculated based on Diesel Consumption Model Assumption The emission load has been evaluated by mathematical modeling using Airmode for DG set and Caline 4 for Vehicular Movement. The average meteorological data of November month was considered as met input for model study. The flue gas from DG set with 50.6 meter stack height shall travel up to 1.5 km approximately. Also the dispersion of vehicular emission is limited to 100 m, after that particle will get stabilized on the earth surface due to their specific settling velocity. Hence, the extent of the modeling is limited for km from the location of DG set. The incremental GLCs due to vehicular movement have been calculated at a distance of 50m from the road to present the worst case scenario. The output results are tabulated in Table 3 below. Impact due to vehicular Movement The proposed development will have the 093 nos. car parking facility for the residing population. The impact of vehicular movement on ambeint air quality has been predicted by using Caline 4. The maximum resultant value of ground level concentrations (GLCs) of pollutants due to vehicular movement are provided below in Table Table 5.11: Max. Resultant GLCs due to Vehicular Movement Sr. No Pollutant Unit PM SO NOX CO µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 Max. Baseline GLCs Max. Incremental GLCs due to Vehicular Movement* Max. Resultant GLCs *- Incremental GLCs at exposure distance of 50m from the road Impact due to DG sets The total demand load is 7787 KW, which will be sourced from Dakshin Bijlee Vitran Nigam Limited (HVPNL). During operation phase, diesel generator sets operated for back-up power supply are identified as the only major sources of gaseous and particulate emission. SO, NOx, PM10, PM.5 and CO emissions are expected due to fuel combustion in generator sets. To serve as a back-up power supply for proposed project, power is to be supplied through 8 D.G. sets. Impact Prediction of DG set emission at Proposed Group Housing Project The specifications used for modeling of D.G. sets installed for power back-up in proposed project are given below in Table 5.1. Table 5.1: Diesel Generator Set Specifications S. No Values 750 kva Particulars No of DG sets No of stacks Height of stack (m) Diameter of stack (m) Page 15 of 1

179 S. No Particulars Exit velocity of gas (m/s) Exit gas Temperature (0K) Sulphur Content in Fuel (%) Emission rate (g/s) Values by weight % SO NOx PM10 PM.5 CO The details of predicted value with back ground air quality levels along with NAAQS are provided in Table 5.13 through Table 5.17.The spatial distribution of predicted pollutants concentration are also shown in Figure 5.8 through Figure 5.1. As the D.G. sets will be operated for back-up power supply only, hence the impact of generation of gaseous pollutants in the ambient environment will be negligible. Table 5.13: Ground Level SO (µg/m3) Concentration (4 hourly Averaged) due to DG sets Description SO Contribution from Site SO Baseline (Maximum) Total SO Maximum 4 Hour GLC 3) Concentration ( NAAQS 80 µg/m3 Figure 5.6: Spatial Distribution of 4 Hours Average SO GLC (µg/m3) Page 16 of 1

180 Table 5.14: Ground Level NOx (µg/m3) Concentration (4 hours Averaged) due to DG sets Description NOx Contribution from Site NOx Baseline (Maximum) Total NOx Maximum 4 Hour GLC 3) Concentration ( NAAQS 80 µg/m3 Figure 5.7: Spatial Variation of 4 hours averaged NOx GLC (µg/m3) Page 17 of 1

181 Table 5.15: Ground Level PM10 Concentration (µg/m3) (4 hours Averaged) due to D.G. Sets Description Predicted Incremental PM10 Contribution PM10 Baseline (Maximum) Resultant PM10 Maximum 4 Hour GLC 3) Concentration ( NAAQS 100 µg/m3 Figure 5.8: Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM10 GLC (µg/m3) Page 18 of 1

182 Table 5.16: Ground Level PM.5 Concentration (µg/m3) (4 hours Averaged) due To D.G. Sets Description Predicted Incremental PM.5 Contribution PM.5 Baseline (Maximum) Resultant PM.5 Maximum 4 Hour GLC 3) Concentration ( NAAQS 60 µg/m3 Figure 5.9: Spatial Distribution of 4 hours averaged PM.5 GLC (µg/m3) Page 19 of 1

183 Table 5.17 Ground Level CO (µg/m3) Concentration (1 hours Averaged) due to D.G. sets Description CO Contribution from Site CO Baseline (Maximum) Total CO Maximum 1 Hour GLC 3) Concentration ( NAAQS 4000 µg/m3 Figure 5.10: Spatial Distribution of 1 hourly averaged CO GLC (µg/m3) Page 130 of 1

184 Impact on Noise Environment Impact on Noise Environment during Construction Phase Noise Quality The noise emission sources during construction phase will include construction machineries/equipments to be employed at site. The expected noise levels from the operation of equipment and machineries are provided in Table Table 5.18 Noise levels Generated from Construction Equipment Name of Source Noise Level at 16 m (50 ft) from source in db (A) Back Hoe/Loader 85 Concrete Mixer Truck 81 Mobile Cranes 81 Dump Truck 89 Generator 75 Pile Driver 101 Jack hammer 90 Prediction Model For an approximate estimation of propagation of noise in the ambient air from the area or point source, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation has been used which is as follows: Noise (Receptor) = Noise (Source) - 0 Log [distance (Receptor) / distance (Source)] The incremental noise level during the construction phase will be predicted using the CPCB approved noise model DHAWANI, applicable for stationary point sources. For the modeling purposes, worst case scenario has been considered assuming a flat terrain and absence of sound absorbers. Results and Discussion Modeling results indicate that the cumulative noise level is expected to be within the permissible AAQSRN standards of 55 db(a) at a distance of about 000 m. The predicted noise levels are without mitigation measures and it is assumed that with the adoption of the mitigation measures noise levels will be further restricted within very short distances from the source. With respect to occupational exposure, the permissible threshold is 90 db (A) for 8 hours per day. Thus, based on the modeling results, it can be concluded that all sensitive receptors (i.e. labour colonies) will be located beyond 00 meters from the noise generating sources during construction activities. Figure 5.13 shows the spatial variation of incremental noise level during construction phase without any control. Page 131 of 1

185 Figure 5.11: Spatial Variation of Incremental Noise Level during Construction Phase without Control 5.5. Impact on Noise Environment during Operation Phase Impact due to DG sets The DG sets are proposed to be installed at project site during the construction phase as per the requirment. However, the DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures so as to keep the noise level within the prescribed standards. The major noise emissions expected during the operation phase will be due to the operation of DG sets. Prediction Model For an approximate estimation of propagation of noise in the ambient environment due to DG set, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation has been used which is as follows: Noise (Receptor) = Noise (Source) - 0 Log [distance (Receptor) / distance (Source)] The incremental noise level due to the operation of the DG set installed has been predicted using the CPCB approved noise model DHAWANI, applicable for stationary point sources. For the modeling purposes, worst case scenario has been considered assuming a flat terrain and absence of sound absorbers. The predicted incremental noise levels without control measures have been presented as noise contours in an area of 1000m x 1000m as shown in Figure Modeling results indicate that the cumulative noise level is expected to be within the permissible AAQSRN standards of 55 db(a) at a distance of about 00 m from the source location. Page 13 of 1

186 Figure 5.1: Spatial Variation of DG-set Noise Levels around the Project Site During Operation Phase Without Control DG sets will be used only in emergency for back up supply. It will be ensured that the DG sets are enclosed in acoustic enclosures and comply with the prescribed CPCB norms Impact on Water Environment Impact on Water Environment during Construction Phase Water resources SURFACE WATER RESOURCES The water requirement during construction phase will mainly comprise of water for construction purposes and water demand for labourers. The water during construction phase will be sourced through tanker water supply for drinkable purpose. There will be no extraction of water from surface water resources for using in the proposed development; hence no impact on surface water resources is envisaged. GROUNDWATER RESOURCES The proposed development would not extract any ground water resources, as the water requirement during the construction phase will be met through tanker water supply from STP of HUDA for construction purpose. Water Requirement The water requirement during construction phase can be broadly divided into two categories. Page 133 of 1

187 Construction activities (150 KLD) which is the peak period demand during construction phase Domestic water requirement for labourers (38.6 KLD) (considering 1400 construction labors during the peak construction period ) Wastewater Generation Wastewater stream during construction period shall be from transit labour colonies and wastewater from construction activities. Wastewater generation during construction phase would be around 38.6 KLD. Construction activities for the proposed development can have minor impact on hydrology and ground water quality of the area, should the construction waste leaches into ground. Potential impacts on the hydrology and ground water quality have been discussed as under. Soil runoff from the site leading to off-site contamination (particularly during rainy season). Improper disposal of construction debris leading to off-site contamination of water resources. Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps. Spillage of oil & grease from the vehicles and wastewater stream generated from on- site activities such as vehicles washing, workshop etc. Construction & Development of site Development of the proposed site could lead to stockpiling and excavation activity on site, thereby causing erosion of base soil. The run off from the site may contain high quantity of suspended solids (SS). The impact of runoff may not be very significant except during rainy season. Further construction of garland drains will reduce the runoff from the stockpiles. Bored piling may be carried out for building structures. Bore piling, if used, requires the use of chemical lubricants, which generates a wastewater stream requiring treatment before discharge. Site Workshop The repair and maintenance of equipments/vehicles on site would generate waste containing oil and grease. The wastewater stream would also be generated from vehicle washing. The impact can be mitigated to a great extent by installing oil and grease traps during construction phase. Construction of roads & parking areas The impact from the road construction depends on both the construction practices and the type of material used. Construction waste of electrical installation, DG sets, painting and flooring is likely to create significant impact. This type of waste would be stock piled and disposed properly. Labour Colony During construction phase, wastewater shall be generated from labour colony. High levels of BOD, SS, Nitrogen and E. coli would characterize wastewater generated. Significant water quality impact will occur, if the sewage is disposed without any prior treatment. It is proposed to deploy local population from nearby villages to the maximum extent possible Impact on Water Environment during Operation Phase Water Requirement During the operation phase, the ultimate water requirement considering all planned developments is expected to be 1179 KLD. This includes water requirement for domestic purpose, water for landscape development etc. The estimates have been worked out on the basis of norms as part of the Manual on Page 134 of 1

188 norms and Standards for Environment Clearance of Large Construction Projects, MoEF, and CPHEEO manual on Water Supply and Treatment. The water requirements are planned to be met through public supply and if in case, ground water extraction is required, due permission will be taken from the CGWA. The project proposes to recycle treated wastewater for flushing, landscaping thereby reducing the fresh water requirement and is expected to be in the order of 486 KLD. The ultimate water demand estimated for various activities within the proposed development, is as shown in Table Table 5.19: Ultimate Water Requirements for Proposed Project Population/ Area/Unit Rate In Lts Total Qty In Kl RESIDENTIAL DOMESTIC FLUSHING NON RESIDENTIAL (Working) DOMESTIC FLUSHING RESTAURENT/BAR (Community Hall) VISITORS DOMESTIC FLUSHING 74 5 TOTAL POPULATION GARDENING STREET WASHING WATER COOLED DG COOLING ( FOR 6 HRS) DG AIR WASHER & KITCHEN - SCRUBBERS 1 L.S SWIMMING POOL (MAKE UP WATER) 1 LS TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT TOTAL TREATED WATER REQUIREMENT TOTAL FRESH WATER CAPACITY OF STP WATER FLOW TO STP (DOMESTIC) 80% WATER FLOW TO STP (FLUSHING) 100% TOTAL WASTE WATER GENERATION REQUIRED CAPACITY OF STP - 10% SAY AVAILABLE TREATED WATER (80%) SAY REUSE OF TREATED WATER SURPLUS WATER TO BE USED FOR NEAR BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (*Source: MoEF Manual on norms and standards for Environmental Clearance of large construction CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply & treatment) projects, Wastewater Generation and Characteristics The total sewage generated from the proposed project is expected to be in the order of 884 KLD which will be treated in STP of capacity 1060 KLD to be installed at project site. The total reclaimed wastewater will be 707 KLD out of which 486 KLD will be used to meet the 339 KLD flushing requirement; 5 KLD for Air Washer Makeup & Scrubber and 64 KLD for Page 135 of 1

189 horticulture/landscaping requirement. The water balance for the proposed development is as shown in Figure For optimal management (treatment and reuse), wastewater generation has been categorized under two sources: 1. Gray water (wastewater generated from various activities, except for the wastewater produced from the toilet flushing) Black water (wastewater generated from the toilet). Figure 5.13: Water Balance for Proposed Project Treated wastewater is expected to have characteristics as shown in Table 5.0. Table 5.0: Expected Treated Wastewater Characteristics Treated Effluent Quality mg/l < 10 mg/l < 50 mg/l NIL NIL Parameters ph Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Suspended Solids Oil & Grease (Source: Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, CPHEEO) The waste water will be treated to meet the permissible limits as per CPCB guidelines as given in Table 5.1 However, the proposed development will ensure zero discharge of treated effluent. Table 5.1: Standards for Effluent Disposal S.N Parameter ph BOD for 5 days at 0 oc, mg/l Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/l Suspended Solids, mg/l Into inland surface waters Page 136 of 1 Into public sewers, mg/l On land for irrigation, mg/l

190 Total Dissolved Solids, mg/l Temperature, mg/l Oil and grease, mg/l Phenolic compounds, mg/l Cyanides, mg/l Sulphides, mg/l Fluorides, mg/l Total residual chlorine, mg/l Pesticides, mg/l Arsenic, mg/l Cadmium, mg/l Chromium (Hexavalent), mg/l Copper, mg/l Lead, mg/l Mercury, mg/l Nickel, mg/l Selenium, mg/l Zinc, mg/l Chlorides, mg/l Boron, mg/l Sulphates, mg/l Sodium ( 9%), mg/l Ammonical Nitrogen, mg/l Radioactive materials Alpha emitters (milicurie/ml) The impact on water environment will not be significant as the proposed development would not extract groundwater resources. However, if in case of any withdrawal from ground water, due permission will be taken from CGWA. The proposed development is not likely to have any impact on the water quality of the area as it is committed not to discharge any effluents outside the developed area and ensured zero discharge of effluent. Thus, full reutilization of treated effluent will be done on site through landscaping and flushing Impact on Land Environment Impact on Land Environment during Construction Phase The proposed development will not have an impact on soil productivity as the requirement of soil during construction phase will be met within the said area. The proposed site has moderate terrain with a variation of about 1. m between the highest and lowest contour level, thereby reducing the leveling requirement. Once the leveling of the land is done, the construction of buildings for various purposes like residential and commercial, It buildings and social infrastructural facilities will be carried out, which will entail excavation of material Total excavated earth =,44,355 cum. The cut and fill will be balanced by volume of earth which would be excavated. No extra earth will be required and hence no impact on soil productivity. The proposed development will not have an impact on soil quality as the construction and demolition waste, chemical waste and municipal solid waste generated during the construction phase will be handled properly. The soil of the proposed site may be affected due to improper waste disposal on the site. Wastes which are likely to be generated during the construction phase include the following: sion Page 137 of 1

191 Erosion of soil may occur on account of vegetation and large-scale excavation activity for construction. Site selected for the project has sparse vegetation; hence impact owing to removal of vegetation would be minimal, however construction and associated activities would expedite erosion if not managed properly. The following are the major factors determining the soil erosion potential. Topography /Gradient of Slope: Erosion and gradient have a direct relationship. The steeper the gradient, higher is the rate of erosion and vice versa. The project site has moderate topography with slight variation of highest and lowest point. The existing ground levels (EGL) at the time of the topographical survey varies from RL 0.4 (lowest) to 03.6 m (highest). The site slopes slightly from south-west towards north east. Hence, the soil erosion potential due to existing topography and due to the excavation of basements, are almost nil. Soil Properties: The vulnerability of a piece of land to soil erosion depends on the physical and chemical characteristics of the soil. The sandy silty texture of the soil at the project site indicate soil erosion potential of high intensity. Rainfall Pattern: More precipitation means more surface flow, and more surface flow means more area vulnerable to erosion by running water. The maximum mean monthly rainfall for the year 003 is mm in the month of July. The soil erosion potential at the site due to the rainfall of the region is of the medium intensity. Construction and Demolition Waste The proposed development will involve generation of construction and demolition (C&D) waste. The waste generated from various other construction activities contain a mixture of inert and non-inert material, which include waste timber formwork, spent concrete and cement screening, material and equipment wrappings. Chemical Wastes Vehicle servicing will likely be the primary source of chemical wastes during the construction period. The majority of chemical waste will comprise of waste oils and solvents. Municipal Waste The municipal waste generated during the construction phase will comprise of waste generated from the temporary labour camps. Workers engaged during construction phase will generate municipal solid wastes such as food wastes, packaging and wastepaper. The waste from labor camps would be mainly household domestic waste and it is estimated to be TPD. The waste generation during construction phase will not have any impact as the waste generated from labour camps will be predominantly organic in nature and will be stored within the construction area for biodegradation and covered with soil layer (daily cover) on regular basis Impact on Land Environment during Operation Phase During the operation phase, carefully designed landscaped areas and plantation will be maintained. No significant impact is expected on the soils on and around the site, due to the following management measures: i. All solid and hazardous wastes from the project will be properly collected, stored and disposed. An integrated solid waste management plan will be developed as per the details given in Chapter 6. ii. Wastewater will be treated and disinfected and reused for various purposes on site and will not be discharged outside the premises. Page 138 of 1

192 iii. Storm water will be used to recharge the aquifer after filtration of silt and sand. iv. Secondary containment will be provided in fuel, oil and other material storage areas. v. The entire site area will be well paved and thus there will be no leaching of any substances in case of spills. Hence, no negative impact on soil quality in the study area is expected due to the project activities. Impacts due to Solid Waste Disposal. During operation phase, solid waste will be generated from various activities, which have been quantified on the basis of Manual for Municipal solid waste management and handling (MSW Rules, 000) and as per the norms prescribed by Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO) for biomedical waste, sewage sludge and industrial waste and is shown in Table 5.. The generated solid waste will be disposed off and due to the improper disposal of waste the soil of the proposed site and the surrounding areas is likely to be affected. Table 5.: Expected Solid Waste Generation S. No 1 Area (sq M) SW Generation Total Solid Waste Generation (kg) 1.1 Tower (1093 Nos.) kg/capita/day kg/capita/day kg/capita/day kg/capita/day EWS (193 Nos) Operation & Maintenance Staff (10% of total Residential) Visitors (10% of total Residential) Club House Kg/sqm/day Retail Kg/sqm/day kg/m²/day kg/m²/day Landscape Waste.1 4 Population (Nos.) Residential Description Landscape Area under Residential Sweeping from Road and Other Hard Paved Area Sludge Generation from STP - 0 Total SW Generation say 3.17 TPD The total waste generated from the proposed project is expected to be about 3.13 TPD comprising of municipal solid waste, and sewage sludge. Proper segregation, collection, storage, treatment and disposal facilities for various categories of waste will be provided in accordance with the regulatory requirements. MSW including horticulture waste will be generated during the operation phase and will be handled as per the Municipal Solid Waste Management & Handling Rules, 000. Segregation at source will be introduced with bio-degradable and non recyclable/non-biodegradable waste to be stored and collected separately. The biodegradable waste will be stored and transported to nearest designated waste storage bins, where as the non recyclable and non biodegradable waste will be disposed off to Page 139 of 1

193 authorized recyclers. The sewage sludge will be generated from the sewage treatment plant and will be disposed off. The sludge from the water treatment plant could be used in horticulture. During this phase, environmental impact from solid waste disposal can typically include contamination of soil, ground water, surface water and air quality. Solid waste, if disposed improperly can cause following impact on the environment. Ground water contamination by leachate generated by non-scientific dumping. Surface water contamination by the run off from the dumping site Bad odor, Pests, rodents and wind blown litter in and around the dumping site. Generation of inflammable gases (e.g. Methane) Fires within the waste dump. Bird menace above dumping site which affects flight of air craft Erosion and stability problem relating to slope of the dumping site Epidemic through stray animals Increased concentration of acidity in the surrounding soil Release of green house gases. Impacts may also result from improper siting, inadequate design and poor operation. However for the proposed project, impacts from waste disposal would not be significant, since waste would be converted to compost at the project site using suitable composting technique. Rejects from compost along with non-recyclable and non-compostable fraction of waste would be disposed as per the Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 000. Impacts due to E-Waste Approximate 8.3 Tonns per Annum of e-waste will be generated in a worst case scenario from the proposed development that will be stored at a warehouse to be setup within site and will be sent to authorized recyclers or e-waste processing plants for treatment as per E-Waste [Management & Handling] Rules, 010. Table 5.3 shows the E-waste generated due to the proposed development. Table 5.3: E-waste Generated Group Housing Project Landuse Numbers of Units Residential 1093 EWS 196 Weight of Item(Kg.) Obsolence Rate (year) Quantity of E-Waste Generated/Year (Kg.) Computer/ Laptop TV Refrigerator Cell Phone CFL TPA Total (Kg/Year) 5.8 Telephone Impact on Biological Environment Potential primary and secondary impacts from the proposed project on the biological environment have been identified and noted below: The significance of ecological impacts is evaluated based on the criteria set forth: Habitat quality Species affected Size/abundance of habits/organisms affected Page 140 of 1

194 Duration of impacts Magnitude of environmental changes However this being rapid EIA impacts is ranked here as minor, moderate or severe, although in a few cases a ranking may be minimal. The ranking of a given impact will vary based on the criteria used. For example, an impact might be ranked as minor if it affected only common species and habitat, or if it affected small number of individuals or small area, whereas it might be ranked as severe if it affected rare species or habitat of large number of individuals or large area Impact during Construction Phase The potential impacts of project on terrestrial ecological may be due to: Site development. Noise & disturbance. Noise, air pollution & other disturbances: Air, noise and visual disturbance may be generated during the site development that can affect the behavior of fauna of the adjacent habitats. Due to agriculture nature of surrounding areas, the limited conservation importance of the species recorded, and the temporary nature of impacts, potential impacts to fauna from this source are ranked minor. These activities and the resulting impacts on the existing ecology would be mitigated adopting comprehensive EMP. Most fauna recorded in the study area are disturbance tolerant. Construction will mainly take place in project areas, where biodiversity is highly improvised. Fauna inhibiting plantation near construction site may be temporarily affected by noise and disturbance generated during site formation and construction. However, as alternative habitats are available in and near this area, and disturbance is going to be confined to construction period. The impacts from noise, air, and other disturbance during the construction stage on terrestrial fauna are ranked as minor Aquatic As mentioned earlier, there being no permanent water body of ecological significance within the immediate impact zone of the study area, therefore there would be no aquatic impact. Impact during Operation Phase This section of the report considers the potential impacts (like; air and noise pollution, wastewater and other disturbances) of project operation phase on terrestrial ecology. Potential impacts of project operation include long-term air and noise pollution and disturbance generated by area lighting and traffic. The surrounding study area has limited fauna and flora and is largely agricultural in nature. Most of the terrestrial fauna in the study area is dweller of typical rural setting. The impact of project activities on these has been ranked as minimal. In addition, the project includes development of green areas within the project site. This will provide habitat for the terrestrial and avifauna of the surrounding area Impact on Socio-Economic Environment Positive Impacts Better Physical Infrastructure At present the Project area is in lack of adequate physical infrastructure. Good quality roads, communication and transport, and water facilities in the project area are missing. The project will involve road upgrading and better power and water supply in the area. This would enhance the existing infrastructure and also encourage further development in the surroundings. It is likely that with better communication and accessibility infrastructure, there will be increase in the number of local people indulging in trade, commerce and allied services. Page 141 of 1

195 BETTER SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE The design of proposed project has recognised the important role that social infrastructure plays in the creation of strong, healthy and sustainable communities. Sustainable communities require good schools, good health services, good parks, transport choices, flourishing businesses as well as a range of housing types. The design includes: residential towers & EWS along with club house, school & retail, in the same complex to promote walking/cycling to work; reduce vehicles, congestion and air pollution; cinema/multiplexes, food services, etc. Employment Potential: During the Construction period, there will be large requirement of workers thus providing opportunities for employment. The proposed project will provide employment to local residents. Besides this, local building material industries will supply cement, sand stone and other materials. The construction of project will increase the movement of workers and people in the area, providing a greater exchange of technology and business opportunities. Generation of additional economic activity is expected to create employment opportunities for the local population during operation phase. The service industry will have a corresponding increased market base. Money spent within the local economies will have a multiplier effect as the money is spent throughout the community. This will improve the business base in the region and will lead to additional services being provided. Other Benefits Benefits to women: The proposed facility would generate jobs for the women laborers during construction as well as operation phase. The women would also have the opportunities for administrative or other supervisory jobs, closer to their place of stay. Increase in land value: With the proposed project coming in the area the prices of the land will increase considerably. Hence the proposed project will have beneficial impact. Better health and educational facility: The proposed facility is well planned and would be designed to incorporate the state of art health facility and therefore would provide emergency services. Similarly Private educational resources in the study area would provide for the better education. Wider economic growth: This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for direct/indirect employment in the post project period. There would be a wider economic impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business like workshops, marketing, repair and maintenance tasks etc. Aesthetics Environment: The architectural character of the new building, the vistas and landscaped areas created would improve the aesthetics of the area. Additional Revenues: The development of land for any purpose creates both an immediate demand for services and a flow of revenues to the community from a variety of sources. For example property tax, licenses and permits fee etc Negative Impacts Traffic and Transport: During the construction phase, truck movement due to construction activities will take place. In order to minimize any inconvenience that may arise, the movement of trucks would be allowed during night and non-peak hours. During the operation phase, the traffic in the area is likely to increase. This may lead to traffic congestion and inconvenience for pedestrians and residents accessing the localities. The traffic study and Transportation Management Plan being developed for the project will mitigate these impacts to a large extent. Transit Labour population: Labourers for the project would be from surrounding areas. About 100 labourers would be working on the site and most of them would be on contract or from the neighbouring Page 14 of 1

196 settlements. No significant pressure on local infrastructure is envisaged if a small percentage of labourers settle in and around the site during construction phase Negligible Impacts Resettlement & rehabilitation issues: Since there is no existing settlement on the proposed project area, hence there is no issue of resettlement or rehabilitation. Demography: During construction and operation phase, some of the work force is likely to be nonlocal. It is highly unlikely that this will affect or alter the existing demographic profile and population density. Impact on historical, archeological & architectural sites: There are no historical or archeological monuments of significance within 10 kilometers radius of the project and hence no negative impact in this regard is anticipated Impact on Historical, Archaeological and Architectural Sites The proposed site and its surrounding areas do not have archaeological structures, hence no such demolition of any structures are envisaged due to the proposed development Summary of impacts A summary of likely impacts due to proposed project is noted in Table 5.4. Table 5.4: Summary Matrix of Predicted Impacts due to Proposed Project S. No Components CONSTRUCTION PHASE Activities Predicted impacts Extent of Impacts Ambient Air Quality -Dust emissions from site preparation, excavation, material handling and other construction activities at Site. Minor Negative impact inside the premises. No negative impact outside the site. Noise -Noise generated from construction activities and operation of construction equipment Minor negative impact near noise generation sources inside premises. No significant impact on ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors. 3. Water quality -Surface runoff from project site -Oil/fuel and waste spills. -Improper debris disposal -Discharge of sewage from labour camp. Minimal due to effective EMP proposal 4 Landuse Aesthetics and -Land development Permanent positive impact 5 Topography Geology and -Existing site is barren land with undulating slopes and not highly productive. No Significant Impacts Impacts are temporary during construction phase. Impacts will be confined to short distances, as coarse particles will settle within the short distance from activities. Temporary impacts during construction phase. No blasting or other high intensity noise activities envisaged. Baseline noise is already higher than the standards. Contribution of noise during the operational phase will be confined in time and space Impact will be temporary. Local labour will be employed to reduce size of labour camps. No perennial surface water resource adjacent to site. Labour colonies shall be provided potable water for drinking. The project has ample open areas and green spaces, with sustainable infrastructure plan that will enhance the visual appeal of the area. No impacts on topography and no deposits of minerals on site leading to loss of revenue. Building will be designed as per IS standards for earthquake protection. 6. Soil -Construction activity leading to topsoil removal and erosion. Minor negative impact Temporary 7 Ecology Flora and Fauna -Habitat disturbance during construction activity Minor negative impact The site and adjacent areas do not have any significant flora and fauna diversity and density. No endangered species recorded on site. Socio-economy -Increased job opportunity for locals. Economy related to residential & commercial real estate development, material supply etc. expected to boom. Overall positive impact Page 143 of 1

197 S. No 9 Components Traffic Pattern Activities -Haul Truck movement and possibility of traffic congestion outside site on the highway. Predicted impacts Minor negative Impact Extent of Impacts OPERATION PHASE 1. Ambient Air Quality -Particulate and gaseous emissions from DG sets & operation of boiler and vehicle movement. Noise -Noise from vehicle movement and operation of diesel generator sets during power failure. 3. Water Quality -Oil/fuel and waste spills. -Discharge of sewage. -Discharge of contaminated storm water 4. Water Availability 5 Soils 6. Ecology Flora and Fauna 7. Socio-economy 8. Traffic Pattern -Use of ~ 519 KLD fresh water requirement at peak -Storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes -Discharge of sewage -Fuel and material spills -Pesticides use -Landuse change -Discharge of wastewater to surface water bodies -Increased job opportunity for locals in the site for general services inside the project. -Project will involve road upgrading, better power supply, water source and other infrastructure facilities etc. -The project is likely to add to the traffic on HUDA Sector Road Minor negative impact inside the premises from onsite cars. Negative impact outside site from DG sets. Minor negative impact inside premises. No significant impact at sensitive receptors. No significant impact DG sets will be used only as back up and would be required a maximum for 8 hours a day. A higher stack is recommended for both to DG and boiler in the EMP. Contribution of noise from the project during operational phase will be limited to minor increase. adverse Minor negative impact Public supply No negative impact - No negative impact It is open space with sparse vegetation. In whole study area no significant flora and fauna is recorded. Overall positive impact Moderate Negative Impact Page 144 of 1 -- Traffic management measures and additional road infrastructure will be planned by the developers with the consent of the concerned authorities to meet the increased traffic loads.

198 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Introduction Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure that the environmental quality of the zone under impact does not deteriorate beyond the expected level due to the construction and operation of the project. The EMP comprises a set of measures to be taken in different phases of the project such as construction and operation to reduce adverse environmental impacts to an acceptable level. Mitigation plans generally evolve around remediation and offsetting. 6. Capacity Building for EMP Implementation The EMP will be implemented by, through appointment of a team of expert environmental professionals. All environmental monitoring work will be undertaken by the contractors through an approved and NABL accredited laboratory. 6.3 Implement Arrangements for EMP The implementation of the EMP will be initiated by The project proponent (M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd) will have a multi disciplinary team and will also have an environmental management cell having a senior level environmental expert supported by a numbers of middle level environmental experts. This team will ensure compliances of mitigation measures and all statutory requirements. The team will also implement all EMP provisions and respective environmental experts will supervise EMP implementation. The senior environmental expert will mainly report EMP compliances to management and statutory undertakers. The EMP implementation chart has been given as Figure Environmental Management Plan Matrix The Environmental Management Plan is meant for mitigation/management /avoidance of the negative impacts and the enhancement of the various environmental components of the project. The measure adopted and /or to be adopted during the different stages of the project have been detailed in Table 6.1, for pre construction, construction and operation phases respectively. Page 145 of 1

199 Figure 6.1: EMP Implémentation Chart CORPORATE LEVEL HEAD ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY AGM ENVIRONMENT. DM ENVIRONMENT MANAGER HEALTH AND SAFETY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT ARCHITECT GREEN BUILDING PROJECT SITE MANAGER ENVIRONMENT & SAFETY ENGINEER ENVIRONMENT HEALTH AND SAFETY OFFICER Page 146 of 1

200 Table 6.1 : Environnemental Management Plan Matrix S. Environmental Management Measures No. Aspect/Issue Planning And Pre-Construction Phase The land has already been purchased from the private property holder at prevailing market prices and hence it does not involve any land related issues. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. 1. Land Acquisition Ltd will ensure that any additional environmental impacts resulting in the land will be properly addressed and integrated into the EMP and other relevant documents. Preservation of The proposed project is likely to involve cutting of small. Trees bushes and ground vegetation. The Contractor will be hired after duly approval of M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. It will also be ensured that the batching plant will comply with the requirements of the relevant current emission control legislations and Consent/NOC for the 3. Batching Plants batching plants will be submitted to M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. Arrangements to control dust pollution through provision of windscreens, sprinklers, and dust encapsulation will also be provided at all such sites. All vehicles, equipment and machinery procured for construction will comply with the Bureau of India Standard (BIS) norms. The discharge standards formulated under the Other Construction Environment Protection Act, 1986 will be strictly adhered to. Vehicles, 4. Noise limits for construction equipments such as compactors, Equipment and rollers, front loaders concrete mixers, cranes (moveable), Machinery vibrators and saws will not exceed 75 db (A), measured at one meter from the edge of the equipment in free field, as specified in the Environment (Protection) Act, Tanker water will be used for fulfilling the water requirement Arrangement for during construction period. The contractor will not be allowed 6. Construction Water to use any community water resource, any irrigation canal or any surface water body for construction activities. Unskilled labor from local communities will be given Labor 7. preference so as to provide maximum benefit to the local Requirements community. Labour camps will be constructed in locations so as to avoid conflicts and stress over the infrastructure facilities with the local community. Construction Camp Location for stockyards for construction materials will be Locations 8. made close to the site, so as to avoid day transportation of Selection, Design raw material. and Lay-out The waste disposal and sewage system for the labour camps will be designed in a manner such that there are no adverse impacts on the surrounding areas. 9. Orientation of Implementing Agency and Contractors Responsibility Project Proponent Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will organize orientation sessions and regular on-site training sessions during all stages of the project including training for local workers as well as for the contractor staff. Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent The proposed site will be cleared off all the weeds, shrubs and ground vegetation prior to commencement of any construction activity Disposal locations will be identified as a part of Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation and with approval of Contractor will ensure that any spoils of material unsuitable for embankment fill will not be disposed off near any water course, agricultural land, and natural habitat like grass lands or pastures. Such spoils from excavation can be used to Project Proponent through Contractor Construction Phase Site Clearing 1.. Site Clearing Other Construction Wastes Disposal Page 147 of 1 Project Proponent through Contractor

201 S. No. Environmental Aspect/Issue Management Measures reclaim borrow pits and low-lying areas located in barren lands along the project area. All waste materials will be completely disposed and the site will be fully cleaned and certified by Environmental Expert of M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd before handing over. Procurement of Construction Material Contractor will maintain all roads (existing or built for the project), which are used for transporting construction materials, equipment and machineries as précised. All Transporting vehicles delivering fine materials to the site will be covered to Construction avoid spillage of materials. 4. Materials and Haul Contractor will arrange for regular water sprinkling as Road Management necessary for dust suppression of all such roads and surfaces. The unloading of materials at construction sites in/close to settlements will be restricted to daytime only. The contractor will use tanker water supply and will take all 5. Construction Water precaution to minimize the wastage of water in the construction process/ operation. Construction Work It will be ensured by the contractor that only tanker water will Disruption to Other be used for construction purposes and no water is withdrawn 6. Users of Water from any community water bodies. 7. Drainage and Flood Control 8. Degradation Water Quality of Contractor will ensure that no construction materials like earth, stone, ash will be disposed off which can block any flow of water. Contractor will take all necessary measures to prevent the blockage of water flow. In addition to the design requirements, the contractor will take all required measures to prevent any temporary or permanent change in the drainage pattern of the area. It will be ensured by the contractor that any surface run off during construction activities will be diverted through garland drains into a collection tank wherein it will be separated for oil and silt, thereby making it fit to be used for construction activities or disposal to nearby water bodies. Responsibility Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Pollution 9. Water Pollution from Construction Wastes 10. Water Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants The Contractor will take all precautionary measures to prevent the wastewater generated during construction from entering into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system. All waste arising from the proposed development will be disposed off as per the norms of State Pollution Control Board. The contractor will ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites will be located close to the project site. All location and lay-out plans of such sites will be submitted by the Contractor prior to their establishment and will be approved by M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd Contractor will ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a way that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. Oil interceptors will be provided for vehicle parking, wash down and refueling areas as per the design provided. Contractor will arrange for collection and storing and disposal of oily wastes and the same will be sold to vendors authorized by MoEF for recycling. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with MoEF and state PCB guidelines. Contractor will certify that all arrangements comply with the Page 148 of 1 Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor

202 S. No. Environmental Aspect/Issue 11. Dust Pollution 1. Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machineries 13. Noise Pollution: Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipments Management Measures guidelines of SPCB/MoEF or any other relevant laws. It will be ensured by the contractor that the construction equipments conform to relevant dust emission control legislation and that they are located close to the site, preferably in downwind direction. The dust pollution during construction activities will be reduced through water sprinkling, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of screen/barriers. The pollution monitoring will be conducted as per the monitoring plan. Contractor will ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of SPCB. The Contractor will submit PUC certificates for all vehicles/ equipment/machinery used for the project. The Contractor will confirm the following: All plants and equipment used in construction (including crushing plant) shall strictly conform to the MoEF/CPCB noise standards. All vehicles and equipment used in construction will have valid PUC.Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. At the construction sites within 50 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such as concrete mixing, batching will be stopped during the night time between pm to 6.00 am. Monitoring shall be carried out at the construction sites as per the monitoring schedule and results will be submitted to M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will be required to inspect regularly to ensure the compliance of EMP. Responsibility Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Safety 14. Personal Safety Measures for Labour 15. Traffic and Safety 16. Risk from Electrical Equipment(s) Contractor will provide: Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) will be provided to all the labourers during construction phase. Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at site will be taken up. The contractor will comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 6 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The Contractor will mark hard hat and no smoking and other high risk areas and enforce non-compliance of use of PPE with zero tolerance. These will be reflected in the Construction Safety Plan to be prepared by the Contractor during mobilization and will be approved by M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd The contractor will take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of any existing cross roads. The contractor will ensure that all signs, barricades, pavement markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. The Contractor will take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipment and ensure that No material will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. Page 149 of 1 Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor

203 S. No. Environmental Aspect/Issue Management Measures All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public in construction zones. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision. The contractor will take all reasonable precautions to prevent danger to the workers and public from fire, flood etc. resulting due to construction activities. Risk Force The contractor will make required arrangements so that in 17. Measure case of any mishap all necessary steps can be taken for prompt first aid treatment. Construction Safety Plan prepared by the Contractor will identify necessary actions in the event of an emergency. The contractor will arrange for A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the 18. First Aid Factories Rules in every work zone Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital. The contractor will provide, erect and maintain Informatory Signs 19. informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English, Hindi and Hoardings and local language, wherever required. Flora & Fauna (Plantation, Preservation, Conservation Measures) The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal). 0. Flora and Fauna If any carcass of any wild animal/ wetland bird is found near the construction site at any point of time, the contractor will immediately take necessary actions for dealing with the same. Labour Camp Management Contractor will follow all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and the other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and maintenance of labor 1. Accommodation camp. The contractor will maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner. It will also be ensured that, local labour will be hired to the maximum extent possible. The Contractor will construct and maintain all labor accommodation in such a way that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The contractor will also guarantee the following: a) Supply of sufficient quantity of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labor camp site at suitable and regular. Potable Water maintenance of such facilities. b) If any water storage tank is provided that will be kept such that the bottom of the tank at least 1m. from the surrounding ground level. c) Testing of water will be done every month as per parameters prescribed in IS 10500:1991. The contractor will ensure that - the sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a way that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses Sanitation and take place 3. Sewage System - separate toilets/bathrooms, wherever required, screened from those from men (marked in vernacular) are to be provided for women - adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals Page 150 of 1 Responsibility Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor Project Proponent through Contractor

204 S. No. 4. Environmental Aspect/Issue Management Measures - all toilets in workplaces are with dry-earth system (receptacles) which are to be cleaned and kept in a strict sanitary condition - human excreta is to be disposed of by putting layer of it at the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covered with 15 cm. layer of waste or refuse and then covered with a layer of earth for a fortnight. The contractor will provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan, provided by M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd Waste Disposal Responsibility Project Proponent through Contractor Contractor s Demobilization 5. Clean-up Operations, Restoration and Rehabilitation Contractor will prepare site restoration plans. The clean-up and restoration operations will be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. The contractor will clear all temporary strouctures; dispose all garbage as per Comprehensive Waste Management Plan, provided by M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. All disposal pits or trenches will be filled in and effectively sealed off. All construction zones including road-side areas, camps, hot mix plant sites,, batching plant sites and any other area used/affected by the project will be left clean and tidy, at the contractor's expense, to the entire satisfaction of M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd. Project Proponent through Contractor. Operation Phase 1. Monitoring Operation Performance. Maintenance Drainage of Pollution Monitoring Air Pollution 5. Noise Pollution 6. Soil Erosion 7. Maintenance of surface water bodies M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will monitor the operational performance of the various mitigation/ enhancement measures carried out as a part of the project. The indicators selected for monitoring include the survival rate of trees; status of rehabilitation of borrows areas; and utility of noise barriers. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that all drains (side drains, median drain and all cross drainages) are periodically cleared especially before monsoon season to facilitate the quick passage of rainwater and avoid flooding. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will also ensure that all the sediment and oil and grease traps set up at the water bodies are cleared once in every three months. The periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, water (both ground and surface water) quality, soil pollution/contamination in the selected locations as suggested in pollution monitoring plan will be responsibility of M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd, for which approved pollution monitoring agency will be hired. Facility Management Team of Project Proponent Ambient air concentrations of various pollutants will be monitored as envisaged in the pollution-monitoring plan. Green belt development will be carried out and maintained. Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent through MoEF / NABL Accredited Laboratory Noise pollution will be monitored as per monitoring plan at different zones. Noise control programs will be enforced strictly. Monitoring the effectiveness of the pollution attenuation barriers, if there is any, will be taken up thrice in the operation period. Visual monitoring and inspection of soil erosion will be carried out once in every three months as suggested in monitoring plan. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that no effluent from the proposed development will be discharged into any surface water bodies. It will ensure that water conservation measures are being implemented and that the treated effluent is effectively reused within the site. Page 151 of 1 Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent. Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent through MoEF / NABL Accredited Laboratory Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent through MoEF / NABL Accredited Laboratory Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent.

205 S. No. 8. Environmental Aspect/Issue Energy Conservation Measures 9. Solid waste Management 10. Water Sourcing 11. Wastewater Treatment 1. Water Conservation Management Measures M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that effective energy conservation measures are being adopted so as to reduce the power demand. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that the municipal solid waste generated during the operation phase of the proposed project will be handled as per the Municipal Solid Waste Management & Handling Rules, 000. The generated municipal solid waste will be stored in the bins and then transfer to the centralized system. From there it will be transported to the outside to an existing SWM facility. The Ewaste generated will be handled as per the E-Waste Management & Handling Rules, 010, biomedical waste will be sent to authorize biomedical recyclers as per notified Biomedical Waste Management Handling (Amendment) Rules, 1998 and the hazardous waste will be stored within the site and will be handled as per the Hazardous Waste Management Handling and Transboundary Movement (Amendment) Rules, 009. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that water for the proposed development, water from the existing public supply will be used; however, in case of extraction of water from ground water, necessary permission will be taken from CGWA and subsequently, the ground water recharge will be done through rain water harvesting techniques. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure that no wastewater will be discharged outside the project premises. It will be ensured that the wastewater generated is treated in STP and is reused for landscaping and flushing purposes within the development. Care will be taken for zero discharge of treated effluent outside. M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will ensure water recycling for landscaping and flushing purposes within the project premises. Apart from recycling, rainwater harvesting will also be carried out within the proposed development in order to recharge groundwater so as to reduce the freshwater consumption demand and conserve water resources. Responsibility Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent Environment Management Cell of Project Proponent The detailed Environmental Management Plan (EMP) required mitigating the adverse environmental impacts during construction and operation phase of the project are as given below: 6.5 EMP for Air Environment To minimize the pollutant concentration levels, mitigation measures primarily to minimize the use of private vehicles would be implemented for further emission reduction as presented in this section. It is, therefore, assumed that if these measures were implemented, the concentrations of all pollutants as presented above will be much lower in value and would contribute very less impact on the project site and at the receptor locations as well. CONSTRUCTION PHASE Site Preparation Environmental impacts during construction phase will mainly arise due to civil works such as site preparation, RCC foundation, construction etc., material and machinery transportation, fabrication and erection etc. The construction phase impacts are temporary and localized phenomena except the permanent change in local landscape and land use pattern at the project site. However, they require due consideration with importance during project execution and also wherever applicable detailed procedures shall be implemented to prevent/mitigate adverse impacts and occupational hazards. Page 15 of 1

206 To mitigate the impact of dust during the construction phase of the proposed project, the following measures are recommended for implementation: A dust control plan; and Procedural changes to construction activities. Dust Control Plan Appropriate measures have been recommended and will be implemented to mitigate the adverse impacts of dust on health of construction workers and the settlements around the site. The following measures have been recommended: Paving: The major access roads to the site will be paved as a part of the overall development plan. The material storage areas will also be paved for dust control. Graveling: Locally found gravel will be applied to the other access roads to serve as a protective layer over the exposed soil. Water Sprinkling: Water sprinkling will be carried out for the surfaces exposed to high wind speeds or heavy vehicular movement. Reducing Vehicle Speed: High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from unpaved areas. Speed bumps will be provided to ensure speed reduction on unpaved areas. Material Storage: All material storage areas will be adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to high wind speeds on site leading to dust/particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics will be used for covering soils and debris to reduce fugitive dust emissions. Procedural Changes to Construction Activities Production and Transportation of Material - The transport of materials such as concrete and asphalt to the construction sites generate significant amount of road dust, especially for sites that are relatively far from material manufacturers. Setting up temporary portable concrete plants and/or asphalt plants at construction sites can eliminate haulage of materials. Idling Time Reduction - Construction equipment is commonly left idling while the operators are on break or waiting for the completion of another task. Emissions from idling equipment tend to be high, since catalytic converters cool down, thus reducing the efficiency of hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide oxidation. Existing idling control technologies, which automatically shut the engine off after a preset time can reduce emissions, without intervention from the operators. Improved Maintenance - Recognizing that significant emission reductions can be achieved through regular equipment maintenance, contractors will be asked to provide maintenance records for their fleet as part of the contract bid and at regular intervals throughout the life of the contract. To mitigate the impacts of DG set operation it will ensured that the DG set would have sufficient stack height to disperse the pollutants Noise Environment To mitigate the impact of noise from the construction equipments on site, the following measures are recommended for implementation: Time of Operation: Minimum construction activities will be scheduled during night time. Material transport will be strictly limited to daytime hours to ensure minimum incremental noise during night hours. Page 153 of 1

207 Job Rotation: Workers employed in high noise areas will be engaged in shifts to minimise exposure. Protective Equipments: Earplugs/muffs or other hearing protective wear will be provided to those working very close to the noise generating machinery. Vibration Control: For vibration control, damped tools will be used and the working hours will be limited. The detailed Noise Vibration Control Plan is enclosed as Annexure 6.1. To mitigate the impacts of noise generation due to DG sets, it will be ensured that DG set is enclosed in acoustic enclosure and has adequate stack height so as to disperse the emissions Construction Material Management The major construction material to be used for construction include bricks, coarse aggregates, cement, coarse sand, reinforcement steel, structural steel, aluminium doors & windows, granite and vitrified tiles for flooring and other water supply & sanitary fittings. The material will be loaded and unloaded by the engaged labour on site. The duties of the contractor will include monitoring all aspects of construction activities, commencing with the storing, loading of construction materials and equipment in order to maintain the quality. The work should be completed as per the final construction schedule. Bricks should be stacked neatly at designated place of storage yard. Cement should be stored in stacks as shown in Figure 6.. Other material like aggregate, reinforcement and consumables should also be tidily stored in place and released for use without causing litter around. The contractor shall be responsible for management of such construction material during entire construction period of the project. Sufficient quantity of materials should be available before starting the each activity. The contractor should test the all the materials in the Government labs or Government approved labs in order to ensure the quality of materials before construction. This is also the responsibility of the contractor, which would be clearly mentioned in the contractor s agreement. As soon as the construction activity is over the surplus earth shall be utilized to fill up the low-lying areas, if any. All stationary machines shall be inspected weekly for maintenance and will be fitted with exhaust pollution control devices. Page 154 of 1

208 Figure 6.: Schematic layout of Cement Godown OPERATION PHASE To mitigate the impact of pollutants from vehicular traffic as discussed in Section 6.3 during the operational phase of the site the following measures are recommended for implementation: Vehicle emission controls and alternatives; and Greenbelt development Vehicle Emission Controls and Alternatives Parking Provisions : Adequate parking provisions for 958 cars are made within the project site. The proposed project will comprise of two level basements along with surface car parking facility. Table 6. shows the car parking details in the proposed group housing project. Traffic Circulation and Parking Plan at surface and in basements are given in Figures 6.3 to Figure 6.4. Table 6.: Parking Details Group Housing Project S.No Details Parking Requirement as per MoEF Norms 1 ECS per tenements of BUA 101 to 00 sq m (Ref: Annexure 6. area requirement for car parking, MoEF Manual on Large Construction Project) Parking Requirement as per HUDA Norms 1.5 ECS for each Dwelling Units (Ref: Zoning Plan for Group Housing Acres issued by DTCP) Total Parking Proposed Surface Basement Stilt Additional parking over and above the MoEF norms for future requirement Additional parking over and above the HUDA norms for future requirement Page 155 of 1 Parking Numbers 905 ECS 1640 ECS Residential 94 ECS - EWS 093 ECS 559 ECS 147 ECS 107 ECS 131% (1188 ECS) 1934 ECS 8.% (159 ECS)

209 Proper Road Network: A proper road network shall be constructed within the site boundary for approach to various equipment/ installations in the site. Footpaths, and Pedestrian Ways - Adequate footpaths, and pedestrian ways shall be provided at the site to encourage non-polluting methods of transportation. Greenbelt Development : Increasing vegetation in the form of greenbelt is one of the preferred methods to mitigate air pollution. Plants serve as a sink for pollutants, act as a barrier to break the wind speed as well as allow the dust and other particulates to settle out there. It also helps to reduce the noise level to some extent. Hence, the project will be so developed that approximately 30% (343 sqm) of the area is designated for exclusive green area/landscaping in which 0% of the site area is designated for peripheral and roadside planting. Details of Greenbelt development are given in Section The trees for green belt development that are proposed to be grown as barrier to Air pollution are given in Table 6.3. Table 6.3: Trees that can be used as barrier for Air Pollution Air Pollution Attenuation Ficus glomerata (Guler) Peltophorum pterocarpum (Copper Pod) Polyalthia longifolia (Ashok) Nerium odorata (Kaner) Dust Barriers Azadirachta indica (Neem) Melia azaderach (Mahaneem, Bakain) Butea monosperma (Palash) Cassia fistula (Amaltas) Bauhinia variegata (Kachnar) Figure 6.3:Traffic Circulation and Parking Plan: Ground Floor Page 156 of 1

210 Page 157 of 1

211 Figure 6.4: Traffic Circulation & Parking Plan: Basement 1 Page 158 of 1

212 EMP for Noise Environment Construction Phase During the construction phase, there would be a temporary increase in ambient noise levels due to construction machinery operation and movement of construction vehicles. Though the industrial countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure, the permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with harmful effects of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of working people. The American Conference on Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA, has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers as given in Table 6.4. Table 6.4: Standards for Occupational Exposure Exposure time in hours/day 8 Limit in db(a) 90 4 ½ ¼ 1/8 1/16 1/ Exposure to continuous and intermittent noise levels louder than 115 db(a) should not be permitted. Following mitigation / management measures shall be adopted during construction period: 6.6. For protection of construction workers, earplugs should be provided to those workers who will be working very close to noise generation source. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery shall be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and if found defective will be replaced. Vehicles hired for bringing construction materials at sight shall conform to the noise emission standards and shall be operated during non peak hours. Workers employed in high noise areas will be rotated. Earplugs/muffs, or other hearing protective wear will be provided to those working very close to the noise generating machinery. Smooth flow of traffic should be ensured on the internal road to avoid idling and honking of vehicles. Ambient Noise level monitoring shall be conducted at suitable locations at periodic intervals during construction phase to conform to the stipulated standards both during day and night time. Data shall be reviewed and analysed by the project manager for adhering to any strict measure. Noise levels will also be monitored at point sources for occupational noise exposure and ensuring health risk. Operation Phase To mitigate the impact of noise due to vehicular movement during the operational phase the greenbelt development is recommended as per the details mentioned in Section and proper traffic management is also proposed to be implemented. Page 159 of 1

213 EMP for Water Environment Construction Phase To prevent degradation and maintain the quality of the water source, adequate control measures have been proposed to check the surface run-off, as well as uncontrolled flow of water into any water body. Following management measures are suggested to protect the water quality during the construction phase. - Avoid excavation during monsoon season. - Care should be taken to avoid soil erosion. - Pit latrines and community toilets with temporary septic tanks shall be constructed on the site during construction phase to prevent wastewater from entering the water bodies. - To prevent surface and ground water contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers should be used for storage and transportation of oil/grease. The floors of oil/grease handling area should be kept effectively impervious. Any wash off from the oil/grease handling area or workshop shall be drained through impervious drains, Clarifiers or oil/water separators shall be constructed and effluent should be treated appropriately before releasing it. - Construction activities generate disturbed soil, concrete fines, fertilizer, oils and other wastes. Onsite collection and settling of storm water, prohibition of equipment wash downs, and prevention of soil loss and toxic releases from the construction site are necessary to minimize water pollution. - All stacking and loading areas should be provided with proper garland drains equipped with baffles to prevent run off from the site to enter any water body. OPERATION PHASE In the operation phase of the project, water conservation and development measures need to be taken including all possible potential for conservation of water, reuse, harvesting and recycling of water. These could be in the form of the following: 6.7. Water source Development Minimizing water consumption Promoting reuse of water after treatment and development of closed loop systems for different water streams. Water Source Development Water source development shall be practiced by installation of scientifically design Rainwater harvesting system. Rainwater Harvesting Design. Rainwater harvesting promotes self-sufficiency and fosters an appreciation for water as a resource. It is proposed to have recharge structures at 18 locations within the proposed project. In order to calculate the potential for Artificial Recharge, rainfall intensity of 45 mm per hour has been considered for Gurgaon. The run-off coefficient parameters considered for calculation of the run-off are given in Table 6.5. Page 160 of 1

214 Table 6.5: Run-Off Coefficient Parameters S. No Type of Surface Roof Top Paved Area Landscape Area Runoff Coefficient However, for the purpose of design of recharge structure, the higher value of runoff coefficient is being considered in view of unpredictable nature of rainfall for arriving at total storage volumes. Taking into the consideration the above run off coefficient the total run-off of proposed project is m3/ hour. The details design calculation for rainwater harvesting in proposed project is given in Annexure 6.3. The recharge structure is the gravel filled recharge well with sedimentation trap and oil & grease trap. In the project design, it shall be ensured that no mixing of the storm water with waste effluent takes place. All the storm water will be diverted to rain water-harvesting pits proposed in the project. The typical section of the rainwater harvesting pit is shown in Figure 6.5 and the location of rainwater harvesting pits is showing in Figure 6.6. Figure 6.5: Section of RWH Pit Proposed for Group Housing Page 161 of 1

215 Figure 6.6: Location of Rainwater Harvesting Pits and Water Body Provision of Water Body The provision of about 5.0 % of the net zoned area of the project in green area for the water body for rainwater harvesting purpose has been made. Approx sqm of area has been proposed as waterbody in the project area. Minimizing Water Consumption Water consumption will be minimized by a combination of water saving devices such as implementing fixtures that are low flow and water efficient models together with other water conservation measures. Furthermore, to ensure ongoing water conservation, an employee education and awareness programme will be introduced for the residents of the proposed project. Following section discusses the specific measures, which shall be implemented; Page 16 of 1

216 DOMESTIC USAGE - Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (low flow toilets and urinals,). Water efficient plumbing fixtures use less water with no marked reduction in quality and service. - Leak detection and repair techniques. - Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down for external areas; - Meter water usage, employ measurement & verification methods. Monitoring water use is a precursor for management. - Awareness campaign to disseminate knowledge on strategies and technologies that can be used for water conservation. HORTICULTURE - Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match precipitation heads and emitters. - Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas. - Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for seasonal variations, and calibrate them during commissioning. - Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also reduces watering needs. - Place 3 to 5 in. of mulch on planting beds to minimize evaporation. Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment To promote reuse and development of closed loop system for water, segregation of two schemes are proposed namely: (i) Wastewater Treatment scheme (ii) Storm water management scheme. WASTEWATER TREATMENT SCHEME: As explained in Section 5.6., The total reclaimed water available from proposed STP is 707 KLD out of which 339 KLD will be used to meet the flushing requirement; 64 KLD for landscaping purpose. Sanitation infrastructure for Wastewater Treatment and its reuse will consist of: - Wastewater collection & conveyance system. Wastewater treatment & disposal arrangement. Wastewater collection and conveyance system shall be an underground sewer network that the total wastewater generated from the proposed project is expected to be in the order of 884 KLD which will be treated in STP of capacity 1060 KLD to be installed at project site. The location of STP and dual plumbing plan for conveyance of fresh water and treated wastewater is given in Figure 6.7. Page 163 of 1

217 Figure 6.7: Dual Plumbing Line Diagram Design Details of STP based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) with Ultra Filtration Technique The wastewater generated will be treated in an on-site sewage treatment plant based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) with ultra filtration technique upto tertiary level. The characteristics of the wastewater and of the effluent after treatment are likely to be as given in Table 6.6. Page 164 of 1

218 Table 6.6: Wastewater Inlet and Outlet Characteristics S. No Parameters 1 ph (no units) Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Suspended Solids Oil and Grease Conc. Value Expected in Wastewater mg/l Secondary Treatment mg/l mg/l < 30 mg/l mg/l < 80 mg/l mg/l mg/l < 10 mg/l < 5 mg/l Tertiary Treatment with UF Module mg/l < 10 mg/l < 50 mg/l NIL NIL The hydraulic design details of STP based on Fluidized Aerobic Bed Reactors (FAB) with ultrafiltration technique for treatment of wastewater generated from proposed project is enclosed as Annexure 6.4. Storm Water Management: As discussed earlier (refer section 6.7.), most of the storm water produced on site will be harvested for ground water recharge, thus proper management of this resource is must to ensure that it is free of contamination. Contamination of storm water is possible from the following sources: Diesel and oil spills in the Diesel Power Generator and fuel storage area Waste spills in the Solid/ hazardous waste storage area Oil spills and leaks in vehicle parking lots Silt from soil erosion in gardens Spillage of sludge from sludge drying area of sewage treatment plan. A detailed Storm Water Management Plan will be developed which will consider the above sources. The plan will incorporate best management practices which will include following: Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains. Cover waste storage areas. Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season. Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities. Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness. Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas. Provision of slit traps in storm water drains. Good housekeeping in the above areas. 6.8 EMP for Land Environment CONSTRUCTION PHASE Waste generated from construction activity includes construction debris, biomass from land clearing activities, waste from the labour camp, and. hazardous waste. Following section discusses management of each type of waste. Besides management of topsoil is an important area for which management measures are required Construction Debris Construction debris is bulky and heavy and re-utilization and recycling is an important strategy for management of such waste. As concrete and masonry constitute the majority of waste generated, recycling of this waste by conversion to aggregate can offer benefits of reduced landfill space and reduced extraction of raw material for new construction activity. This is particularly applicable to the proposed project site as the construction is to be completed in a phased manner. Page 165 of 1

219 Recycled aggregate will be used for filler application, and as a sub-base for road construction. Mixed debris with high gypsum, plaster, shall not be used as fill, as they are highly susceptible to contamination, and will be given to recyclers. Construction contractors shall remove metal scrap from structural steel, piping, concrete reinforcement and sheet metal work from the site. A significant portion of wood scrap can be reused on site. Recyclable wastes such as plastics, glass fiber insulation, roofing etc shall be sold to recyclers Waste from Labour Colonies & Biomass Waste generated from labour camps will mainly comprise of household domestic waste, which shall be collected and composted on site along with the biomass from the land clearing activities. The noncompostable and non-recyclable portion of the waste shall be collected and transported to the nearest solid waste dumping site Topsoil Management To minimise disruption of soil and for conservation of topsoil, the contractor shall take the topsoil out separately and stockpile it. After the construction activity is over, topsoil shall be utilised for landscaping activity. Other measures, which would be followed to prevent soil erosion and contamination include: - - Maximize use of organic fertilizer for landscaping and green belt development. To prevent soil contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers should be used for storage and transportation of oil/grease and wash off from the oil/grease handling area shall be drained through impervious drains and treated appropriately before disposal. Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and re-vegetation of bare areas after the project. Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction). Construction of erosion prevention troughs / berms. OPERATIONAL PHASE Solid Waste Management The philosophy of solid waste management at the proposed project will be to encourage the four R s of waste i.e. waste reduction, reuse, recycling, and recovery (materials & energy). This will result in lesser reliance on land filling. Regular public awareness meetings will be conducted to involve the residents in the proper segregation, storage, recycling and composting options and techniques. The Environmental Management Plan for the solid waste will focus on two major components during the life cycle of the waste management system i.e. collection & transportation, treatment or disposal Collection and Transportation During the collection stage, the bio-degradable and non recyclable/non biodegradable waste will be stored and collected separately. The segregation, transportation and disposal of wastes will be done by the project management or may be outsourced to authorized private waste management agency. To minimize littering and odours, waste will be stored in well-designed containers/bins that will be located at strategic locations to minimize disturbance in traffic flow. Care should be taken so that the collection vehicles are well maintained and minimize noise and emissions. During transporting of the waste, it will be covered to avoid littering. Treatment & Disposal The waste collected shall be segregated at site into bio-degradable and non-biodegradable. The nonbiodegradable waste shall be disposed off to the recyclers / and inert shall be disposed off at HUDA Page 166 of 1

220 waste disposal site. The biodegradable shall be treated on-site. The hazardous waste (used oil from DG Sets) will be stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility and disposed off through registered recycles only as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handliing and Trans Boundary Movement) Rules, 008. The waste management flow diagram is presented in Figure 6.8. Figure 6.8: Waste Management Flow Diagram Page 167 of 1

221 6.9 EMP for E-Waste Management The e-waste will be generated from the proposed development which will be stored at a warehouse to be setup within site and will be sent to authorized recyclers or e-waste processing plants for treatment as per E- Waste [Management & Handling] Rules, EMP for Ecological Environment The proposed site exhibits typical semi-arid landscape. The soil is very sandy, loose and virtually devoid of humus leading to the poor representation of vegetative cover. It supports thorn scrub of the dry deciduous type: a sparse cover of drought resistant trees such as Ficus religiosa (pipall), Azadirachta indica Neem), Albizzia lebbek (Sirin) species interspersed with thorny shrubs, herbs and wild grasses. The existing land use pattern of the proposed site is not very productive. Hence, appropriate measures shall be taken during greenbelt development at the site. Increased vegetation in the form of greenbelt will not only enhance the aesthetics of the site but will also mitigate air pollution and reduce noise pollution Construction Phase Restrictions on location of labor camps and offices for project staff near the project area to avoid human induced secondary additional impacts on the left over flora and fauna species of the surrounding areas. Cutting, uprooting, of trees or small trees present around the project site for cooking, burning or heating purposes by the laborers shall be prohibited and suitable alternatives for this purpose shall be made available. Along with the major construction work, the multi layered peripheral green belt shall be developed with native plant species Operational Phase The newly planted site will be especially vulnerable to erosion until the plants have become fully grown. Temporary stabilization barriers shall be used as required to prevent erosion during plant growth. These barriers may include hay bales, erosion control blankets, temporary seeding, nurse crops, and erosion control netting. During the development of the green belt within the project area, it will be emphasized that the plant species likely to be planted belong to the existing forest type besides the nitrogen fixing tree species, species of ornamental values, and species of very fast growth with good canopy cover Green Belt Plan a. General Principles in Greenbelt Design Plants grown in such a way so as to function as pollutant sinks are collectively referred as greenbelts. These plants should also provide an aesthetic backdrop for persons using the site and for the surroundings and the community. General principles in greenbelt design considered for this study are: Type of pollution (air, noise, water and land pollution) likely from the activities at the site. Agro-climatic zone and sub-zone where the greenbelt is located (and hence the plant species which can be planted in the area. Page 168 of 1

222 Water quantity and quality available in the area Soil quality in the area. The plants should exhibit the following desirable characteristic in order to be selected for plantation. The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability. The species should be wind-firm and deep rooted. The species should form a dense canopy. As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available Species tolerance to air pollutants like particulate matter, SO & NOx should be preferred. The species should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the belt. There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through. Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both the surfaces. Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought. Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter). Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing. Bird and insect attracting tree species. Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance. Greenbelt is designed to minimize the predicted levels of the possible air and noise pollutants. While designing the scheme the following facilities are considered: Site Perimeter and approach road Along the internal roads In and around the residential area Greenbelt Design for Site The selection of the trees is based on their phenology (thus roadside trees will not have leaf fall during summer and rainy seasons when shade is most needed. Trees with more litter fall have been avoided). The selection criteria of the species are based on pollution mitigation capacity (including particulate matter), large leaf surface area, deep root system and less litter fall. Faster growing trees with lighter canopy will be planted alternatively with relatively slow growing trees with wider canopy. Trees will be planted as per CPCB guidelines. Landscape Plan: The project will have approximately 343 sq m (30% of the site area) under exclusive green area/landscaping in which sq m (0 % of the site area) is designated for site peripheral and avenue plantation. Apart from other open area, the site area will also have saucer shape water body of an area 3610 sq m (5% of net zoned area). The Landscape plan showing the details of green area for proposed project is enclosed as Figure 6.9. The plant species proposed for green belt development is specified in Table No Page 169 of 1

223 Figure 6.9: Landscape Plan Proposed Group Housing Project Table 6.7: Proposed List of Plant Species Nos. Botanical Name Bauhinia Alba 3 Bauhinia Blakeana 3 Cassia Fistula 8 Chorisia Speciosa 0 Delonix regia 04 Tabebuia rosea 04 Grevillea Robusta 0 Lagerstroemia speciosa 04 Azadirachta indica 48 Plumeria alba 3 Punica granatum 08 Psidium guajava 46 Citrus nobilis 4 Manilkara zapota 08 Jacaranda mimisoifolia 04 Page 170 of 1

224 6.11 EMP for Socio-economic Environment The management plan has been designed in order to regularly gauge the social environment in which the project shall operate, take proactive steps and adopt best practices, which are sensitive to the sociocultural setting of the region. Such an approach will not only result in the better management of the project but also increase its goodwill among the locals. The management plan envisages ongoing communication with the stakeholders including the public, surrounding areas, pollution control board or the Ministry of Environment & Forests, etc. Management practices discussed here are pro-active steps to address potential concerns during the various stages of the project. A committee shall be formed in order to formalize the community relations of the project proponents. The committee will address the issues of people as well as ensure that the mitigative measures mentioned within the Environment Management Plan (EMP) are abided with Mitigative Measures Transport and road safety: Since the project involves the movement of vehicles and machineries in the area, the health and safety of pedestrians and residents accessing the communities is an issue of concern. Considering this, the project proponents shall mitigate the impact by drawing traffic management plans, so that any mishap due to traffic thenceforth can be avoided. Taking this into concern, following aspects should be kept in mind: Proper precautionary signage shall be installed. Training to the drivers. Installation of adequate speed breakers at correct locations Social Activities Proposed to be undertaken The following social activities are proposed to be undertaken: 1. Empowerment of Communities, inclusive of Socio-Economic growth a. Skill development/vocational training (For Men & Women). Community Healthcare a. General Health camps b. Specialised Health camps c. Specialised Medical treatment (Indoor treatment) d. Health Awareness camps (HIV/AIDS, General Health etc.) 3. Other activities a. Promotion of Art & Culture b. Promotion of local Sports & Games c. Awareness Programs (In-house & External). The expenditure on the above mentioned CSR activities will be carried out in accordance to the Companies Act, EMP for Energy Conservation Energy conservation program will be implemented through measures taken both on energy demand and supply. Supply Utilize energy-efficient diesel generators Exploring the possibilities of introducing renewable energy Energy Conservation Demand Reduce consumption Use energy-efficient appliances Create Guest Awareness Page 171 of 1

225 Energy conservation will be one of the focuses during the project planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following: Solar Passive Techniques The proposed site plan is designed to capture the positive seasonal climatic forces to mitigate building s resource consumption and environmental impacts. The vision for the proposed development is to minimise its reliance on grid electricity and fossil fuels. PASSIVE: Design measures are incorporated to reduce the heating and cooling loads. Strategies include insulated envelope, solar control glass, air tight construction, design for daylight and provision for free cooling during shoulder months through operable facade. ACTIVE: High efficiency heating, cooling and ventilation system to minimise the energy use. Automated building controls to optimise the energy use and comfort conditions. High efficiency lighting with daylight controls to further reduce building s electric use. RENEWABLE: Roof top solar thermal system sized to meet part of the service hot water load. Photovoltaic panels to power external lighting for the site. The following measures have been adopted to achieve increasing levels of energy efficiency. 1. Building massing to allow for self shading of exposed surfaces.. Vegetation and solar control glass with improved U value and SHGC to reduce energy demand in perimeter spaces and to reduce localized solar gains and urban heat island effect. 3. External shading to minimize problems of glare and overheating in the summer. 4. Design for Day lighting- building façade configuration to allow for deeper penetration of natural daylight. 5. Automated sensors to dim the electric lights when ambient daylight levels are 30 fc or more. 6. Building form and shading to obstruct facade downdraft 7. Shading of external areas for climate control 8. Operable building facade to allow for comfort cooling in select areas during shoulder season and night time. 9. Solar thermal on building roof to harness solar energy for hot water. 10. Use of vegetation to protect from pollution and surrounding dense urban fabric 11. Integration of MEP systems design with passive design measures to reduce reliance on energy intensive conditioning of internal spaces. 1. High efficiency lighting to reduce the installed lighting power (Watt/m) thereby reduces the building electric use. 13. Heat pump high efficiency heat pump for service water heating to be provided Adoption of Lighting Control The lighting installation will be developed to suit the needs and particular functions of each area within the residential towers and clubhouse Areas and comply with the recommendations of CIBSE Lighting Codes. The lighting will be developed in conjunction with the interior design. Luminaries and lamp sources will be selected to match the local desired ambiance, where possible the lighting sources will be selected to be low energy dimmable type, to work in conjunction with the lighting control system. In the circulation areas including staircases and corridors, high efficacy fluorescent lighting with high frequency electronic. Page 17 of 1

226 Lighting Controls A fully programmable lighting control system will be provided for control of lighting. This will comprise distributed, networked panels. The panels will be interfaced to local switch plates in public areas. The system will be programmable centrally and locally. The club house areas will be provided with dimmable lighting control with daylight and occupancy sensors in the common areas. Automatic Controls The MEP systems described above for the proposed project will be controlled and monitored by a dedicated Building Management System (BMS). The BMS will be based on a series of standalone Strategic Command Centers (SCC) linked via a LAN network and accessed via a Web Browser to a BMS Head End Command Centre(s). Should the Landlord prefer this as a solution for the long term management of the Ireo development there will be a facility allowed for remote monitoring. The BMS will monitor the operation of each piece of equipment, including raising an alarm should any one piece of equipment fail and providing a maintenance schedule for each piece of equipment based on hours run. Specific equipment will be individually monitored for energy consumption, as will specific distribution points in the different MEP systems, such as each retail unit's power consumption. The BMS will control the different MEP systems, such as the operation of the cooling plant. This will include rotating which of the individual pieces of plant is operant to ensure even wear of equipment, for example the rotation of the duty standby stair pressurization fans. Generally the MEP equipment will all derive their power via the SCCs, however larger items of plant, such as the cooling towers, will derive their electrical power direct from the electrical distribution switchboards as noted within the electrical services section of this Report Light Power Density (LPD) Light Power Density (LPD) as per ECBC has been considered in the project so as to reduce Energy Consumption. The LPD considered for residential towers and clubhouse is given in Table 6.8. Table 6.8: LPD Levels for the Design of Residential Block Space Bedroom Living Room Dining Room Home Theatre Gym Toilet Lobbies Communication Staircases LPD (W/m) Space Master Bedroom Kitchen Study Room Pooja Room Household Help Common Area Communication Corridors Terrace LPD (W/m) Use of renewable energy system - Use of Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) system for direct conversion of sunlight into electricity for landscape and street lighting. - Use of solar heating system as per norms of HAREDA Use of Energy Efficient Building Material Use of Fly Ash in Road Construction Fly ash is a lightweight material, as compared to commonly used fill material (local soils), therefore, causes lesser settlements. It is especially attractive for road construction over a wide range of moisture Page 173 of 1

227 content, and therefore, results in less variation in density with changes in moisture content. Fly ash is easy to handle and compact because the material is light and there are no large lumps. Use of fly ash in road works results in reduction in construction cost by about 10 to 0 per cent. The use of fly ash in pavement construction results in significant savings due to savings in cost of road aggregates. Utilisation of fly ash will not only minimize the disposal problem but will also help in utilizing precious land in a better way. Construction of road embankments using fly ash, involves encapsulation of fly ash in earthen core or with RCC facing panels. Since there is no seepage of rain water into the fly ash core, leaching of heavy metals is also prevented. When fly ash is used in concrete, it chemically reacts with cement and reduces any leaching effect. Even when it is used in stabilisation work, a similar chemical reaction takes place which binds fly ash particles. Hence chances of pollution due to use of fly ash in road works are negligible. Use of Fly Ash Bricks in wall construction Fly-Ash Bricks are an environment friendly cost saving building product. These bricks are three times stronger than conventional bricks with consistent strength. These bricks are ideally suited for internal, external, load bearing and non-load bearing walls. These Bricks with higher strength/weight ratio (about 3 to 4 times that of burnt clay bricks) aid in designing stronger, yet more economic structures. Fly Ash Bricks are Durable, have Low water absorption, Less consumption of mortar, Economical & eco-friendly, Low energy consumption and No emission of green house gases. These bricks are not affected by environmental conditions and remain static thus ensuring longer life of the building. Also, the savings with regard to wastages in fly ash bricks are considerable during unloading and construction due to true shape and size, consistency in quality, and the workability of the fly ash bricks unlike traditional clay bricks. These bricks are very economical / cost effective, nil wastage while transporting and handling. Features: Some of the attributes of fly ash bricks are as follows: Eco friendly Low water absorption Dimensional accuracy High compressive strength Environment friendly- uses by product of thermal power stations. Advantages: 1. High Strength Production process of flyash bricks does not involve sintering where as normal burnt clay bricks onvolve sintering. So there is no burning of fossil fuel required in the manufacturing of Fly ash bricks. So CO emission problem is not there in the manufacturing of Fly ash bricks and contributes to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.. Less Water & Energy Use less energy & water Much energy is consumed in firing clay bricks in kilns. By using fly ash bricks instead of clay bricks, much energy is saved in brick manufacturing. 3. Eco-Friendly Reduce air pollution- Fossil fuel is used in heating clay bricks in kilns. Burning such fuel generates air pollution and greenhouse gas (co), contributing to global warming. Fly ash bricks are manufactured at room temperature and there is no fossil fuel burning and emission of green house gas (CO). 4. Accuracy Due to high strength, there is practically no breakage during transport & use. Page 174 of 1

228 Due to uniform size of bricks mortar required for joints and plaster reduces almost by 50%. Due to lower water penetration, seepage of water through bricks is considerably reduced. Gypsum plaster (plaster of paris) can be directly applied on these bricks without a backing coat of lime plaster. These bricks do not require soaking in water for 4 hours. Sprinkling of water before use is enough. 5. Saves agricultural land which is used for manufacturing clay bricks. 6. Can be manufactured at construction site also. Use of China Mosaic/ High SRI (Solar Refractive Indiax) Paints in Roof Top Roofs with high SRI Paints/ china mosaic are capable of delivering high solar reflectance (the ability to reflect the visible, infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths of the sun, reducing heat transfer to the building) and high thermal emittance (the ability to radiate absorbed or non-reflected solar energy). The benefits associated with roofs with High SRI material (Cool roofs) include reduced cooling energy load, reduced air pollution and greenhouse gas emission, and improved human health and comfort. They may extend the roof service life and help mitigating the urban heat island effect. It also achieves cooling energy savings in hot summers. Use of Materials with Recycled Content The project will utilize the building materials with recycled content such that the total recycled content constitutes at least 10% of total civil materials cost (excluding labor & equipment). While the focus remains on selecting as many materials as possible with high recycled content, it also reduces the impact produced from the extraction and processing of virgin materials. Table 6.9 shows the list of the materials with recycled content that are likely to be used during the construction. Table 6.9: Use of Material with Recycled Contents S. No. 1 a b c a 3 a b 4 a 5 a Name of Material Concrete Reinforcement steel Cement Fly-Ash Masonry Hollow Blocks Metals MS/SS Works Aluminium Work Glass and Glazing Glass Finishes Ceramic & Vitrified Tiles Thermal Properties of Building Components The thermal factor adopted for building design for both Residential Tower and Club house are given in Table 6.10 & Table Table 6.10: Thermal Factors for Building component U- Factor (W/m.K) Component Exterior Wall Construction Roof Construction Fenestration U-Value Fenestration SHGC Page 175 of 1

229 6.1.7 Thermal Properties of Enhance Building Material To achieve the minimum heat load (thermal stresses) in the building occupancy, Table 6.11 shows the specify the building design features and list of enhanced building materials proposed to be adopted in the project with reference to thermal conductivity (k- value), density (d-value), specific heat(), surface resistance, and solar heat gain factor(shgf), projection factor (PF), M factor (orientation factor), minimum visible transmission of glazing for vertical projection (VT) as per MOEF GI guidelines. Table 6.11: Thermal Properties of Enhance Building Material S.No. Conductivityb Conductance kg/m3 (K),W/(m K) (C),K m/w Resistance (R) 1/k, For Thickness Km /w Listed (1/C) Km /W Specific Heat kj/(kg K) 1 1a 1b BUILDING BOARD Gypsum or plaster board. Hardboard a b FINISH FLOORING MATERIALS Tile-asphalt, linoleum, vinyl,rubber ceramic a INSULATING MATERIAL Expanded polystyrene b Reflective material a SIDING MATERIALS Wood a 5b PLASTERING MATERIALS Cement plaster, sand aggregate Gypsum plaster:lightweight aggregate a MASONRY MATERIALS Concrete blocks Concretes- Sand and gravel or stone aggregate concretes Lightweight aggregate concretes b 6c 6.13 Density Description Energy Balance The Energy (Power) balance plan takes in account of various aspects like total energy required, sources of energy inputs and outputs. Energy calculations are done for the different building i.e. residential towers and EWS along with club house and retail to calculate the total power consumption of the project. During construction phase, power will be met through DG sets and during the operation phase will be sourced from Dakshin Bijlee Vitran Nigam Limited (DHBVNL), with back-up power supply during operation phase of the proposed development. The calculations are done with Whole Building Compliance Method. The energy consumption is calculated by taking into account various Energy Conservation Measures and enhanced specification of the materials. To calculate the energy savings in the project, buildings (Residential Tower & Clubhouse) are compared with a Base case building model which is based on stringent ECBC specifications. The design criteria for the proposed residential towers are set to meet and exceed the minimum requirements of the code. The following energy conservation measures have been incorporated in the design of the proposed residential towers: Energy Conservation Measures Building Parameter External Fenestration External Shading Description High performance insulating glass compared to base case glass resulting is reduced heat gain and loss in the perimeter spaces. Staggering floor plates and balconies on the west facade are designed to shade Page 176 of 1

230 Energy Conservation Measures Building Parameter Natural ventilation Heat Recovery PV powered lighting Description the floors below during summers. Louvers and screens are provided on the western facade to block out afternoon sun. Opaque insulated panels provide the required opacity on the east and south facade to further reduce the solar gains. Operable windows to allow for free cooling during shoulder months and night time. Sensible heat recovery with 75% efficiency to preheat and precool the supply air. Photovoltaic panels will be provided for external lamps to provide 40KW power bank for common external lighting load Shadow Analysis A shadow study provides an understanding of how the building mass in relation to the position of sun will determine the amount of light that a space will receive. This analysis will inform the landscape programme as well as the planting character of the space. The different relationships between the towers and the adjacent outdoor spaces help create a range of spaces in full or partial shade. Therefore, the shadow analysis has been carried out for the proposed group hosuing and the same is shown below: Sun Path Analysis: March 15 9 am. Page 177 of 1

231 Sun Path Analysis: March 15 1 pm. Sun Path Analysis: March 15 4 pm. Page 178 of 1

232 Sun Path Analysis: June 9 am. Sun Path Analysis: June 1 pm. Page 179 of 1

233 Sun Path Analysis: June 4 pm. Sun Path Analysis: December 9 9 am. Page 180 of 1

234 Sun Path Analysis: December 9 1 pm. Sun Path Analysis: December 9 4 pm. Page 181 of 1

235 6.13. Ventilation Ventilation Plan of a building takes into account various aspects of a building which includes various ventilation techniques and building design features. As the project comprise of Residential and Clubhouse which has Mechanical Ventilation defined as zones. The Ventilation Plan for basement and ventilation calculations for staircase, lift lobby & Lift well is attached in Annexure Energy Consumption 48. Watt per sqm of built-up area. Energy saving devices/policies will be pursued during construction and operation phases to achieve energy savings. Alternate sources of energy i.e. solar and recycling of waste will be promoted to enhance savings of conventional energy. The electrical line diagarns showing the energy distribution in the project is shown in the Figure Energy Saving in the Project Total of about 40 KW solar bank for common area lighting & 970 kw-h energy saving is being estimated using non-conventional sources of energy (solar heating). The energy saving calculation for Solar Water Heating for proposed project is enclosed as Annexure 6.6. Apart from this 34.5 % energy saving has been achieved using energy efficient appliances. The energy saving calculation through energy efficient appliances in proposed group housing project enclosed as Annexure 6.7. Figure 6.10: Electrical Line Diagram 6.14 Structural Safety Measures The project falls in the category of zone-4, specify the standards and codes used in building construction to minimize the risk of natural calamities like wind, load, seismic load (earthquake), thunder storm/lightning etc. as per NBC 005. Table 6.1: List of Codes Adopted for Structural Safety S. No Structured Design National Building Code Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS 456 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete Code of practice for general construction in steel Page 18 of 1 Codes Adopted SP 7:005 Sp16:1980 IS 456:000 IS 800:007

236 Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Dead Loads Code of practice for design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and structures Wind Loads Criteria for Earthquake Resistance Design of Structures General Provisions and Buidings IS 875:Part 1:1987 IS 875:Part 3:1987 IS1893:00 Electrical Hazardous and Safety Measure Plan Following Guidelines have been followed for implementation of Electrical Hazard / Safety precautions at the construction Site and thereafter at the Premises during operations. Definition Electrical Hazard A dangerous condition such that contact or equipment failure can result in Electric shock, arc-flash burn, thermal burn, or blast. Electrical hazard includes dangerous meaning able or likely to inflict injury ; there are high voltage, low current sources that are not intrinsically dangerous, and there are low-voltage, high-current sources that are not safe. A harmless static electricity shock could cause sufficient startle reaction to make a worker fall off a ladder. A hazard analysis is necessary to identify electrical hazards and determine the degree of risk. Measures for preventing Electrical Hazards 1. Safe Electrical Installation Installation of new electrical systems to a suitable IS standard. Requirements for electrical installations, and then maintain them in a safe condition; Provision of enough socket-outlets - overloading socket-outlets by using adaptors which can cause fire.. Provision of safe and suitable equipment There will be proper selection of equipment that will suit our working environment; Electrical risks will be eliminated by using air, hydraulic or hand powered tools. These will be especially used only in harsh conditions; There will be provision of an accessible and clearly identified switch near each fixed machine to cut off power in an emergency; For portable equipment, there will be use of socket-outlets which are close by so that equipment will be easily disconnected in an emergency; The ends of flexible cables will always have the outer sheath of the cable firmly clamped to stop the wires (particularly the earth) pulling out of the terminals; Damaged sections of cable will be replaced completely; There will be use of proper connectors or cable couplers to join lengths of cable; There will be proper protection of light bulbs and other equipment which could easily be damaged in use. And also creates risk of electric shock if they are broken; Electrical equipment used in flammable/explosive atmospheres will be designed to stop it from causing ignition. i) Reduction of Voltage One of the best ways of reducing the risk of injury when using electrical equipment is to limit the supply voltage to the lowest needed to get the job done, such as: Temporary lighting can be run at lower voltages, e.g. 1, 5, 50 or 110 volts; Where electrically powered tools are used, battery operated will be safest; Portable tools are readily available which are designed to be run from a 110 volts centretapped-to-earth supply. ii) Provision of safety device If equipment will be operated at 30 volts or on higher, then the provision of an RCD (residual current device) will be provided as an additional safety. An RCD is a device which detects some, but not all, faults in the electrical system and rapidly switches off the supply. RCD will be built into the main Page 183 of 1

237 switchboard or the socket-outlet, as this means that the supply cables will be permanently protected. Additionally a plug incorporating an RCD, or a plug-in RCD adaptor, will also be provided for an additional safety. RCDs for protecting people have a rated tripping current (sensitivity) of not more than 30 milliamps (MA). An RCD is a valuable safety device, never bypass it; If the RCD trips, it is a sign there is a fault; The RCD will have a test button to check that its mechanism is free and functioning. iii) Work safely We will make sure that people who are working with electricity are competent to do the job. Even simple tasks such as wiring a plug can lead to danger we will ensure that people know what they are doing before they start. We must not allow work on or near exposed live parts of equipment unless it is absolutely unavoidable and suitable precautions will be taken to prevent injury, both to the workers and to anyone else who may be in the area. iv) Underground Power Cables Always assume cables will be present when digging in the street, pavement or near buildings. The usage will be up-to-date service plans, cable avoidance tools and safe digging practice to avoid danger. v) Overhead Power Lines When working near overhead lines, it may be possible to have them switched off. So, we will keep the safe working distance from the cables. s There are various ways of protecting people from the hazards caused by electricity, including insulation, guarding, grounding and electrical protective devices. We will significantly reduce electrical hazards by following some basic precautions. i) Insulation All electrical cords will have sufficient insulation to prevent direct contact with wires. All cords will be checked before each use, since corrosive chemicals or solvent vapors may erode the insulation. Damaged cords will be repaired or taken out of service immediately, especially in wet environments such as cold rooms ii) Guarding Live parts of electric equipment operating at 50 volts or more will be guarded against accidental contact. Plexiglas shields may be used to protect against exposed live parts. iii) Grounding Only equipment with three-prong plugs will be used. The third prong provides a path to ground that helps prevent the buildup of voltages that may result in an electrical shock or spark. iv) Circuit Protection Devices Circuit protection devices will be designed to automatically limit or shut off the flow of electricity in the event of a ground-fault, overload, or short circuit in the wiring system. Fuses, circuit breakers, and ground-fault circuit interrupters are three well-known examples of such devices. Fuses and circuit breakers prevent over-heating of wires and components that might otherwise create hazards for operators. They disconnect the circuit when it becomes overloaded. The ground-fault circuit interrupter or GFCI, will be used to shutoff electric power if a ground fault is detected. The GFCI will be particularly used near sinks and wet locations. Since Page 184 of 1

238 GFCIs will cause equipment to shutdown unexpectedly, they may not be appropriate for certain apparatus. Portable GFCI adapters (available in most safety supply catalogs) may be used with a non-gfci outlet. v) Safe Work Practices The following practices will be used to reduce the risk of injury or fire when working with electrical equipment: Avoid contact with energized electrical circuits. Disconnect the power source before servicing or repairing electrical equipment. When it is necessary to handle equipment that is plugged in, be sure hands are dry and, when possible, wear nonconductive gloves and shoes with insulated soles. If it is not unsafe to do so, work with only one hand, keeping the other hand at your side or in your pocket, away from all conductive material. This precaution reduces the likelihood of accidents that result in current passing through the chest cavity. If water or a chemical is spilled onto equipment, shut off power at the main switch or circuit breaker and unplug the equipment. If an individual comes in contact with a live electrical conductor, do not touch the equipment, cord or person. Disconnect the power source from the circuit breaker or pull out the plug using a leather belt. vi) High Voltage or Current Repairs of high voltage or high current equipment will be performed by trained electricians. Individuals who are experienced in such tasks and would like to perform such work on their own equipment must first receive specialized electrical safety related work practices training by EHS staff. The following additional precautions will be taken: Always assume a high voltage potential exists within a device while servicing it, even if it is deenergized and disconnected from its power source. Avoid becoming grounded by staying at least 6 inches away from walls, water, and all metal materials, including pipes. Use of voltmeters and test equipment with ratings and leads sufficient to measure the highest potential voltage expected to be found inside the equipment being serviced. After servicing, check equipment with a multi-meter or appropriate device to ensure it is grounded before reconnecting to the power source. Earthing Pits layout Plan and Lighting Arrestors Layout Plan are given in Figure 6.11 and Figure 6.1 respectively. The list of electrical codes and standards considered are enclosed as Annexure 6.8 Page 185 of 1

239 Figure 6.11: Earth Pit Layout Plan Page 186 of 1

240 Figure 6.1: Location of Lightning Arrestors in Proposed Project Page 187 of 1

241 EMP for green house effects, radiation effects, ozone depletion effects and acid rain effects Particular Green House Effect Source -Emission of green house gases like Cox, Nox due to combustion of fuel during vehicular traffic. -Running of DG sets also cause emission of green house gas like Nox etc Impact of Project -Add pollutant load in the baseline environment of the project area -Impact on the health of construction workers during the construction phase -Impact on flora and fauna of the area Radiation Effect Depletion of ozone layer due to ozone depletion substance cause entry of UV rays on earth, which further cause skin cancer and other harmful effect on human health. Source-Construction work, metal cutting, welding operation etc are the different source of ozone gas and nitrous gas emission -Impact on construction workers health during the construction phase -Impact on flora and fauna of the area Ozone Depletion Effect -Emission of CFCs from air conditioners and refrigerators Acid Rain Effect -Acid rain is caused by emissions of sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides from running of DG sets and Vehicular emission, which react with the water molecules in the atmosphere to and produce acids. -The destruction of the ozone layer means the loss of the natural barrier against the sun's harmful ultraviolet rays, particularly UV-B, which can harm the eyes (cataracts) and contribute to skin cancer (melanoma) and suppress the efficiency of the body's immune system. -UV-B also produces changes in the chemical makeup of plant species. -It can have harmful effects on plants, and proposed infrastructure. Mitigation Measures -Greenbelt development to mitigate air pollution -Ensuring proper stack height of DG sets to disperse the pollutant properly which in turn reduce the ground level conc. near the project site. -Water sprinkling will be adopted -Use of scrubbers which trap pollutants before they are released into the atmosphere use of catalytic converters in cars to reduce the emissions of pollutant The construction workers shall be provided with adequate safety equipments during the cutting, welding and other activities of construction phase and the same has been discussed below :Welding shall be done only in designated areas Protective clothes shall be provided during welding activities Flame proof gauntlet gloves, leather apron and high top shoes shall be provided to the construction labours Specifically designed, leak proof helmet equipped with filter plates shall be provided to protect against ultraviolet, infrared and visible radiation. -Use of scrubbers which trap pollutants before they are released into the atmosphere use catalytic converters in cars to reduce their emissions EMP for Fire Fighting The fire protection system will be generally designed based on Part IV, Group I of National Building Code (NBC) of India (001), Tariff Advisory Committee s TAC, fire protection manual (1998) and the latest Indian and International standards/codes. The fire protection system will cover external as well as internal premises of the building. Following systems are planned to be provided within the entire group housing: Wet riser cum down comer system Fire hydrants Automatic fire sprinkler system Portable Fire Extinguisher Page 188 of 1

242 The typical fire fighting schematic plan proposed for group housing project is shown in Figure The proposed fire tendor plan is shown in Figure The fire escape route plans for proposed project are shown in Figure 6.15 to Figure The location of external fire hydrants (EFH) for fire fighting is shown below in Figure Nos. of fire water tanks having capacity of 8 m3 & 150 m3 are provided for fire fighting purpose. The fire fighting sprinkler layout plan for basement is shown in Figure Figure 6.13:Typical Fire Fighting Schematic Plan for Proposed Group Housing Project Page 189 of 1

243 Figure 6.14:.3 Proposed Fire Tendor Plan Page 190 of 1

244 Figure 6.15: Fire Escape Route Plan Basement Page 191 of 1

245 Figure 6.16: Fire Escape Route Plan Typical Tower (A,B,C,D) Page 19 of 1

246 Figure 6.17: Fire Escape Route Plan Typical Tower (E-P) Page 193 of 1

247 Figure 6.18: Fire Fighting Plan (Location of External Fire Hydrants) Page 194 of 1

248 Figure 6.19: Fire Fighting Sprinkler Layout - Basement Page 195 of 1

249 6.18 Health and Welfare Plan The health, safety and welfare plan for the building workers has been prepared as per the clauses of the Building and Other construction Workers (Regulation of Employment (RE) & Condition of Service (CS)) Act, 1996 and Rules 005 and such other Rules, Regulations and Laws as may be applicable. The detailed provisions regarding Health, Safety and Welfare are as follows: Fixation of Hours of Work and Interval of Rest & Spread Over a. No building worker employed shall be required or allowed to work more than nine hours a day or forty eight hours a week. b. No building worker hall be required or allowed to work continuously for more than five hours unless he had an interval of rest of not less than half an hour. c. The working day of the building workers employed in the construction shall be so arranged that inclusive of the interval of rest shall not be spread over than 1 hours on any day. d. When a building worker work for more than 9 hours on any day or for more than 48 hours in any week, he shall, in respect of overtime work, be entitiles to wages at double the ordinary rate of wages Weekly rest, payment of work dones on the day of rest at overtime rate, etc. a. Workers employed in construction work shall be allowed a day rest in every seven days for all building workers. b. No worker shall allowed to work on rest day unless he already had or will have substituted rest day for whole day on one of the five days immediately before or after such rest day Notice of Wage Period a. Provision of display board to the conspicuous place at the work site showing the rates of wages, hour of working, wage period, date of payment of wages, name and address of grievance redressal officer. b. The display board shall be in english and local language understood by majority of workers c. Muster roll, wages register, deduction register and overtime register shall be maintain as per the provision of Clause 88, Part III, Chapter VI, B. The Building and Other construction Workers (RE & CS) Rules Accommodation a. The contractor shall provide, free of charge temporary living accommodation to all workers employed by him till the construction work is in progress. b. The temporary accommodation shall have separate cooking place, bathing, washing and lavatory facilities. c. Incase, more than fifty female building workers are ordinarily employed, there shall provide and maintain suitable room for the use of children under the age of six of such female. d. All room shall have adequate light & ventilation and will be maintained Page 196 of 1

250 Latrine and Urinal a. Effective arrangement to provide and maintain at suitable points sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water as per IS All such points will be situated within six meter of any washing place, urinal or latrine. b. Provision of urinal and latrine at conveniently located such that may be accessible to workers at all times while they are in such place. c. Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy and shall have a proper door and fastening. d. Where in both male and female building workers are employed, there shall be displayed outside each block of latrines and urinals, written in the landuage understood by the majority of workers. e. Every latrine or urinal shall be adequately lighted with energy efficient lighting and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all the time. f. Water shall be provided by means of a tap or otherwise so as to be conveniently accessible in or near by every latrine or urinal. g. The walls, ceiling and partitions of very latrine or urinal shall be white washed once in every period of four months. h. Every latrine and urinal shall be connected to flush system and shall wastewater shall be disposed off through mobile STP Canteens a. Provision of canteen which shall accommodate building workers, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing places separately for building workers and utensils. b. The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted with energy efficient lights. c. The floor of the canteen should be made smooth and impervious and shall be lime washed or color washed atleast once in six months. d. The precincts of canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. e. Wastewater from the canteen shall be carried away in covered drain and shall not be allowed to accumulate in the surrounding of canteen. f. Adequate number of bins shall be provided at kitchen, dining area, utensil washing area and hand washing area. Arrangement shall be made for daily collection g. The canteen should not be situated at the distance not less than 15. meters from any latrine or urinal or any source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes h. At the location where the canteen is located more than km from the work place, provision of place for serving tea and light refreshment shall be made for the building workers Medical Facilities a. The Project Proponent shall ensure that the Contractor shall provide full fledged First Aid Centre (4 hours facility available) with one full time medical officer including once nurse, once dressercum-compounder. b. There shall be Ambulance 4 hours available at project site Page 197 of 1

251 c. The medical examination for all building workers shall be carried out before employing, after illness or injury. d. If it appears that the illness or injury might have affected workers fitness and thereafter, medical examination once in every two years upto age of forty and once in a year there after shall be done. e. Complete and confidential record of medical examination shall be maintained by the employers or the authorized physician. f. The medical examination shall include: Full medical and occupational history Vision Hearing Breathing Upper Limbs (adequate arm function and grip) Lower Limbs (adequate leg and foot function Spine General mental alertness and stability with good eye, hand and foot coordination Emergency Care Services or Emergency Treatment a. Project Proponent shall ensure that the provision for essential life saving aides and required to handle following shall be made: Head injuries and spinal injuries Bleeding Fractures and dislocations of bones and joints Crush injuries Shock including electric shocks Dehydration due to any cause Snake bite, insect bite, scorpion and bee sting Burns including chemical burns Sunstroke and frost bite The above shall be provided and maintained under the supervision of Medical Officer, appointed by the contractor Safety Measures General Safety Measures a. The proponent shall form safety committee consisting of members of project proponent, contractor, and workers. b. The project proponent shall appoint a safety officer who shall possess such qualification and perform such duties as may be prescribe. c. The project proponent shall ensure that the contractor shall provide safe access and safety to any work place, including the provision of suitable and sufficient scaffolding at various stage where work cannot be done from the ground or from any part of a building or from a ladder. d. The erection, installation, use and maintenance of transporting equipment such as locomotives, trucks, wagons and other vehicles and trailers shall be done by appointing competent persons to drive or operate such equipment. e. The project proponent shall ensure adequate and suitable energy efficient lighting to every work place and approach. Page 198 of 1

252 f. The precautions to be taken to prevent inhalation of dust, fumes, gases during any grinding, cleaning, spraying of any material and steps to be taken to secure and maintain adequate ventilation of every working place or confined space. g. The project proponent shall ensure that the contractor shall take all precautions to prevent danger to workers from live electric wire or apparatus including electrical machinery and tools and from overhead wires h. The project proponent shall ensure that the contractor shall provide safety nets, safety sheets and safety belts where specific nature or circumstance of work render then necessary for the safety of the workers. i. The project proponent shall ensure that the contractor shall abide by and follow EHS policy of M/s Commander Realtors Pvt. Ltd. j. The project proponent shall appoint of Inspecting Staff as per the directives of Chapter VIII, Inspecting Staff & Chapter IX Special Provisions, The Building and Other construction Workers (RE & CS) Act, k. The project proponent will penalize contractor for contravention of provision of safety measures Safety for Welding & Cutting 1. Welding and gas cutting operations shall be done only by qualified and authorized persons and as per IS Specifications and code of Practice.. Welding and gas cutting shall not be carried out in places where flammable or combustible materials are kept and where there is danger of explosion due to presence of gaseous mixtures. 3. Welding and gas cutting equipment including hoses and cables shall be maintained in good condition. 4. Barriers shall be erected to protect other persons from harmful rays from the work. When welding or gas cutting is done in elevated positions, precautions shall be taken to prevent sparks or hot metal falling on persons or flammable materials. 5. Suitable type of protective clothing consisting of fire resistant gauntlet gloves, leggings, boots and aprons shall be provided to workers as protection from heat and hot metal splashes. Welding shields with filter glasses of appropriate shade shall be worn as face protection. 6. Adequate ventilation shall be provided while welding in confined space or while brazing, cutting or welding zinc, brass, bronze, galvanized or lead coated materials. 7. Welding and gas cutting shall not be done on drums, barrels, tanks or other containers unless they have been emptied, cleaned thoroughly and it is made certain that no flammable material is present. 8. Fire extinguisher shall be available near the location of welding operations. Fire safety permit shall be obtained for working at volnearable areas and operating areas before flame cutting/welding is taken up. Page 199 of 1

253 7.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.1 General An environmental monitoring plan provides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a project and helps to judge the adequacy of the mitigation measures in protecting the environment. The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important environmental parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse effects are detected and timely action can be taken. 7. Objectives of Environmental Monitoring Plan The key objective of the environment monitoring program will be as follows: 1 Ensure compliance with the mitigation measures as identified in the EIA; Determine the project s actual environmental impacts so that modifications can be made to the project s mitigation measures; 3 Describe the extent of environmental effects and resource losses; 4 Provide scientific information about the response of an ecosystem to a given set of human activities and mitigation measures; 7.3 Suggested Environmental Monitoring Plan The environmental monitoring plan for the proposed group housing development has been conceptualized in view of the institutional, scientific and fiscal issues pertaining to the project. The monitoring plan aims to collect data on the environmental indicator to provide information about the environmental impacts. For developing the monitoring plan, appropriate components which are likely to be affected have been identified. For each component, suitable measurable environmental indicators which are appropriate to the impact mechanism and scale of disturbance and which have a low natural variability, broad applicability and an existing data series have been defined. The monitoring plan has been designed for the construction and the operation phase of the project and the details of the plan have been presented in Table 7.1. Table 7.1: Recommended Environmental Monitoring Plan S.N Performance Indicator Preconstruction Phase 1 Concentration of SPM to assess the effectiveness of dust control measures Equivalent noise level Construction Phase 1 Oil and grease, heavy metal concentration Component Parameters Locations Frequency Measurement methodology Ambient Air Quality PM.5 and PM10 Project site Quarterly IS 518 ( Part IV), 1973 IS 518 ( Part XXIII), 1973 Emissions from DG sets Quarterly Ambient Noise Quality Noise emissions from DG set Project site Quarterly Operational manual of noise level meter Soil Quality ph, electrical conductance, cation exchange capacity, Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR), water holding capacity, phosphorous, Copper, Zinc, iron, calcium, magnesium, sodium, potassium, boron, Nitrogen, porosity, permeability, infiltration capacity, One location within project site Annually Practical methods in Ecology and Environmental Sciences Page 00 of 1

254 S.N 3 Performance Indicator Component Concentration of SPM to assess the `effectiveness of Dust control plan Ambient Air Quality Equivalent noise level Ambient Noise Quality Operation Phase 1 Ground water table level Parameters Locations Frequency Measurement methodology bulk density, organic content texture, etc., PM.5 and PM10 Project site Quarterly IS 518 ( Part IV), 1973 IS 518 ( Part XXIII), 1973 Emissions from DG set of admin block Hourly Leq Noise emissions from DG set operation during construction work Quarterly Project site Monthly Monthly Operational manual of noise level meter As per standard practice Rainwater harvesting and ground water recharge plan Greenbelt development plan Ground water table Near the ground water recharge pit Twice in a year Greenbelt Twice in a year Rating of energy consumption At the greenbelt development corridor At all installation Monthly As per standard practice of BEE Parameters as listed in IS 10500:1991 Water intake structure Half Yearly ph, Color, Odor, Turbidity, EC, Alkalinity, Hardness, BOD, COD, Total Dissolved Solids, Suspended Solids, Total Coliform, Volatile solids, Heavy Metals STP Outlet Twice a month for 1st three months, monthly for next three months and quarterly Standard method for the examination of water and wastewater, 1st Edition, edited by Lenore S. Clesceri, Arnold E. Greenberg, Andre D. Eton Standard method for the examination of water and wastewater, 1st Edition, edited by Lenore S. Clesceri, Arnold E. Greenberg, Andre D. Eton Greenbelt survival rate 3 % Savings of energy 4 Potability, taste, odour Energy conservation measure Groundwater Quality 5 Efficiency of the STP (%) Treated effluent Quality # - The performance of the proposed STP will be evaluated on a regular basis by the operator, in terms of quick check of different physical and physicochemical parameters Data Analysis The monitored data will be analyzed and compared with the baseline levels as established in the EIA study and the regulatory standards specified by different government agencies. The standards against which the different environmental components will be compared are as per Table 7.. Table 7.: Applicable Standards for different Environmental Components S.N Component Ambient Air Quality Noise Quality Surface water quality Groundwater quality Soil Quality Treated sewage water quality Applicable Standards National Ambient Air Quality standards, CPCB Ambient Air Quality Standards with Respect to Noise, CPCB Water Standards, CPCB IS: Standards, BIS -IS 490(1974) Discharge into surface water, IS 3306(1974) Discharge on land, IS 3307(1974)- Discharge for agricultural use Reporting Schedule The monitoring results of the different environmental components will be analyzed and compiled every six months during the construction phase and every twelve months during the operation phase. The Page 01 of 1

255 7.3.3 report will also list the project activities along with the environmental mitigation measures and will evaluate the efficacy of the Environmental Management Plan. Emergency Procedures/Corrective Measures Corrective measures will be adopted if the review of the monitoring report reveals that the environmental management plan is inadequate or has not been implemented properly. A detailed review will be carried out by the interdisciplinary team of experts in the Environment Management Cell for assessing the gaps in the EMP and the addressal of EMP. A corrective action plan will be worked out for the environmental component and a rigorous follow up of environmental monitoring plan will be carried out. Page 0 of 1

256 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN Introduction A disaster is a natural or man-made (or technological) hazard resulting in an event of substantial extent causing significant physical damage or destruction, loss of life, or drastic change to the environment. A disaster can be ostensively defined as any tragic event stemming from events such as earthquakes, floods, catastrophic accidents, fires, or explosions. It is a phenomenon that disasters can cause damage to life, property and destroy the economic, social and cultural life of people. Disasters in general, can broadly be grouped under three categories viz. (i) Water and Climate related (ii) Geology / Geomorphology related and (iii) Accident related. On project site, accident related disasters from fire, oil spills, and chemical induced and vehicular / operational accidents are quite possible. In the context of the proposed project it thus becomes imperative to identify the type, pattern and the potential severity of the hazards, which can cause loss of life, damage to property and environment, and to assess the vulnerability and risks there from with a view to outlining an appropriate response mechanism. The proposed project site is located in Gurgaon district which is the sixth largest city of State. For the last two decades, it has been on the faster pace of the development and emerged as the industrial and financial hub of. Hazard Risk in Gurgaon are compounded by increasing vulnerabilities related to the high population growth, rapid-urbanization, increasing Industrialization, rapid development within high risk seismic zone (Zone IV), environmental degradation, climate change etc. Therefore, the Disaster Management Plan is required to encompass all the administrative and operational programmes and responses to reduce the risk of emergencies of hazardous events likely to occur at any point of time during construction and operational phases of the project. 8. Hazard Risk assessment is the systematic identification of the hazards associated with construction work and the evaluation of the risks associated with those hazards. A hazard - risk assessment shall take account of all the work activities and consideration shall also be given to anyone else who could be affected by the work activities. 8.3 Risk Risk is the the combination of the frequency, or probability of occurrence, and consequence of a specified hazardous event. Where frequency of exposure is an issue then duration of exposure is also considered. Risk is the level to which a hazard poses a threat to life, limb or property. This will vary from a minor laceration to a permanent disability, an illness such as cancer, or death. 8.4 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment during The Construction Phase The purpose of Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment is to identify all the significant hazards, which may occur during the construction phase, and to rank them according to their severity. Having ranked the risks by severity the measures shall be introduced to mitigate the effects of that risk. Risk assessment analysis process shall identify certain activities for which detailed written method statement or safe systems of work are required to ensure that the activities are properly controlled and executed safely and without risk to health and the environment. All such written safe systems of work shall clearly identify the objective, the sequence of operations, foreseeable hazards, precautionary and protective measures required and shall be easily understood by the personnel who are to supervise and carry out the work. 8.5 Method Statements As a result of the Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment detailed method statements shall need to be produced for medium and high risk activities including amongst others the following: Concreting. Page 03 of 1

257 8.6 Scaffolding erection/dismantling. Excavations. Work in confined spaces Temporary Works Chemical Cleaning Work on Energized Electrical Equipment Craneage of items in excess of 1 tonne Inflammable materials the use and storage Use and storage of explosives Safe Work Method Statement Step by Step A method statement should contain sufficient information to enable the task to be undertaken safely and should contain as a minimum the following information Company Name; A description of the work activity or task to be undertaken; The date the SWMS was developed; The name and signature of the person who developed the SWMS; The project name/number and the name of the Principal Contractor; The job steps involved in doing the work; Potential Class 1 and Class hazards associated with the job task to be undertaken; The controls that will be put in place to eliminate or minimise the potential hazards identified; Controls as high as practicable on the best to worst control guide; and The name of the person/s responsible for ensuring that the control/s is in place. a description of the work to be undertaken the step by step sequence in doing the work the potential hazards associated with the work and with each of its steps the safety controls that will be used to minimise these hazards all precautions to be taken to protect health and safety identification of all health and safety law, standards or codes applicable to the work, and where these are kept on the worksite the names and qualifications of those who will supervise the work and inspect and approve work description of work area, work methods, protective measures, plant, equipment and power tools a description of what training is given to people doing the work identification of plant and equipment needed on site to do the job eg ladders, scaffolds, electrical leads, welding machines etc details of the inspection and maintenance checks that will be, or have been, carried out on the equipment listed Site Safety Rules. Where contractors and or sub-contractors are employed on the project, shall provide similar assessments covering their respective operations and all Hazard / risk assessments shall be reviewed and necessary revised as circumstance change. 8.7 Permits to Work The Contractor shall develop a permit-to-work system, which is a formal written system used to control certain types of work that are potentially hazardous. A permit-to-work is a document, which specifies the work to be done, and the precautions to be taken. Permits-to-work form an essential part of safe systems of work for many construction activities. They allow work to start only after safe procedures have been defined and they provide a clear record that all foreseeable hazards have been considered. Permits to Work are usually required in high-risk areas as identified by the Risk Assessments. Page 04 of 1

258 A permit is needed when construction work can only be carried out if normal safeguards are dropped or when new hazards are introduced by the work. Examples of high risk activities include but are not limited to: a) Work close to 5kV overhead Catenery b) Entry into Confined Spaces. (SAF 010) c) Work In Close Proximity to Overhead Power lines and Telecommunication Cables. d) Hot Work. e) To Dig where underground services may be located. f) Work with moving construction locomotives. g) Working On Electrical Apparatus.. h) The permit-to-work system should be fully documented, laying down: i) how the system works; j) the jobs it is to be used for; k) the responsibilities and training of those involved; and l) how to check its operation; The permit-to-work form must help communication between everyone involved. It should be designed by the Contractor issuing the permit, taking into account individual site conditions and requirements. Separate permit forms may be required for different tasks, such as hot work and entry into confined spaces, so that sufficient emphasis can be given to the particular hazards present and precautions required. The permit to work form should contain: a) b) c) d) clear identification of who may authorise particular jobs (and any limits to their authority); clear identification of who is responsible for specifying the necessary precautions (e.g. isolation, emergency arrangements, etc); a detailed description of the task clearly identifying the work to be done and the associated hazards; e) plans and diagrams be used if appropriate to assist in the description of the work to be done, its location and limitations; f) identity of the hazards and the precautions to be taken; g) clear rules about how the job should be controlled or abandoned in the case of an emergency; h) the time limitations should be stated; i) job specific toolbox talk conducted by the supervisor A Permit to Work authorisation form shall be completed with the maximum duration period not exceeding twenty four hours. A copy of each Permit to Work shall be displayed, during its validity, in a conspicuous location in close proximity to the actual works location to which it applies. A pre-permit activation job specific toolbox talk shall be conducted by the supervisor including amongst others the following. a) All identified hazards are explained; b) Risk mitigation process clarified; c) Method of work explained stressing points (a) and (b) above; d) Emergency response procedure is clarified and persons assigned tasks in the event of an emergency; e) PPE requirements including PPE serviceability checks and training if required; All workers and supervision shall attend the toolbox talk and sign the toolbox attendance register. Any person/s coming late to the work site shall be given the toolbox talk and sign the attendance register. Page 05 of 1

259 Risk Assessment during The Operation Phase Earthquake Hazard The entire region of Gurgaon falls in high risk seismic zone IV and corresponds to MSK intensity VIII making it highly vulnerable to Earthquakes. The major tectonics features affecting Gurgaon are as follows: The Sohna Fault Junction of Aravali and Alluvium near Delhi Moradabad Fault Delhi Moradabad Fault Delhi-Haridwar Fault Although no major earthquake have occurred in Gurgaon in recent year, yet tremors have been felt whenever there is an earthquake in the Himalayan foothills. The NCR has fairly high seismicity with general occurrence of earthquakes of 5-6 magnitude, a few of magnitude 6-7 and occasional incident of magnitude shocks. Subsequent traumatic events have occurred in 1803, 1819, 1905, 194, 1937, 1945, 1949, 1958, 1960, 1966, 1975, 1980 and 1994 during which the intensities level on Richter scale between VII and IX are believed to have been experienced as indicated by the damage pattern. The most important earthquake which affected Gurgaon was on 7th August, 1960 with the magnitude of 6.0. The epicentre of this earthquake was between Delhi cantonment and Gurgaon Drought Rapid industrialization, urbanization and withdrawal of huge ground water are leading factors for the occurrence of drought in Gurgaon district. The droughts in 1987 & 001 were worst droughts in the state of. Gurgaon receives most of its rainfall from the summer monsoon and continuous up to the middle of August. The summer monsoon sets during the month of July and starts withdrawing from the end of August or first week of September. Due to this uncertain rainfall pattern the entire district receive less than one month of rainy session. Hence the department of agriculture and cooperation, ministry of agriculture and government of India has categorized Gurgaon in chronically in drought affected area Flood The main cause of flood in the Gurgaon district can be attributed to the heterogeneous topography. As such there is no perennial river in the district, on the other hand a number of Barsati Nallahs/Hills torrent are found, which criss cross the entire region and become the cause of floods during rainy season. Besides this, rapid urbanization in the district also leads to floods because heavy pressure of the existing infrastructure development over the natural drainage system. Low lying areas of Gurgaon are under the threat of water logging even if there is a minor rain Fire The short circuits, LPG blasts and chemical industrial fire are the major reasons to worry in the district. Most of the reported accidents are in the city of Gurgaon, mainly due to the inadequate safety measures in the electrical installation and chemical and LPG blasts, as well as careless practices while handling and storage of inflammable materials. However, a broad identification of the types of locations where there is a positional threat of fire is possible. These are: Storage area of flammable/explosive material in the vicinity of populated area; Multi storey buildings especially in the cities, with inadequate fire safety measures; Narrow lanes, congested and overcrowded buildings, and old building with poor internal wiring. The facilities in each fire station are appropriate to the municipality s financial position. However, due to the paucity of funds in most municipalities, except in Gurgaon city in the district, the fire-stations are poorly equipped. In addition to combating fire related hazards, fire frightening services are also required during building collapse, road accidents, and industrial hazards and earthquake etc Therefore, the need for a well equipped, well maintained, and adequate fire station cannot be under estimated. Page 06 of 1

260 8.9 Disaster Management Plan for Construction Phase Disaster management plan prepared to avoid any risk assessed during the construction phase has been discussed below: Scaffolding at site is considered as one of the major hazards at a construction site and can be mitigated by following measures a. Inspection and certification (tagging) of the erection. b. Intermediate guard rails, c. Barrier and warning notices, d. Regular inspection of the scaffold. e. Provision of toe guards to prevent items from rolling over the edge Power access equipment causes hazards and should be managed by using good quality tools as well as regular maintenance. Hazard of ladder can be mitigated by proper erection and regular check up and vigilance during use of ladders. f. Secure fixing g. ladder condition, h. position and foundation, i. suitability j. Slippery sideways. Plant and machinery hazards are very major and can be mitigated by using proper pre-approved and certified equipment with regular periodic maintenance. Fire and Emergency is one of the most common hazards at construction site, this can be mitigated by k. availability of extinguishers, l. reducing the possibility of ignition sources, m. provision of exit alarms, n. personnel awareness of the risks o. emergency procedures p. regular training of responsible fire marshals Hazardous Substance is considered as a low risk hazard but should be taken care by preserving the material at right place and in approved conditions Disaster Management Plan for Operation Phase On Site Emergency Management Plan Earthquake Spatial and temporal impacts of earthquake are large. Resource requirements are both intensive and extensive for management of earthquake. Though the project impact area comes under seismic zoneiv, the probability of occurrence of earthquake in future is not ruled out. In the case earthquake occur, following management plan will be adopted: Since earthquake is the most uncertain natural occurrence giving birth to massive calamities on both life and property, adequate care has been taken into account while designing the infrastructure facilities for the proposed site as per seismic zone. Extensive rescue operations are required to shift the injured persons to the nearest medical units and evacuate the trapped individuals to safer places. Appropriate medical services are necessary to control epidemics in the post earthquake period. Page 07 of 1

261 Suitable steps on war footing basis need to be adopted to restore all the essential services like, electricity, water and food supply, telecommunication, transportation, etc. Proper steps should also ensure the protection and safeguard of properties. Damage to road access due to landslides/land subsidence would need immediate clearing for which operations in close coordination with the concerned departments/agencies in the district will have to be made. Areas indicating signs of liquefaction should be declared out of bounds and district vigil should be kept to prohibit trespassing. Foundations of the structures prone to liquefaction will require technical assessment. Alteration in the river, creek and canal water flow that may inundate the site areas would require immediate evacuation of people and properties in coordination with the district authorities. Fire Though fire in general is a localized problem it may assume unmanageable proportions if immediate care is not taken. Following management plan shall be adopted: Storage of fuel will be as per the rules and guidelines as laid down in the relevant statutes. Adequate fire safety equipments e.g. extinguishers, dry chemicals, carbon dioxide, foam spray; water spray should be kept in the complex. IS codes for cables to be applied for preventing short circuits in wiring. Adequate Immediate actions call for the extinguishing of fire by using proper devices necessary, depending on the nature of the fire keeping in consideration that the fires are not spread further to cause greater loss of life and properties. Immediate rescue operations will be initiated for which assistance of the local fire service authorities to be sought. Emergency medical attention will be extended to the affected / injured persons immediately. Serious burn cases should be transported to General hospital in town or private health care units in the vicinity. Despite all efforts and the measures provided for, it is within the realm of possibility that emergencies and accidents can take place. The primary objective of Emergency Management Plan is to defend the men, material and property against such hazards and restore normalcy as soon as possible. An Emergency Management Group (EMG) is thus constituted with such objective and to provide help to those in need in the times of disaster. The EMG constitutes of personnel having various duties and responsibilities which work in tandem with each other and proper hierarchy to mitigate the adverse impacts of disasters and return to normalcy with immediate effect. All the personnel of EMG operate through Emergency Control Centre (ECC) that is a nodal point for all communications and record of observations and data logging Key Persons and Responsibilities For effective handling of the emergency, there will be a designated Site Main Controller (SMC), Work Incident Controller (WIC) and various other key persons. The key responsibilities of all the personnel that form the part of EMG are as follows: Site Main Controller He will report to the Emergency Control Center and will assume overall responsibility of the site and its personnel. The main duties of SMC comprises of: Assessing the magnitude of the situation and decide whether a major emergency exists or is likely to develop, requiring external assistance. Inform District emergency chief (i.e. District Collector) accordingly. Ensure that the key personnel are called in promptly. Maintain a continuous review of possible developments and assess these to determine most probable course of events. Page 08 of 1

262 Assume the head of ECC and oversee all the functions are performed as planned Work Incident Controller The WIC will report to the SMC and would act in such a manner as to manage the hazardous situation, put in control and mitigate. The main duties of WIC comprises of: Exercise direct operational control of the affected area. Ensure the accounting for personnel and arrange for non essential workers to be sent to assembly point. Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained. Establish communication link with the ECC (through phone or messenger) and keep the SMC informed about the developments at the incident site Safety Coordinator The Safety Coordinator would assist the WIC in removal of unsafe situations and act as overseer to monitor that all the activities for emergency management are performed safely and will not escalate the situation Medical Officer The M.O. will rush to the scene of emergency on receipt of information and ensure that casualties are receiving adequate help. The WIC is to be informed of the steps taken and seek advice for further mobilization of medical resources from within and outside the site Maintenance Support Officer He will provide assistance as per the demand of WIC / Safety Officer and will be responsible for electrical supply cut-off / restoration and other mechanical and workshop help Civil Support Officer His responsibility is to provide fabrication/construction manpower for any demolition/ construction as per the emergent situation and provide temporary barricade to the affected location Material Support Officer He has to ensure that the stores remain open through out the period of emergency for providing material assistance together with providing assistance to the Maintenance Support officer and Civil Support officer for receiving adequate supplies of machinery spares and material Area Staff They will ensure removal of non essential workers to the assembly points and will facilitate Roll Caller to verify the causality Running Messengers Running messengers will act as per the direction of respective key personnel Employees All the employees are responsible to inform their section in charge about the mishap. The employees of the emergency area except involved in the emergency handling must assemble at the designated assembly points Technical Coordinator The persons in charge of the respective sections are designated as Technical Coordinators. They will ensure that all operations are put in safe and standby condition. Page 09 of 1

263 Utilities Coordinator The utilities coordinator will hold the responsibility of examining and assessing the requirement of water for the purpose of fire fighting and other requirements like drinking and processing water. If required, he will shut down the main power supply to the site and arrange for safe backup power in the affected area and the emergency control center Liaison and Public Relations Coordinator The liaison and Public Relations coordinator may be a separate person or the duties may be performed by SMC only. He will liaise with local police/ law enforcing authority, District Collector, Chief Medical Officer, District Fire Officer, etc. for possible help, if needed Transportation Coordinator The transportation coordinator will have the responsibility of ensuring that all vehicles are in good state of repair and maintain a log of all vehicle movement and remain standby for any immediate situation Communication Coordinator Communications officer will provide information to the emergency services as directed by SMC and shall have all available means and messengers to communicate. 8.1 Emergency Preparedness In addition to planning and delegating responsibilities to the identified key persons, the proposed land parcel will be adequately equipped in terms of safety equipment and facilities in order to be completely prepared for combating emergencies Fire Alarm and Fire Fighting All the fire risks in the site like engine room, stores, vehicle dispatch section, administration blocks, electrical substation, etc. will be adequately armed with fire alarm systems (smoke detectors) and will be equipped with fire extinguishers. The land parcel will be equipped with an adequate fire hydrant system Personal Protective Equipment The PPEs act as last line of defense and provide physical protection to the personnel. Sufficient supplies of PPEs like helmets, gloves, ear muffs/plugs, face mask, fire escape masks, water gel blankets, goggles etc. will be maintained at the proposed site Communication System Communication facilities play a key role in notification, coordination and even for calling external help during emergency situations. In view of this, adequate communication arrangements shall be made as given below: External telephones Facsimile Internal telephones in all sections Public Address System Walkie-talkies In addition to the above, a siren with adequate audible range to cover the entire site will be available Training Workers will be trained in fire-fighting and safety aspects through demonstration exercises and mockdrills. Page 10 of 1

264 8.1.5 Emergency Control Center It is necessary that the emergency is controlled from one specific point so that all the inputs are available at the Emergency Control Center (ECC). At ECC a list of emergency telephone numbers, communication facilities & necessary documents for emergency management will be available Emergency Management Procedure It has been observed that pre-planned and practiced procedures for management of emergency substantially reduce the damage potential of an accident. Thus, for any facility it is necessary to have clear-cut procedures for different functions of emergency planning and management. All occupants within the land parcel will be authorized to report the emergency. If the incident is of a serious nature, the security in-charge of the shift will contact the site in-charge to report the situation who will then mobilize suitable personnel to asses the situation and declare the emergency accordingly. The SMC shall perform the following broad duties: Emergency Shut-Down Accounting of Personnel Evacuation Rehabilitation Inform relatives of the affected people Terminate the emergency procedures These will be followed by: Head count of all the individuals at the assembly point. Constitution of the committee to investigate the cause of disaster, which will submit a detailed report of the findings. Based on the findings and lessons learned during emergency, the on-site plan will be suitably modified to make it more effective. Mock-drills will be carried out on the on-site plan to check its effectiveness and for identification of areas for improvement. Regular training programs through audio-visual aides will be conducted to enhance the preparedness of all workers, specially the emergency combat personnel Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the site boundaries, an off-site emergency comes into play. Off-site emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration however; the site management will provide public administration along with technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in detail will be based on those events which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events which have severe consequence will also be considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence should also be considered during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan. The main aspects which should be included in the off-site emergency plan are: Organization/ hierarchy Communication systems Specialized knowledge experts or agencies Voluntary organizations Meteorological information Page 11 of 1

265 Humanitarian arrangements Public information Assessment of emergency plan Emergency Code of Practices The following are the code of practices (COP) that will be followed by IREO during the disasters from natural hazards which can affect the proposed land parcel: Objective To provide relief to the affected people in quick and efficient manner Earthquake Preparedness The earthquake susceptibility in the proposed land parcel will be studied and the earthquake protection measures will be accordingly incorporated in the building design stage itself. Line of Action Earthquakes are situations that do not affect a particular identified location. Thus, after the earthquake the SMC will perform the following duties Patrolling of sensitive locations and the entire facility Instruct communication officer to contact all department heads to give status of their respective areas, men and machinery. If any help is sought at some place, mobilize the resources accordingly Immediate attendance of all the staff and visitors Fire fighting COP Objective The main objective of this Code of Practice is to detect the source and location of the fire and extinguish followed by the evacuation of victims and goods to a safe area. Fire fighting Preparedness The critical areas should be provided with fire alarm, extinguisher and automatic fire hydrant system. Caution and awareness signage shall be strategically installed at regular interval in those areas. Line of Action Immediately on the breakout of the fire, the following line of action shall be adopted: 8.15 To reach the location of crisis at the earliest To identify the source of fire and take necessary action to diminish the cause To make sure all the fire automatic fire hydrants are operational To evacuate the area as early as possible Instruct communication officer to contact all department heads to give status of their respective areas, men and machinery. Immediate attendance of all the staff and visitors Providing of medical on site aid to affected people Call ambulance on immediate basis for the affected people and send them to nearest hospital Management Frameworks and Conclusion The overarching objective of the project is the economic development of the region / State/ country and improvement in the quality of life of the local population in general. It therefore becomes necessary to develop an appropriate response mechanism, which would act in close coordination with the District Collector / DDMA of the district. For this purpose, the authority should set up a Disaster Management Page 1 of 1

266 Cell with a small team of dedicated personnel trained in relief and rescue operations required for the anticipated emergencies. In addition to the above the following should be undertaken by the authority. Extensive afforestation programme will be undertaken with appropriate native species as per guidelines of CPCB. Timely warning to the local residents will be made through an effective communication system. Timely alerting the key personnel in Disaster Management Cell of the district for taking emergency action. A Disaster Management Committee will be set up involving all the stakeholders particularly the local community and NGOs and a list of personnel with allocated responsibilities will be kept at the office and in all the concerned local body offices. All power supply lines and connections, public address systems, etc. will be thoroughly checked before onset of the monsoon months and special mock drills should be will be organised to put all concerned on alert. The administrative machinery of the project along with local NGOs will organize regular awareness campaigns with the help of the local authorities where women and school children from the community should be involved. Involvement of NGOs is necessary in mobilizing community efforts for the control of epidemics by ensuring standards of environmental sanitation, disposal of waste and personal hygiene. The buildings in the project site will be allowed to be used as safe shelters during emergencies. Volunteers Handbook for Disaster Preparedness of the UNDP will be circulated during awareness campaigns Coordination with Concerned Authorities The policy of the Govt. of India emphasizes on sustainable disaster/risk reduction in all states/uts by building capacities at all levels to institutionalize disaster risk management in the country. For strengthening the overall capacities for emergency/disaster response in the country, the Govt. of India is systematically assessing the existing systems at the national, state and district levels. Mock drills with the community should be carried out regularly which may be helpful while formulating the disaster response mechanism by the authorities. Page 13 of 1

267 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY Environment Policy As mentioned earlier in Chapter 1, is one of the subsidiary companies of Ireo Pvt. Ltd (IREO). All the policies and standard operating procedures followed by Ireo Pvt. Ltd. are applicable to and are abide by all its subsidiary companies. The IREO, along with its all subsidiary companies, has its own Environment, Occupational, Health and Safety (EHS) Policy that focuses on the commitment to excellence in Environmental, Occupational Health and Safety stewardship of all its activities and services. The Policy shows the organization commitments towards: 1. Compliance to all applicable EHS legislation, statutory and regulatory requirements. Continual enhancement of EHS performance through sound practices. 3. Design, build and operate its facilities in an environmentally responsible manner, conserving energy, water, other natural resources; minimizing waste generation and preventing pollution thereby contributing to environmentally sustainable growth. 4. Accountability for ensuring a safe and healthy environment. 5. Providing training, awareness and resources to accomplish above mentioned EHS commitments. The commitment made under the above said policy is applicable to M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd and is being followed as it is. 9. Standard Operating Procedures As said above M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd will strictly abide by the IREO s standardized operating procedures for project planning and execution phase of the project. The standard operating procedures (SOP s) have been divided under five heads based on project stages as follows: Stage 1. Project Concept and Definition Stage. Feasibility Study Stage 3. Design Brief and Appointment of Consultants Stage 4. Design Development and Production of Good for Construction (GFC s) Drawings Stage 5. Project Execution The Annexure 9.1 Shows the process flow of above mentioned stages along with the inter-linkages of various departments and inputs to be provided at all five stages 9.3 Hierarchical System of the Organization The hierarchical system of the M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd is presented in Figure 9.1. Page 14 of 1

268 Figure 9.1: Hierarchical System of the Organisation 9.4 Reporting Mechanism of Non-Compliance M/s Faith Buildtech Pvt. Ltd has team of qualified environmental experts personals to ensure the implementation of environmental requirements. The environmental team proposes to conduct site inspections as site requirements. Any non-compliances during the site inspections will be reported / closed as per the reporting mechanism given in Figure 9.. Figure 9.: Reporting Mechanism of Non-Compliance Page 15 of 1